TO MANCHESTER TO SHEFFIELD, LEEDS & NORTH

Transcription

1 SYNCBLASTER Useful, interesting and hard-to-find video accessories CATALOGUE & PRICE LIST Power Video lighting Lenses Filters Stepping rings Audio Computer related Memory cards Video post-production Conversion, distribution Supports Bags, covers, storage Leads & cables Installations, DIY leads Adaptors & connectors Switchboxes Security & surveillance Remote control Home automation Video tape & accessories Cleaning & maintenance GPS Books, DJ, other items

2 Welcome to the 2005 Edition of Keene Electronics catalogue Dear AV Enthusiast Welcome to our catalogue for This issue contains our biggest ever collection of audio and video accessories, including those hard to find gadgets, gizmos, connectors and problem solvers. We never stop searching for useful new products and if we can't find them we even design and manufacture them ourselves. We like to think that it's this level of in-house technical knowledge and ability that will give you a better shopping experience than so many of the faceless box-shifters that exist today. You'll find this catalogue full of information that passes on our knowledge and experience and we hope it helps you to make more informed choices about the products you buy. We endeavour to provide you with: free advice from knowledgeable and friendly staff Fast delivery from massive stocks Very competitive prices We've been trading in AV accessories since 1988 and have always kept a close eye on the developments in the industry, making sure that we have the right products for your recording and viewing needs. We hope you enjoy browsing this catalogue and that you find the information useful. Happy Viewing! The Keene Electronics Team I think I ve found what I want... When you ve found the items you want, our mail/telephone/fax order form can be found inside the back cover. It will help us to deliver the exact products you need as quickly as possible if you quote their order codes shown in the catalogue mainly in square brackets thus [XXX] and on a yellow background. If, before buying, you want to know anything more about a product than our catalogue description, give us a call. We understand that it can be difficult to be sure when ordering by post, and if you want us to we ll run into the warehouse, get the item you re interested in and weigh it, measure it, describe it, or just sort of wave it around near the phone. However, please be aware that while many of our staff can help with technical questions, a little patience may on occasions be required if they are engaged on other calls. Also, as our resident egg-heads need their beauty sleep, please try to keep calls with technical queries between , Monday Friday, Saturdays. How to order By telephone: +44 (0) By fax: +44 (0) By sales@keene.co.uk By Post: Keene Electronics Ltd, Unit 9, Old Hall Mills Business Park, Little Eaton, Derbyshire DE21 5DN UK On line: Payment We accept cheques and Postal Orders, and payment by Visa and Mastercard credit cards, Delta, Switch and Solo debit card, also TT payment bank details on request. All prices include VAT. For full order, payment and delivery details, refer to page 123 Opening Hours Our showrooms are open between 9.00am and 5.30pm Monday to Friday, 9.00am and 5.00pm Saturdays. Please make customer service and technical calls within these hours. We close on Sundays and Bank Holidays. You can order by telephone at any time. No answering machines speak to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year (see page 104). Our fax line and web sites are also ready 24 hours a day. Can I call in? Of course. We have full demonstration facilities available and are more than happy to let you try most products before you buy. (Why not bring your camcorder with you?) There is a map of where to find us on the back cover of this catalogue, opening times are given above. Personal customer reference If this catalogue was delivered to you by post, along with it you should also have received a printed piece of paper headed Customer copy detailing the items you ordered. On the top right of this sheet you will find your own personal customer number. If you take time to write this into the space below so that you can quote it in future, we will be able to save you time on the phone by locating your records more easily. Please note we do not keep a record of your credit card number so you will require this when ordering by telephone. If you got the catalogue in some other way, your customer reference number will appear on the Customer copy delivered with your first order. Internet Browse & buy every product, latest prices, bargains and more. Even more in-depth information and answers to common questions. View product images; download additional information and instruction manuals for many products. And our comprehensive RGB resource, with RGB information, RGB assistance and RGB products is at

3 Keene Electronics Ltd Catalogue Contents Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Power products Camcorder batteries, power packs and battery belts Batteries for digital stills cameras Cordless phone batteries Other batteries Battery chargers and dischargers Car power cords, car chargers Mains voltage & AC/DC convertors Video lighting Battery powered lights Mains powered lights Chromakey backgrounds Lighting stands Camcorder lenses Wide angle and telephoto lenses Two lens sets Filters, stepping rings, lens & filter accessories Audio Video microphones Windgags Headphones Loudspeaker controls Sound mixers and processors Audio switchboxes and source selectors Computer related products Image capture Data link and transfer cables USB hubs, port add-ons and adaptors USB cables CAT 5 networking components Switch boxes Memory cards & card accessories Video post-production Video editing Video mixing and digital effects generation Video titling Conversion, duplication and distribution TV standards convertors RF modulation AV format conversion Scan convertors Analogue/digital video convertors RGB sync processors Video processors/copying aids Distribution/line amplifiers Wireless video senders Transferring other media to video Camcorder and accessory supports Monopods and tripods Video heads Other camcorder mounts Accessory shoes, brackets & mounts Large display wall mounts Bags, camcorder covers, media storage Camcorder/accessory bags Rain covers Underwater housings Media storage and labelling Leads and cables Connecting leads and cables (Video, audio and AV, Sterling Gold, RF, edit, computer & games console, power, optical, firewire, USB, Leads to Go custom etc) Home installation and DIY leads components Loose cable End connectors Wall outlet plates Modular system switch and outlet panels Adaptors and connectors Plug/socket adaptors Couplers Splitters/combiners AV switchboxes & system connectors Security and surveillance CCTV cameras, connecting kits etc Other video cameras Remote controls and extenders Home automation Video tapes and tape accessories Blank tapes Pre recorded tapes Tape rewinders & repairs Cleaning and maintenance Video and audio tape head cleaners CD, DVD, Minidisc etc care Cleaning cloths and brushes Other cleaning & maintenance products Tools GPS Books, DJ & Home Party, Other items Terms and conditions, Order form , 125 Index Inside back cover Plus, throughout the catalogue, the blue Keene Infopanels a wealth of facts, advice, tips and other useful information, drawn from over 15 years experience of video accessory development, test, manufacture and retailing. Our aim is not only to help you make a better choice, but also to make better videos! Products marked with the KE stamp are our own products, offering the special Keene standards of quality and value 2005 Issue Keene Electronics Ltd 1

4 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Power Camcorder batteries Our range of batteries keeps increasing, so phone if you can t find the battery you want in our list - we may still have it or be able to get it for you. Because of exchange rate fluctuations, battery prices may change within the life of this catalogue, so please call to check prices before ordering Note that battery designs and specifications may also be subject to change within the life of this catalogue. The pictures are typical for the batteries we supply at time of going to press, although there may be small variations in design from time to time. Our Slimfit batteries are the same size as the slim battery normally supplied with the camcorder, but use Nickel Metal Hydride cells to cram the maximum possible power into the casing. Select a Slimfit model if you want to keep size and weight to a minimum without compromising capacity. AKAI 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) NP17, JVC BNV14U, BNV22U, Panasonic VWVBS1E,VWVBS2E For camcorder models PVS-C20/40 see JVC/Panasonic 6V AMSTRAD 9.6V NiCd Original battery ref(s) VMB2 For camcorder models VMC200 [VMB210] BAUER 7.2V NiCd, side spring contacts Original battery ref(s) For camcorder models See Minolta 7.2V NP8017 BAUER BOSCH 7.2V NiCd, flush contacts Original battery ref(s) C61,BA800 For camcorder models VCC806,816,826 [NP80117] CANON 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) BPE77K, BP711,BPE722,BPE728 For camcorder models Description Capacity Battery Order Price Price Price (mah) type code each for two for 10 BPE77K type* 1300 NiCd [NP3710] BPE722 style** 1600 NiCd [NP3716] BPE77K* Slimfit 1900 NiMH [NP3719] BPE722 style** Keene PRO series 2600 NiCd [NP3726] BPE718 style 2000 NiCd [H718] BPE722** Slimfit Keene PRO series 4000 NiMH [NP3734] *BPE77K type. Smallest, lightest option, fits all models. **BPE722 style, fit all except A2-Hi. Chunkier batteries which increase handgrip size. BPE718 style. Fits A2-Hi and E200/400/600. Longer than BPE77K but not fatter. CANON 7.2V Li-ion BP915/27/41/type Original battery ref(s) BP911,BP914,BP915,BP924,BP928,BP930,BP941,BP945 For camcorder models ES300V 7000V, ES , G10 45, GL1/2, ICX1HI, MV1/10/100, UCV10 30HI, UCX2/2HI/30H/3H/40HI/45HI/50HI/55HI, ULTURA, UV- X20, V20/200, V30/300/40/400/40HI/420/50/500/520, V60, V65, VISTURA, X1 HI, X2 HI, X30 HI, X40 HI, X45 HI, X50 HI, X55 HI, XL1, XL1S, XLM2, XM1, XM2. May fit other models, please check your handbook. [BP915H] [BP927H] [BP941H] CANON 7.2V Li-ion BP511/22 type Original battery ref(s) BP511, 522 For camcorder models MV30,MV30i [BP511X] [BP522X] [BP528X] Order code ending H, X or V indicates battery from alternative manufacturer Batteries Camcorder batteries 2 Camcorder power packs 6 Camcorder battery belts 7 Batteries for digital stills cameras 7 Batteries for cordless domestic telephones 9 Still camera & memory back-up batteries 10 Conventional batteries (rechargeable & disposable) 10 Other batteries 10 Battery chargers & dischargers 10 Car power cords & car power accessories 15 Mains voltage & AC/DC Convertors 15 What is a battery? A rechargeable battery is made from a number of individual cells in an outer casing. These cells vary in voltage according to their chemistry. In a nicad, for example, each cell when charged has a nominal voltage of just over 1.2V, and a 6V camcorder nicad consists of 5 such cells wired in series, although other configurations are possible. Are all camcorder batteries the same? No. Rechargeable camcorder batteries can be distinguished by the type of chemistry used in their cells. There are four commonly used types: Lithium Ion (Li-ion) Nowadays the most popular type of battery pack for camcorder use. Advantages: Very high energy density so batteries are small and light. Disadvantages: Still relatively expensive although prices continue to fall. Nicad (aka NiCd or Nickel Cadmium) Once the most common type of camcorder battery, nowadays becoming much rarer. Advantages: Cheap and plentiful. Disadvantages: Need careful handling to get the best performance (see later) Environmentally unfriendly they must be disposed of carefully. NiMH (Nickel Metal Hydride) A popular alternative to nicads. Advantages: Better energy density than nicads, eg a typical 3400mAh NiMH pack is no larger than a conventional 2400mAh nicad Not as prone to handling problems. Disadvantages: Slightly more expensive than nicads Exhibit a fairly high rate of self-discharge and ideally should be charged immediately prior to use. Lead Acid (Pb) Still used in some large format (full size VHS/S-VHS) camcorders. Advantages: Relatively cheap Reliable and robust. Disadvantages: Heavy Limited life span (typically 3 to 5 years). Comparison of camcorder battery types Battery type NiCd NiMH Li-ion Pb/acid Voltage per cell Relative charge capacity/unit of battery volume (NiCd=1) Self discharge rate (% of capacity/mo) Approximate life (charge/discharge cycles) CANON 7.2V Li-ion BP608/617 type Original battery ref(s) BP608A, BP617 For camcorder models MV20, 20i, S20 [BP608X] [BP617X] (DM-MV20 only) CANON 7.4V Li-ion BP2L12 type Original battery ref(s) BP2L12 For camcorder models MV5 series [BP2L12X] CANON 7.4V Li-ion BP406/12/22 type Original battery ref(s) BP406, 412, 422 For camcorder models MV3i [BP406X] [BP412X] [BP422X]

5 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Choosing Batteries When you buy a camcorder, you are usually supplied with just the one "standard" capacity battery for it, and as you have no doubt discovered it runs the camcorder for a disappointingly short time. The choice of extra power needs some careful thought, as you need to consider the physical size, the weight and of course the price. This section is designed to answer some of the questions we are most commonly asked. What does mah mean? mah stands for milli amp hours milli amps is actually the same as 1 amp, so you may find the ratings sometimes expressed as either 1 Ah or 1000 mah. There is no difference between these. Amperes or amps are a measure of current. Thus a 1000mAh (or 1Ah) battery should be capable of delivering 1 amp of current for a period of 1 hour. For the more technically minded, the capacity tests are usually carried out at 100mA (1/10 of 1 amp) until the battery terminal voltage falls to 1.1V per cell. This will always give a better figure than you achieve in a camcorder. What are Watt-hours? (usually printed as Wh) This is an alternative way to rate a battery's capacity and is in many ways a better system as it accurately reflects the amount of energy a battery can store. For example, a 3.6V 2000mAh battery stores half the amount of energy of a 7.2V 2000mAh battery. Watt hours can be converted back to mah by dividing the Watt-hour rating by the battery's voltage, eg a 6Wh 6V battery equals 1Ah or 1000mAh. How does this help me? When considering a replacement battery, you can relate the capacity of your existing battery to the potential replacement, and so be able to calculate approximately how long it should last. For example, if your current battery is rated at 1000mAh and gives you 30 minutes of running time, a replacement battery rated at 1500mAh should last 1500/1000 or 1.5 times as long, ie 45 minutes. Some batteries on the market are quoted in terms of potential running times rather than their actual capacity. You might see a battery advertised as a "90 minute version", or similar. This approach is a little misleading as the stated running times are invariably produced by doing a continuous playback, with no LCD screen, no zooming and usually at a constant temperature of 25 C. This is considerably different from normal use and so you are unlikely to achieve a similar result. Are higher capacity batteries bigger? Generally, an increase in battery capacity is accompanied by an increase in its physical size. For example a 2000mAh pack usually contains two sets of the cells that make up a 1000mAh version and is usually about twice as thick, and, as you'd expect, twice as heavy. FERGUSON 6V VHS-C NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) FERGUSON VA366, NP17, JVC BNV14U, BNV22U, Panasonic VWVBS1E,VWVBS2E For camcorder models FC31/37 see JVC/Panasonic 6V FERGUSON 6V 8mm NiCd Original battery ref(s) NP83 For camcorder models F810/802/811 etc see Hitachi 6V 8mm FUJI 8mm 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) For camcorder models FF60/120/122 etc see Sony 6V NP55/66/77 HITACHI/FERGUSON 6V NiCd/NiMH NP83 style Original battery ref(s) Hitachi VMBP82/83, Ferguson VA366, (NP83) For camcorder models VME10 VME31, VMH37 VMH57 Order Battery Capacity Price Price Price code type (mah) each for two for 10 [NP8311] NiCd [NP8316] NiCd [NP8319] NiMH Slimfit [NP8326] NiCd [NP8334] NiMH HITACHI 6V NiCd BP81 style Original battery ref(s) BP81 For camcorder models VMC1E (TWIST & SHOOT) [BP8118] HITACHI 7.2V Li-ion Original battery ref(s) VMBP13, VMBP27L For camcorder models: VMD-865L, VMD-875L, VMD-975L, VM-E540E, VM-H650E [VMBP27X] [VB1E] HITACHI 9.6V NiCd Original battery ref(s) VMBP61,VMBP63 For camcorder models VM2300E,3100E,3200E,VMS7200 [NP9617] HITACHI 10V NiCd Original battery ref(s) For camcorder models VM1300, 1700, 3300, 4000 [BPH6620] HITACHI 12V full size NiCd Original battery ref(s) VMBP21,VMBP22 For camcorder models VM100,VM200,VM500,VM600,VM1200 [BP2115] HITACHI 12V NiCd Original battery ref(s) VMBP51,VMBP52 For camcorder models VMC30,40,50 [NP51] JVC 3.6V Li-ion Original battery ref(s) BNV712U, BNV714U For camcorder models DV1, DVJ70 [LP712] JVC 7.2V Li-ion Original battery ref(s) BNV306, BNV312 For camcorder models DVM76, DVM76U, DVM96, DVM96U, DVX400EG, DVX407, DVX407EG, DVX507, DVX507EG, DVX707, DVX707EG [BNV306X] [BNV312X] JVC/PANASONIC 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) NP17, JVC BNV14U, BNV22U, Panasonic VWVBS1E,VWVBS2E For camcorder models JVC GR-M3/7, GR-AX7 GR-AX75, GR-SX1/Z1 etc, Panasonic NV-S1 NV-S20, NVG1 NVG303, NVM-S70 Order Battery Capacity Price Price Price code type (mah) each for two for 10 [NP1712] NiCd [NP1716] NiCd [NP1719] NiMH* [NP1726] NiCd** [NP1734] NiMH *Slimfit **Call if ordering for Panasonic NVM-S95 VMBP27X New batteries - first charge New batteries can sometimes be difficult to charge. As the charging process begins the battery voltage wavers, and this can be (mis) interpreted as "battery full" by the chargers, which then stops charging. Removing the battery from the charger then immediately putting it back will often cure the problem, but with some battery/charger combinations this may have to be repeated four or even five times. Once the battery has been successfully given its first charge, there should be no problems with subsequent charging. Note on charging: NEVER TRY TO FURTHER CHARGE A BATTERY THAT HAS GOT WARM it usually means that one or more of the cells is fully charged. If in doubt, discharge first. VB1E Camcorder batteries Camcorder power packs & battery belts 3

6 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 JVC 7.2V Li-ion Original battery ref(s) BNV812U,BNV814U For camcorder models DVL9000, 9200 [VB1E] Original battery ref(s) BNV907U For camcorder models GRDVM1,DV8618 [BNV907X] Original battery ref(s) BNV607U, BNV615U, BNV628U For camcorder models GRDV3,GRDVF10EK,GRDVL9500,9600,9700,9800 [BNV607X] [BNV615X] Original battery ref(s) BNV507U,BNV514U For camcorder models DVX4,7,9 [BNV507X] [BNV517X] Original battery ref(s) BNV408U, BNV416U, BNV428U For camcorder models GR-DVL100,107,200,300,307 [BNV408X] [BNV416X] [BNV428X] Original battery ref(s) BNV207U,BNV204U For camcorder models DVL20,30,40 [BNV207X] [BNV214X] Original battery ref(s) BNV107,BNV114 For camcorder models GR-DPV1, GR-DPV3, GR-DPV5, GR-DPV7, DVP1, DVP3, DVP5, DVP7, DVP9, DX25, DX300, DX75 [BNV107X] [BNV114X] JVC/PANASONIC 9.6V NiCd Original battery ref(s) JVC BNV5U, 5GU, 6U, 6GU, 7GU; PANASONIC VWVBC1E, BC4E, BC5E For camcorder models JVC GF450, 500, GR45, 60, 65, 303, GRA1, 30, GRC1, 2, 7, 9, 11, 25, 35, 55, GRS70, 77, 99, 505, 707. PANASONIC NVMC5, 6, 10, 20, 30, NVMS50, 60, 90 [NP2714] MINOLTA 8mm 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) NP83 For camcorder models 406E, 418, 428 see Hitachi 8mm 6V NP83XX MINOLTA 7.2V NiCd, side spring contacts Original battery ref(s) BP8001, 8002 For camcorder models 81E, 8000, 8100, 8200 [NP8017] PANASONIC 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) VWVBS1E,VWVBS2E For camcorder models NV-S1 NV-S20, NVG1 NVG303, NVM-S70 see JVC/Panasonic 6V NP17XX PANASONIC 7.2V Li-ion VWVBD1E/CGRB202 type Original battery ref(s) VWVBD1E, CGRB202 For camcorder models NV-DX 1E, DX100, DX110E, DS 1EG, DS 5EG [VB1E] PANASONIC 7.2V Li-ion CGRD120 type Original battery ref(s) CGRD120, CGRD220, CGRD320 For camcorder models NV-DS8, DS11, DS15, DS25, DS33, DS35, DS55, DS77, DS99, DS990, NVEX1, EX3, DA1, DA1B [CGRD120X] [CGRD220X] [CGRD320] [CGRD320X] PANASONIC 7.2V Li-ion CGRV610 type Original battery ref(s) CGRV610, CGRV620 For camcorder models NVRS7, 14, 17, 27, 64, 67, NVRZ1, RZ2, NVVS4, 7, NVVX24, 27, 44, 47, 54, 57, NVVZ1 [CGRV610X] [CGRV620X] Panasonic 7.2V CGADU type Original battery ref(s) CGADU07, CGADU14, CGA DU21 For camera models NV-GS10B, NV-GS30, NV-GS40, NV-GS50B, NV-GS70B,PV-GS50 PV-GS70, VDR-M30 DVD (may also fit others please check your handbook) [CGADU07X] [CGADU14X] [CGADU21X] PANASONIC 7.2V Li-ion CGR602 type Original battery ref(s) CGRS602 For camcorder models DMC-LC5, LC5K, LC20, LC50, LC40K, LC40S [CGR602X] PANASONIC 12V Lead/Acid Original battery ref(s) VBM7E, VBM10E, VWVB30E, LCS2012APC, LCS2012BVBN For camcorder models AG160, 170, 450, NV180, 200, NVM5, NVM7, NVM10, NVMS1, NVMS2 [LA123]* Original battery ref(s) LCS2021E, LCS812 For camcorder models NV100 [LA220]**# Original battery ref(s) VBF2E For camcorder models M40,MS4,M50,MS5 [LA320] MINOLTA 12V NiCd Original battery ref(s) VMBP21,VMBP22 For camcorder models C3300 see Hitachi 12V BP2115 MITSUBISHI 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) JVC BNV14U, BNV22U, Panasonic VWVBS1E,VWVBS2E For camcorder models CX1/4/6/7 see JVC/Panasonic 6V NP17XX PANASONIC 4.8V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) VBS10, VBS20, VBS20H For camcorder models NVS-65/70/85/90 etc, NV-A1, NVR-10/30/50 etc. Order Capacity Battery Price Price Price code (mah) type each for two for 10 [NP1013] 1300 NiCd [NP1020]* 2000 NiCd [NP1018N]** 1800 NiMH [NP1026]* 2600 NiCd [NP1034]* 4000 NiMH *Keene PRO series battery **Slimfit *Full size battery **Chamfered edge battery # Panasonic original PENTAX 7.2V NiCd, side spring contacts Original battery ref(s) For camcorder models See Minolta 7.2V NP8017 SAMSUNG 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) For camcorder models VPU10/U12, VPE404 VPE808 etc see Sony 6V NP55/66/77 SAMSUNG 7.4V li-ion SBL110/220 type Original battery ref(s) SBL110, SBL220 For camcorder models VP-D55/60/65, VP-L610, VP-L630 [SBL110X] [SBL220X]

7 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 SAMSUNG 7.2V Li-ion SBL160/320 types Original battery ref(s) SBL160/320 For camcorder models VP-M50/51/53, VP-M500/520/530, VP-W60/61, VP-L600 [SBL160X] [SBL320X] [SBL480X] SANYO 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) For camcorder models eg PS12, VMRZ-2R, VM-EX22/25/30/33P, VMD66, VMH1100, VMRZ1. NOT for models PS20/450, EX40 and similar where battery fits in a compartment and must be an exact fit. see Sony 6V NP55/66/77 SHARP 3.6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) BT11, BT11H, BT11HNM For camcorder models Viewcam VLE34, VLE37, VLE47, VLE49, VLH420 Order Capacity Battery Price Price Price code (mah) type each for two for 10 [BTH11S] 2000 NiMH [BT11NM]* 3500 NiMH *This battery (picture bottom right) is approximately 25mm longer than the standard size battery and will not fit camcorders where the battery fits into a compartment with a lid. SHARP 3.6V Li-ion Original battery ref(s) BTL1U, BTL2U, BTL12 For camcorder models Viewcam VLH410/460/550, VLDC1 [BTL2F] [BTL12F] Original battery ref(s) BTL31 For camcorder models VLXD10, VRBL72 [BTL31F] SHARP 6V sealed Lead/Acid Original battery ref(s) BT30N For camcorder models VLSX80 (SLIMCAM) [BT30] SHARP 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) BT75S, BT77S, BT80S, BTBH70, BTBH85 For camcorder models VLE30H, VLE31H, VLE40H, VLH400H Sony 6V NP55/66/77 types are equivalent SHARP 7.2V Li-ion BTL41 type Original battery ref(s) BTL41, 221, 241, 441 For camcorder models VLDC3, VLH880U, VLDP3 [BTL241F] [BTL441F] SHARP 7.2V Li-ion BTL43 type Original battery ref(s) BTL43 For camcorder models VLDP1E [BTL43F] SHARP 7.2V li-ion BTL44 type Original battery ref(s) BTL44 For camcorder models VLDR1E [BTL44F] SHARP 7.4V Li-ion BTL445 type Original battery ref(s) BTL445 For camcorder models VL-NZ8 [BTL445X] SHARP 7.4V Li-ion BTL226 type Original battery ref(s) BTL-226 For camcorder models Sharp VL-Z1S, VL-Z10H, VL-Z1H, VL-Z3H, VL-Z3S, VL-Z5H, VL-Z7H, VL-Z7S, VL-Z8H [BTL226X] SHARP 9.6V NiCd BT51/52/75 Original battery ref(s) BT51, BT52, BT75 For camcorder models VCC50, VLC690, 780, 7950, VLS9000 see JVC/Panasonic 9.6V NP27XX SHARP 9.6V NiCd BT73 type Original battery ref(s) BT73 For camcorder models VLC73, VCL650, VLC670, VLC690, VLC780, VLC7950, VLS9000 [NP7312] SONY 3.6V Li-ion Original battery ref(s) NPF10/20/30, NPFS11/22/33 Note: Will not fit RUVI [NPFS11X] [NPFS22X] Sony 3.6V Li-ion C series Original battery ref(s) NP-FC10/11 For camcorder models DSC-P2, P3, P5, P7, P9, DSC-F77, DSC-FX77, DSC-P1, DSC-P10, DSC-P2, DSC-P20, DSC-P3, DSC-P31, DSC-P5, DSC-P7, DSC-P8, DSC-P9, DSC-V1 May fit other models, please check your handbook [NPFC10X] SONY 6V NiCd Original battery ref(s) NP22 For camcorder models V7/8AF, V30/100/200 [NP2217] SONY 6V NiCd/NiMH Original battery ref(s) NP55/66/77/78/98 For camcorder models TR105 TR2000, F350 F455, FX2/3/4/5/700, CCD-VX1, V600/800, V5000/6000 Order Capacity Battery Price Price Price code (mah) type each for two for 10 [NP5512] 1200 NiCd [NP6617] 1700 NiCd [NP5519] 1900 NiMH [NP7726]* 2600 NiCd [NP7734]* 4000 NiMH *Keene PRO series Slimfit SONY 7.2V Infolithium Li-ion L series Original battery ref(s) NPF530/550/750/950, NPFL550 etc For camcorder models: Please consult your manual [NPF581X] [NPF781X] [NPF981X] SONY 7.2V Li-ion NPF200 type Original battery ref(s) NPF200 For camcorder models DCR PC7 Digital [NPF200X] SONY 7.2V Li-ion F series Original battery ref(s) NPFF50/51/70/71 For camcorder models IP5, IP7 [NPFF70X] SONY 7.2V Li-ion M series Original battery ref(s) NPFM50/70/90, NP-QM71D/91D For camcorder models (fits models not listed please check your manual) [NPFM51X] [NPFM71X] [NPFM91X] Camcorder batteries Camcorder power packs & battery belts 5

8 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Camcorder batteries (continued) SONY 7.2V Li-ion P series Original battery ref(s) NPFP50/70/90 For camcorder models DCR-HC18, DCR-HC20, DCR-HC30, DCR-HC40, DCR-HC65 [NPFP50X] [NPFP70X] [NPFP90X] SONY fit 7.2V Li-ion NP-730 style (grooved sides) Original battery ref(s) NP-730 For camcorder models VX1000E, VX700 Series, TRV100 (may fit other models not listed, please check your manual) [NPF750VX] JVC/PANASONIC/SONY Pro Cam NP1 fit 12V Original battery ref(s) NP1A, NP1B For camcorder models broadcast, ENG [NP1+1SS]* [LNP1]** *DSM 13.2V extended NP1 with DC socket and Sanyo cells **Pictured: DSM 14.4V Li-ion (can only be charged on DSM charger) Battery tips: Cycling Batteries tend to work best when used frequently. Used correctly once a week most batteries should last at least five years, but if left charged on the shelf, they can sometimes fail in as little as 3 months. When a camcorder battery is put into service for the first time, its capacity will be low, and it may prove difficult to charge. This is also true of batteries that have been stored for a few months or more. The answer here is cycling - that is repeatedly charging and then discharging the battery several times in succession. Normally four of five charge/discharge cycles will restore the battery back to its full capacity. Safeguard battery terminal protector Clip-on terminal cover from Keene Electronics that not only protects your valuable camcorder batteries, it protects you too. Batteries kept loose in pockets or bags can so easily be short-circuited by coins, keys or other metal items, ruining your battery and possibly leading to serious burns. Avoid this fit spare batteries with Safeguard. KE To protect these battery types Order code Price (pack of 2) 6V Sony NP55, NP66, NP77 and Panasonic NP17 fit [SAFEGUARD] V Canon (BPE7 ) [CANONSAFE] V Panasonic fit [48SAFE] 2.49 DSM broadcast power DSM on-camera high capacity power packs for Canon DM-XL1 A range of high capacity NiCd and Li-ion power packs for the Canon DM-XL1. Power pack in holder (required) attaches very simply to the accessory plate of the Canon MA100 XLR mic adaptor (required) and balances the camera really well when carried on the shoulder. Strong ABS outer case. Includes 230V mains charger, 110V chargers and car chargers available as optional extras. Can also power a DSM N5 video light at same time as recording (recording time reduced) 7.2V 5Ah NiCd power pack, 5 hours recording time, weight 990g [CDN5KIT V 7Ah NiCd power pack, continuous recording time typically 8 hours, weight 1.45kg [CDN V 11Ah Li-ion power pack, recording time typically 10 hours. [CDL Power pack holder for CD-N5/7 attachment to MA100 XLR adaptor [CBH7] Power pack holder for CDL11 attachment to MA100 XLR adaptor [CBH11] DSMLOK Li-ion batteries & belts DSM on-camera high capacity power packs for Sony digital VX9000/DSR200 A range of professional high capacity on-camera batteries for digital V9000 and DSR200 digital camcorders The power pack clips neatly on the rear of the camera (see picture) in the same way as the NPA1000 battery adaptor and power is supplies via the DC input connector. When the power plug is connected the rubber cover can be partially closed holding the plug neatly in place. Viewfinder display of power status. Integral power socket for powering optional SD1 video light. Includes 240V charger, 110V charger available as optional extra 7.2V 5Ah NiCd battery pack. Continuous recording time 5 hours, weight 990g [SDN5] V 7Ah NiCd battery pack. Continuous recording time 8 hours, weight 1.3kg [SDN7] Optional accessories 15 watt video light [SD1] V charger [SD110] We can supply DSM Broadcast power belts and battery systems to give extended recording times for all professional camcorders. Simply contact us with your make/model and power requirements and we ll get straight back to you with all the options. 14.4V 79Wh (5.5Ah) battery with DSMLOK mount [LL79] V 160Wh (11Ah) battery with DSMLOK mount [LL160] Padded waist belt with a DSMLOK mount, 4 pin XLR F and Fastex buckles [LB79] V 79Wh (5.5Ah) waist pack with belt clip [LWP79] V 160Wh (11Ah) 2 pouch battery belt [LBB160] Chargers and charger/adaptors for DSMLOK batteries see Power Chargers and Dischargers section I don't expect to use the camcorder for a while. How should I store the batteries? Nicad and NiMH batteries should be discharged correctly then stored in a cool place. Lithium-ion batteries may be stored in any state of charge. Lead/acid batteries should be stored fully charged, and also periodically recharged during continued absence of use. All battery types should be brought up to room temperature before use. A battery should not be left on the camcorder, as even with the power switched off a small amount of electric current still flows. Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year 6

9 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Battery belts for camcorder power by UK manufacturer DSM What are Battery belts? There are occasions when you need to be confident that your camcorder can record continuously for hours at a time, without needing to change battery packs. There comes a point where a single battery would approach the size of a house brick, and make the camcorder so unwieldy that it becomes impossible to use. The solution then is to house the power somewhere else and connect the pack to the camcorder with an external lead. XLR connectors Some camcorders and belts use 4- pin XLR plugs for external power connections, and we're often asked about pin-outs. These are (female is camera side, male is power supply): Pin 1 = Ground; Pins 2 & 3 not used; Pin 4 = Positive Batteries for digital stills cameras Canon 3.7V Original battery ref(s) NB-3L For camera models Digital IXUS II Elph 2 (may also fit others please check your handbook) [NBL3X] NCBU6V 6V battery belts for camcorder types: Canon 8mm 6V (DC100 belt connector), Canon 7.2V Digital XL1, EX2, Hitachi 8mm 6V S/VHS-C, JVC 6V S/VHS-C, Mitsubishi 6V S/VHS-C, Panasonic 6V S/VHS-C, Sharp 6V S/VHS-C. Belt output connection: via camcorder s cable. 6V 5Ah standard capacity Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [NCBU6V] V 7.5Ah high capacity Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [NCBU6VH] NCB V battery belts for camcorder types JVC 3.6V DV1/2/J Digital, Panasonic 4.8V.Belt output connection: via camcorder s cable. 4.8V 5Ah standard capacity Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [NCB48] V 7.5Ah high capacity Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [NCB48H] DSM Battery Belts for video lights Batteries for digital stills cameras Our range of batteries keeps increasing, so phone if you can t find the battery you want in our list - we may still have it or be able to get it for you. Because of exchange rate fluctuations, battery prices may change within the life of this catalogue, so please call to check prices before ordering Note that battery designs and specifications may also be subject to change within the life of this catalogue. The pictures are typical for the batteries we supply at time of going to press, although there may be small variations in design from time to time. Canon 3.7V Original battery ref(s) NB1L For camera models Digital Ixus, Ixus 300, 330, 400, Ixus V, V2, V3, POWERSHOT S100, S110, S200, S230, S300, S330, S400 [NBL1X] NCB1 12V 5A belt that can be attached to almost any camcorder, making the connection using a suitable car cord. Power output connection options of car cigar lighter socket or 4 pin XLR. 12V 5Ah Cigar socket output Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [NCB1] V 5Ah 4 Pin XLR output Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [NCB1XLR] PNCB21 Multi purpose 5Ah PRO belt with extra cell to provide increased running time at 13.2V Belt output connection options of car cigar lighter socket or 4 pin XLR. 13.2V cigar socket output Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [PNCB21] V 4 pin XLR output Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [PNCB21X] NCB2 Multi use 12V belt with TWIN 5Ah outputs. Option of twin car cigar lighter sockets or twin 4 pin XLR connectors. 2 x 12V 5Ah cigar sockets Weight 1.7kg [NCB2] x 12V 5Ah 4 pin XLR Weight 1.7kg [NCB2XLR] PNCB22 Multi use 12V belt, high capacity 7Ah version of PNCB21 Output connector options of car cigar lighter socket or 4 pin XLR connector.. 12V 7Ah cigar socket output Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [PNCB22] V 7Ah 4 Pin XLR output Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [PNCB22X] V 7Ah 4 Pin XLR special As PNCB22X (above), plus ABS cell protectors and supplied complete with charger Run time (hr) Weight (kg) [PNCB22XABS] V and 110V chargers for DSM battery belts see Power chargers and dischargers Connecting leads for DSM belts see Leads and Cables section Li-ion battery belts, can be used to power DC lights up to 100W 14.4V 6Ah, including automatic charger [LB1] V 9Ah, including automatic charger [LB2] V 12Ah, including automatic charger [LB3] Canon 6V Original battery ref(s) NB5H For camera models A5, POWERSHOT A50, S10, S20, S520 may fit others not listed, please check your handbook [NB5X] Canon 7.4V Original battery ref(s) BP511 For camera models (please consult your handbook) [BP511X] Canon 7.4V Original battery ref(s) NB2L For camera models ELURA 40MC, MV5, MV5i, MV5iMC, MV6, MV6i [NBL2X] Contax 3.7V Original battery ref(s) BP-1500S For digital still camera models TVS DIGITAL see Fuji 3.7V NP120 Camcorder batteries Battery belts Other batteries Canon 3.7V Original battery ref(s) HL4L For camera models Ixus 30, Ixus 40 [NB4LX] 760 call call call Fuji 3.6V Original battery ref(s) NP80 For camera models FINEPIX , MX-1700, 2700, 2900, 600, 600Z, 700Z [NP80X]

10 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Batteries for digital stills cameras (continued) Fuji 3.6V Original battery ref(s) NP100 For camera models DS-260, MX-500, 600, 700 [NP100X] Fuji 3.7V Original battery ref(s) NP40 For camera models Finepix 402, F700, PENTAX OPTIO S (may also fit others please check your handbook) [NP40X] Fuji 3.7V Original battery ref(s) NP60 For camera models Finepix 401, 50i, F410, F601, M603, CASIO QV-R3, R4 [NP60X] Fuji 3.7V Original battery ref(s) NP30 For camera models 440/445/450 [NP30X] Fuji 3.7V Original battery ref(s) NP120 For camera models FINEPIX M603. May fit others not listed, please check your handbook [NP120X] JVC 3.6V Original battery ref(s) BNV101U For camera models GC-S5 [NP100X] JVC 3.6V Original battery ref(s) BNV37U For camera models GC-X1, GC-X3 [BNV37X] Konica 3.7V Original battery ref(s) DRLB4 For digital still camera models [DRLB4X] Kyocera/Yashica 3.7V Original battery ref(s) BP-780 For digital still camera models Finecam SL300R [BP780X] Minolta 3.7V Original battery ref(s) NP700 For camera models X50, X53 [NP700X] Nikon 7.4V Original battery ref(s) EN-EL3 For digital still camera models D70, D100 [EL3X] Nikon 3.7V Original battery ref(s) EN-EL5 For digital still camera models Coolpix 3700, 4200, 5200 [EL5X] Nikon 3.7V Original battery ref(s) EL7 For camera models Coolpix 8400 and 8800 [EL7X] 1100 call call call Nikon 3.7V Original battery ref(s) EN-EL2 For camera models COOLPIX SQ, COOLPIX 2500, 3500 (may also fit others please check your handbook) [EL2X] Nikon 7.4V Original battery ref(s) EN-EL 1 For camera models COOLPIX 775, 880, 885, 995, 4300, 4500, 5000, May fit others not listed, please check your handbook [EL1X] Olympus 3.7V Original battery ref(s) LI30B For camera models Mini MJU [LI30BX] Olympus 3.7V Original battery ref(s) L1 10B For camera models CAMEDIA X-1, CAMEDIA X-2, Stylus 300, Stylus 400, Stylus C-50, DSC-AZ3, DSC-J1, DSC-MZ3 (may also fit others please check your handbook) [LI10BX] Olympus type 7.2V Original battery ref(s) PS-BLM1 For digital still camera models C-5060, E-1 [PSBLM1X] Panasonic 3.7V Original battery ref(s) CGA-S101 SERIES For camera models DMC-F7 (may also fit others please check your handbook) [CGAS101X] Panasonic 7.4V Original battery ref(s) CGA-S002 For digital still camera models DMC-F1K, DMC-F1S, DMC-FZ10K, DMC-FZ10S, DMC- FZ1B, DMC-FZ1K, DMC-FZ2 [CGAS002X] Pentax 3.7V Original battery ref(s) D-L18 For digital still camera models OPTIO S, OPIO S4, OPTIO S4i [DL18X] Pentax 3.7V Original battery ref(s) For camera models Optio S see Fuji 3.7V NP40 Original battery ref(s) NP120 For camera models optio 450, 550, 555. May fit others not listed, please check your handbook see Fuji 3.7V NP120 Ricoh 3.7V Original battery ref(s) For camera models Ricoh DB43, G3, G3M, G3S, RR30. May fit others not listed, please check your handbook see Fuji 3.7V NP120 Sanyo 3.7V Original battery ref(s) Olympus L1 10B For camera models SANYO VPC-AZ3EX, VPC-J1EX, VPC-MZ3, VPC-X350, XACTI JI May fit others not listed, please check your handbook see Olympus 3.7V Li10BX Sony 3.6V Li-ion C series Original battery ref(s) NP-FC10/11 For digital still camera models DSC-P2, P3, P5, P7, P9 [NPFC10X]

11 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Sony 3.6V Original battery ref(s) LIP8, LIP10, LIP12 For camera models. Also fits MiniDisc players. Sony 3.6V Original battery ref(s) NP-FR1 For digital still camera models DSC-88, DSC-P100 [LIP8X] [NPFR1X] [LIP10X [LIP12X] Sony 7.2V L series Original battery ref(s) NPF-330/530/550/730/750/950/960 For camera models Sony 3.6V Original battery ref(s) NPF10, NPFS11 For camera models DCR-PC1, DCR-PC2, DCR-PC3, DCR-PC4, DCR-PC5, NP FS11, NP FS21, NP FS31, DSC-F505, DSC-F55, DSC-P1, DSC-P20, DSC-P50, DSC-P51 Order code [NPF581X] Cap. (mah) [NPFS11X] Sony 3.6V Original battery ref(s) NP-FT1 For digital still camera models DSC-T1 [NPFT1X] Power pack for digital still cameras A compact power pack designed for digital still cameras. Despite its small size it gives several hundred shots per charge, easily outperforming conventional disposable batteries. The pack is completely memory free and can be topup charged at any time. Size 90mm x 56mm x 22mm with integral belt clip. Cable length 1.35m. Supplied complete with UK mains plug-in charger and 5 assorted DC plugs for most popular camera types plus adaptor cord for cameras with a 5V DC input. Weight (exc cables) 240g. [DSP1] each, 2 for 55, 10 for 220 BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Batteries for cordless telephones Voltage : Capacity Chemistry : Order Code : Price 2.4V 280mAh Ni-Cd [CP01] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP01NM] V 320mAh Ni-Cd [CP02] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP02NM] V 320mAh Ni-Cd [CP03U] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP03UNM] V 320mAh Ni-Cd [CP04U] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP04UNM] V 400mAh Ni-Cd [CP05U] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP05UNM] V 400mAh Ni-Cd [CP06] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP06UNM] V 600mAh Ni-Cd [CP07U] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP07UNM] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP07TNM] V 600mAh Ni-Cd [CP08U] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP08UNM] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP08TNM] V 1500mAh Ni-MH [CP09] V 180mAh Ni-Cd [CP10] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP11] V 700mAh Ni-Cd [CP12] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP13NM] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP14NM] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP15NM] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP16] V 320mAh Ni-MH [CP17UNM] 9.99 Ni-MH [CP17NMT] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP18] V 550mAh Ni-MH [CP19NM] V 1500mAh Ni-MH [CP20NM] 9.99 SONY 7.2V Li-ion M series Original battery ref(s) NPFM50 For camera models Please check your manual [NPFM51X] Yashica 3.6V Original battery ref(s) BP-800S For camera models Finecam S3, S3L, S3X, S4, S5 [BP800X] DC power plug set A set of 15 DC plugs for use with power supplies with detachable power jacks. Plug sizes are 2.5mm, 3.5mm, 3.0x1.0mm, 5.0x2.1mm, 5.5x2.1mm, 5.0x2.5mm, 5.5x2.5mm, 3.5x1.35mm, 4.0x1.7mm, 4.75x1.75mm, 5.0x1.5mm, 5.5x2.8mm, 6.3x3.0mm, 7.0x1.0mm, and 2.35x0.75mm, all in plastic storage case. These plugs can be used with the Keene DSP1 digital still camera power supply, but note that they are straight, not right angled entry. [DCPSET] V 1300mAh Ni-MH [CP21] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP22] V 300mAh Ni-MH [CP24] V 500mAh Ni-MH [CP25] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP26] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP27] V 650mAh Ni-MH [CP28] V 650mAh Ni-MH [CP29] V 280mAh Ni-MH [CP30] V 400mAh Ni-MH [CP33] V 280mAh Ni-MH [CP34] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP35] V 600mAh Ni-Cd [CP36] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP40] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP45] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP46] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP48] V 600mAh Ni-MH [CP49] V 400mAh Ni-Cd [CP50] V 400mAh Ni-Cd [CP51] V 800mAh Ni-Cd [CP52] 9.99 Need help identifying the right battery for your cordless phone? If you have internet access please check or give us a phone call on quoting the make and model of the phone. Battery belts Digital stills camera batteries Other batteries 9

12 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Power Batteries (continued) Stills camera, memory back-up etc batteries Li-ion and other special batteries for stills cameras, camcorder memory back up, electronic organisers etc. Please refer to your camcorder/camera manual to determine correct battery Description Order Price Price Price code for 1 for 2 for 10 CR1620 3V Lithium, Used in some Psion organisers as well as camcorders for memory back up [CR1620] CR2025 3V lithium, memory back-up for most Sony camcorders and some electronic organisers [CR2025] CR2016 3V lithium, memory back-up for most Panasonic camcorders [CR2016] CR2032 3V lithium, memory back-up for most other camcorders [CR2032] CR123A 3V lithium, Used in Pentax and Olympus zoom cameras and some compacts [CR123A] CR2 3V lithium, for newer Contax and Ricoh still cameras [CR2] CR5 6V lithium, used in many SLR cameras including autofocus Canon and Minolta [2CR5] CR2P 6V lithium, used in Nikon F601 and many compact cameras [2CRP2P] SR44 1.5V Silver oxide, used as memory back up in some camcorders, and also for metering in manual focus SLRs (usually two required) [SR44] SR44 6V Silver oxide, used as metering battery in Canon manual focus SLRs and Bronica medium format [4SR44] LR V Alkaline, memory back up for some camcorders [LR1130] CR-V3 3V 3300mAh photo lithium battery [CRV3] Rechargeable CR-V3 battery complete with worldwide charger (pictured left) [CRV3L] Common equivalent identification codes for lithium and silver oxide batteries 6V lithium 2CR5 DL245 6V lithium CR-PTP DE233A 3V lithium CR123A DL123A 1.5V silver oxide button SR G13 KS76 6V silver oxide PX SR44 KS28 Commonly used conventional battery numbers and equivalents N R1 LR1 MN AAA RO3 LR03 MN2400 UM4 824 HP16 AA R6 LR6 MN1500 UM3 815 HP7 C R14 LR14 MN1400 UM2 814 HP11 D R20 LR20 MN1300 UM1 813 HP2 PP3 6F22 6LR61 MN A1604 PP3 PP9 3R12 MN R25 PJ996 4R Not to scale Car alarm remote batteries GP23A (K23A) 12V Alkaline used in most car alarm remotes and some lighters. [GP23A] 1.50 each, 2 for 2.75, 10 for 12 GP27A (K27A) Newer type car alarms etc [GP27A] 3.25 each, 2 for 6.25, 10 for 26 Conventional batteries (disposable) Alkaline long-life batteries AAAA single [ALKAAAA] 1.75 AAA Pack of 4 [ALKAAA] 2.75 AA Pack of 4 [ALKAA] 2.25 C Pack of 2 [ALKC] 2.75 D Pack of 2 [ALKD] 2.75 PP3 9V, each [ALKPP3] 2.25 Conventional batteries (NiCd & NiMH rechargeable) SIze Capacity Quantity Order Price (mah) per pack code per pack NiCd C [NCDC] 3.25 PP [NCDPP3] 5.25 NiMH AAA [NMHAAA8] 6.99 AA NMHAA C [NMHC] 6.75 D [NMHD] 6.75 PP [NMHPP3] 5.25 NEW! Super high (2500mAh) capacity NiMH AA batteries ideal for digital still cameras and countless other applications. Supplied in packs of four. per pack [NMHAA25] 9.99 Two packs CHARGERS for rechargeable batteries see pages 12 Hobby/Model power packs 7.2V 1800mAh NiCd [RP V 1800mAh NiCd Sanyo cells [RP18] Chargers for these power packs see page 13 Holders for 4 cells Plastic holders for 4 x AA, C or D cells. AA [HOLDAA] 0.99 C [HOLDC] 0.99 D [HOLDD] 0.99 New products, bargains and the most up-to-date prices all on our web site Chargers and dischargers for camcorder and digital stills camera batteries Battery charging (NiCd and NiMH batteries) While fast chargers (like that supplied with your camcorder) are most convenient, slow charging is more beneficial. Repeated fast charging of Nicads tends to reduce the capacity of the battery pack. Keeping capacity at a maximum is helped by a slow charge/discharge of the pack at regular intervals. For batteries that seem to have reduced capacity, a series of slow charge/discharge cycles will often restore the pack to its original capacity. Hahnel TV101 universal charger/discharger Fits 4.8V Panasonic as well as 6V Sony, Canon, JVC, Panasonic and Hitachi batteries Suitable for both Nicad and Nickel Metal Hydride batteries. Can be car or mains powered (leads and adaptor included). [TV101]

13 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Energizer uni-charge Uno Universal camcorder & digital camera charger for Li-ion, NiCd & NiMH batteries Hi-tech design allows safe charging of Nickel Cadmium (Ni-Cd), Nickel Metal Hydride (Ni-MH), Lithium Ion (Li-Ion), and Sealed Lead Acid (SLA) batteries. Reconditions (discharges) and automatically recharges Ni-Cd batteries to eliminate memory effect. Charges anywhere from AC current at home or through DC car cigarette lighter. Negative Delta V charge mode for Ni-Cd and Ni-MH batteries, constant current and constant voltage charge mode, for Li-Ion and SLA batteries. Intelligent microprocessor universal circuitry to charge 3.6V to 12V batteries with built in short circuit protection & timer control for extra safety. Straight out of the box this will charge the following batteries: Canon 6v BPE77/711/714/720/726/CA77/CA77H (NP37 type) Hitachi 6v VMBP82/83/84/HB82H (NP83 type) JVC BNV11U/12/18U/20/22/NVS1/S2 (NP17 type) Panasonic VWVBS1E/NVS1 (NP17 type) Sharp 6v BT80/BT77 (NP55 type) Sony NP55/66/77/78/98 (NP55 type) To charge other battery models, adaptor plate required see list (right) [EUCU] Energizer uni-charge duo A two-up version of the uni-charge uno each bank is fully independent and so the unit may be used to charge two batteries simultaneously. Out of the box battery compatibility and adaptor plate (for other batteries) availability same as uni-charge uno [EUCD] Energizer digi-charger Universal charger for camcorder & digital camera Li-ion (only) batteries. Operates from car or mains (car cigar power cord and UK mains adaptor supplied). Processor controlled constant voltage charge mode with short circuit and over-voltage protection. Straight from the box it will charge: Canon BP80/BP85 Hitachi VMBPL13/27/30/60 JVC BNV812U/814U Panasonic VWVBD1E/CGRB202E Sony NPF330/530/550/750/950 (L series) Sony NPFM30/50/70/90/QM90 (M & QM series) Sony NPFF50/70 (F series) To charge other battery models, adaptor plate required see list (right) [EDC] DIGITAL STILL BATTERY/CHARGER COMBO PACKS Contains a worldwide plug-in mains travel charger plus a spare battery. The charger is very compact (approx 100 x 62 x 40mm) with a drop-in battery compartment and can completely recharge a 650mAh battery in about 70 minutes. Charger plus NP80X battery (3.7V 1300mAh) for Fuji NP80 types [DCL80] Charger plus EL1X battery (7.4V 650mAh) for Nikon EN-EL1 types [DCLEL1] Charger plus BP511X battery (7.4V 1200mAh) for Canon BP511 types [DCL511] DCL80 DCLEL1 DCL511 Charger plus NB2L type battery (7.4V 600mAh) for Canon [DCL2] Charger plus NP60X battery (3.7V 900mAh) for Fuji [DCL60] Charger plus NB1L battery (3.7V 680mAh) for Canon NB-1L types [DCL1] Battery adaptor plates for Energiser uni-chargers & digi-charger If your camcorder/digital stills camera battery will not fit the Energiser uni-chargers or digi-charger out of the box, don t worry, there s probably an adaptor plate available to interface your battery and the charger. Listed below is the range of adaptor plates available at December More will be added during the life of this catalogue so please check or call us if you can t find your battery listed. For Battery identifier Order code Canon 3.6V Li-ion BT-L1,2,11,12 ENAPO8 Canon 3.7V Li-ion NB-1L ENAP09 Canon 6V Ni-MH CA54,NB-5H ENAP18* Canon BP80/85 ENAP26 Canon 7.2V Li-ion BP-406,412,422 ENAPO6 Canon 7.2V Li-ion BP-608/617 ENAPO3 Canon 7.2V Li-ion BP-80,85 ENAPO1 Canon 7.2V Li-ion BP-911/914/915/924/927/930/941/945 ENAPO3 Canon 7.4V Li-ion BP-511/512/522/535 ENAPO2 Canon 7.4V Li-ion NB-2L,CA2L ENAPO2 Canon 7.4V Li-ion BP2L12 ENAP08 Casio 3.7V Li-ion NP-20,CS20 ENAP10 Fuji 3.7V Li-ion NP40,60,80,100,120 ENAPO7 Hitachi VMPBL13/27 ENAP26 Hitachi 7.2V Li-ion DZ-BP16/28 ENAPO3 Hitachi 7.2V Li-ion VM-BPL13A,27,30,60 ENAPO1 Hitachi 9.6/10V Ni-Cd/SLA VM-BP63,65,BP-96,RHB66 ENAP19* HP 7.4V Li-ion A920 ENAP12 JVC 3.6V Li-ion BN-V712,714 ENAPO7 JVC 3.7V Li-ion BN-V37,J37 ENAP15 JVC BNV812U ENAP26 JVC 7.2V Li-ion BN-V107,114 ENAPO4 JVC 7.2V Li-ion BNV-207,214 ENAPO5 JVC 7.2V Li-ion BNV-306,312 ENAPO4 JVC 7.2V Li-ion BNV-408,416,428 ENAPO4 JVC 7.2V Li-ion BNV-507,514 ENAPO5 JVC 7.2V Li-ion BNV-907 ENAPO5 JVC 7.2V Li-ion BNV607,615 ENAPO1 JVC 7.2V Li-ion BNV812,814 ENAPO1 JVC 9.6V Ni-Cd/Ni-MH BN-V3,5,7,8,JB962,JB962H ENAP19* Kodak 3.6V Li-ion KLIV-3000,5000 ENAPO7 Konica 3.6V Li-ion DR-LB1 ENAP17 Konica 3.7V Li-ion DRLB4 ENAP10 Kyocera 3.6V Li-ion BP800S,900S,1000S ENAP17 Kyocera 3.6/7V Li-ion B780S ENAP24 3.6V Li-ion CR3V rechargeable ENAP30 Minolta 3.7V Li-ion NP200,MNP200 ENAP10 Nikon 3.7V Li-ion EN-EL2 ENAP09 Nikon 3.7V Li-ion EN-EL5 ENAP29 Nikon 7.2V Li-ion EN-EL3 ENAP13 Nikon 7.4V Li-ion EN-EL1 ENAPO2 Olympus 3.7V Li-ion Li-10B,OL10 ENAP09 Panasonic 12V SLA BP50,80,88,VB30H,VBF2 ENAP21* Panasonic 3.6V Li-ion CGA-S101,DMW-BC7 ENAP10 Panasonic 3.6/7V Li-ion CGAF001E, CGAF003 ENAP24 Panasonic 4.8V Ni-Cd/Ni-MH VW-VBS10,10H,20,20H ENAP20* Panasonic VWVBD1, PVBT5 ENAP26 Panasonic 7.2V Li-ion CGR-D120/220/320/S602/PV-BP8A ENAPO3 Panasonic 7.2V Li-ion CGADU07/14/21 ENAPO3 Panasonic 7.2V Li-ion CGR-V610,620 ENAP14 Panasonic 7.2V Li-ion VW-VBD1,CGRB202E ENAPO1 Panasonic 7.2V Li-ion CGAS200E ENAP29 Pentax 3.7V Li-ion D-Li2 ENAPO7 Pentax 7.4V Li-ion D-Li1 ENAP12 Ricoh 3.6V Li-ion DB-20,30,40 ENAPO7 Samsung 7.2V Li-ion SB-L110/220 ENAPO3 Samsung 7.2V Li-ion SB-L160/320/480 ENAPO3 Sanyo 7.2V Li-ion UR121 ENAP11 Sharp 3.6V Li-ion AD-T51BT ENAP17 Sharp 3.6V Li-ion BT-L31 ENAP16 Sharp 3.6VNi-Cd/Ni-MH BT-N1,11,21,22,32 ENAP22* Sharp 7.2V Li-ion BL241,441 ENAPO6 Sharp 7.2V Li-ion BT-L43 ENAPO6 Sharp 7.4V Li-ion BT-L225 ENAPO6 Sharp 7.4V Li-ion BTL226 ENAP27 Sony 3.6V Li-ion NP-F10,20,30,SSF11,21,31 ENAPO8 Sony 3.6V Li-ion NP-FC10,11 ENAPO8 Sony 3.6/7V Li-ion NPFT1, NPFR1 ENAP24 Sony 6V Ni-Cd/Ni-MH NP22,NP22H ENAP23* Sony L, M and P series ENAP26 Sony 7.2V Li-ion NP-F100,200,300 ENAPO1 Sony 7.2V Li-ion NP-F330,530,550,750,950, L SERIES ENAPO1 Sony 7.2V Li-ion NP-FF50,70,F SERIES ENAPO1 Sony 7.2V Li-ion NP-FM30,50,70,90,QM50, M SERIES ENAPO1 Toshiba 3.6V Li-ion NP100,PDR-BT1,2,1A,2A,3 ENAPO7 2 or 4 AAA or AA rechargeable cells ENAP25 *For uni-chargers only. Not suitable for use with digi-charger All models Energiser adaptor plates 5.99 Other batteries Battery chargers Dischargers 11

14 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Chargers & dischargers (continued) Hahnel MCL103 lithium-ion fast charger A neat compact charger that can be powered from car or mains (UK mains adaptor and cigar lead supplied). Special Hahnel circuitry allows for a rapid charge rate (1000mAh capacity recharge from flat in approx 1 hr). One model fits each "family" of batteries eg the Panasonic model will do all Panasonic Lithium types. Canon. Plate supplied as standard to fit BP406, BP412,BP422,BP914/5/6,BP924/7,BP945,BP508, BP511,BP522, (BP608 & BP617 adaptor plates available on request) [MCL103C] Fuji [MCL103F] Sony* [MCL103S] Panasonic [MCL103P] JVC** [MCL103J] Samsung [MCL103SA] *Please let us know if you require a plate for the Sony S series NPFS11/21/22 type battery. **Please let us know if you require a plate for the BNV37 type battery. Chargers for DSM belts/packs Chargers/AC adaptors for DSMLOK 14.4V Li-ion batteries Chargers only, or the charger/ac adaptors can power a camera at the same time as charging the battery. Single charger (for 14.4V DSMLOK Li-ion) [LCA1] Twin charger (for 14.4V DSMLOK Li-ion) [LCA2] Single charger/ac adaptor (for 14.4V DSMLOK Li-ion) [LCAC1] Twin charger/ac adaptor (for 14.4V DSMLOK Li-ion) [LCAC2] Chargers for DSM 13.2V NP1+1SS batteries Mini plug top single charger (for 13.2V NP1+1SS NiCd) [11C180] Mini plug top twin charger (for 13.2V NP1+1SS NiCd) [11C180T] V charger for DSM battery belts Please state model of belt for which required when ordering eg [BELT CODE +110V] Faster delivery options available (at extra cost) Dischargers - what do they do and why do I need one? (This relates to NiCd & NiMH packs only) In an ideal world, you charge the battery using the fast charger supplied with the camcorder, use it until the camcorder's battery indicator comes on, remove, store until next required, charge and so on. Such a sequence will give reasonable battery life, but in practice it can be very hard to follow. There's always a time when not all the battery's charge has been used, and you return with part- or even fully charged batteries. These need discharging before storage. A partly used battery should never be recharged, as this can lead to a condition known as nicad 'memory effect' where only part of the battery's capacity can be used. This creates a need to periodically discharge your batteries, but this is not as simple as might first appear. Due to the chemistry of the cells, no cell should be discharged below a critical voltage otherwise permanent chemical change, and damage to the battery, can occur. Keene Electronics Dischargers gently and slowly discharge the battery down to the correct critical voltage and then switch off automatically. This level of discharge cannot effectively be reached by use in the camcorder, which will show the 'battery' indication when there is still enough life in the battery to unlace the tape and eject it. Keene Electronics Pro series camcorder battery dischargers Keene dischargers use a slope discharge method which slowly reduces the current drawn as the cut off point is approached, achieving the maximum benefit from the discharge. Pro series dischargers are guaranteed to cut off at the critical voltage. What s more, they re covered by a 3 year replacement warranty. With slow charger, awarded Best Accessory 1994 by What Camcorder To discharge battery types below Order code Price Panasonic 4.8V NP10/BS10/BS10E etc [KD48P] JVC/Panasonic 6V NP17/17H etc [KD17P] Sony 6V older type NP22/22H etc [KD22P] Sony 6V recent models NP55/66/66H/77/77H etc [KD55P] Sharp 6V NP80/BT80 [KD55P] JVC/Panasonic 9.6V 6 lug fixing (NP27) [KD96P] Canon BPE77K, BPE718, BPE722 (NP37/718 fit) [KD37P] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on these products KE Chargers and dischargers for other batteries PC70 charger 2 hour fast charger for 2 or 4 AA or AAA batteries. It can recharge either NiCD or NiMH and incorporates negative delta-v circuitry for reliable full-charge detection. It also features faulty battery detection, with temperature and short circuit protection. Negative delta V cut-off and trickle charge after full charge. Supplied complete with UK mains adaptor and also with a 12v cigar car cord. Excellent value. Charger only [PC70] UC1 Reverse polarity protection. LED charge indicator. Charges 1 to 4 AA, AAA, C, D or PP3. Built in discharger and auto charge rate selection. Charge times AAA: 2 hrs (NiCd), 3 4 hrs (NiMH); AA: 7 hrs (NiCd), 14 hrs (NiMH); C/D: 14 hrs (NiCd), 24 hrs (NiMH); PP3: 12 hrs (NiCd), hrs (NiMH). Charger only [UC1] 8.99 UC03 Recharges 2 8 AA or AAA cells at a time, either NiCd or NiMH. Microprocessor timer controlled with overcharge protection. [UC03] PC10 Recharges 2 or 4 AA or AAA NiCD or NiMH cells at a time. Built in IC timer control with automatic charge current selection and LED charge indicator. Charger only [PC10] 6.99 Charger complete with 4 x AA 2000mAh NiMH batteries [PC1020] Hahnel HSC104 Rapid Charger New from Hahnel, a fast (and safe) charger for your NiMH AA & AAA batteries. A set of fully discharged 2000mAh batteries can be recharged in about 2 hours! It uses a progressive charge control which replaces the bulk of the charge quickly, then slows the rate of the charge for the all-important final stage. It s even fan cooled to ensure the cell temperature stays within range! It can be used worldwide (110V/240V) and can also be powered from a car cigarette lighter socket (cord included). Not only that, it comes complete with four of the latest 2350 mah AA batteries, all together at an amazing price [HSC104]

15 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 RECHARGEABLE BATTERY MEGADEAL This package makes an ideal kit; four batteries on charge whilst four are in use! You get eight AA 2300mAh NiMH rechargeable batteries plus a PC10 compact mains charger (see previous page). Our normal price for two packs of AA 2300mAh batteries on their own is With this deal, you pay the same price and get the mains charger (normally 6.99) thrown in for FREE! With disposable AAs costing anything up to 3 a pack this is one deal that will pay for itself in no time. Limited stocks first come first served! Contents: 8 x 2300mAh NiMH AA batteries PC10 charger (UK 3 pin style) IC controlled timer charge with auto current sensing for AA or AAA batteries Batteries are charged in pairs, two at the front, two at the rear with LED indication Approx charge times: AAA 250mAh 2.5hrs; AAA 800mAh 8hrs; AA 1500mAh 6hrs; AA 2300mAh 10hrs [AADEAL] Hahnel PowerStation TC Smart A compact plug in 3-4 hour fast charger for 2 x AA or 2 x AAA NiMH/Nicad batteries. This is a direct plug in charger, with no separate AC/DC adaptor needed. Electronic -dv charge control automatically switches off fast charge and the unit switches to a low current maintenance charge. Available pre-packed (inset) with: 4 x AA NiMH batteries 2350 mah [TCSAA] x AAA NiMH batteries 900 mah [TCSAAA] Hahnel PowerStation Quattro A new charger, capable of charging four 2300mAh AA batteries in just one hour! The Powerstation Quattro works like four chargers within one housing. Each battery is individually charged to achieve maximum battery capacity. There are four thermo-sensors, one to protect each battery, plus an additional safety timer. The charge control system is software based; each battery is assessed before the fast charge begins. Defective or non-rechargeable batteries are rejected. When a battery is fully charged the sensitive dv system will switch off the fast charge automatically. Once the fast charge is complete a control system switches to a low current maintenance charge to keep the battery at its maximum capacity. LEDs enable you to see at a glance what is happening to each battery. The unit even features a built in cooling fan to ensure that it's working temperature remains within acceptable limits. Supplied complete with worldwide universal mains adaptor, 12 volt car lead and four high performance AA 1.25 volt 2350 mah NiMH batteries [HPSQ] The GIGABOX Ultimate battery charger If you're looking for the last word in domestic battery chargers, here it is. Designed to discharge and recharge up to four NiMH or NiCD batteries, each battery is independently assessed and monitored during charge (and optional discharge). Every bank has individual delta-v full charge detect, short circuit protect and controlled pulse trickle charge mode. There's even a graphical display to inform you of the current state of each battery. Not cheap, but its certainly a nice bit of kit. Cell types: AAA, AA, C, D and one 9V block battery. Charging current: automatically set for each size of battery. delta-v termination. Includes integrated timer and switches automatically to trickle charge to prevent overcharging. Charging time: from 1 hour depending upon capacity and condition of battery. Includes UK mains adaptor and also 12V cigarette plug adaptor. Order Code [GB] isun solar charger/powerpack system The isun is a really neat portable solar charger ideal for use with small electronic devices. It is very compact, (roughly Filofax sized when folded) and the case design also features small rubber suckers so it can be stuck onto the window of a train. It is ideal as a top-up charger for use with cell phones, PDAs, handheld computers, digital cameras, GPS, MP3 players etc. In direct sunlight a single isun can produce 2.2 watts of power and although that may not be enough to fully recharge a flat battery it will certainly do a great job of extending your talk time. It s also possible to connect 2 or more isun units together for larger power outputs should you need it. Specifications Wattage: 2.2 watts Peak Output: 7.6 volts; 15.2 volts Approx. Watt-Hrs / Day *: Approx. Amp Hrs / Day *: (7.6V); (15.2V) Dimensions: 7.25" x 4.5" x 1.25" / 184mm x 114mm x 32mm Weight: 0.68 lb / 311 g Temperature Range: -40 F to 176 F / -40 C to 80 C Warranty: 2 years * Based on 4 to 5 hours of average daily peak sunlight hours. The BattPak is both a quick-charger and power source all in one. It can charge between 1 and 10 AA or AAA batteries from either mains, car cigar or solar power and once charged these batteries can also be used to power other devices. It is supplied with a UK mains adaptor and car cigar lead and the case is engineered to clip directly on to the isun Solar Charger to make a great solar charging package. For example, 4 x 700mAh AA batteries would recharge in approx 5 hours from the mains or car or about 7 hours* from the isun (*approximately obviously the brightest sunlight will give the best conditions). Please note also that you can t charge more that 6 batteries at a time when using the car cigar power option (not enough voltage headroom!). Specifications Works with all Ni-Cd and NiMH rechargeable AA and AAA batteries Built-in LED charge indicators Dimensions: 7.5" x 3" x 1.25" / 190mm x 75mm x 30mm Weight: 0.4 lb / 181g Temperature Range: 40 F to 176 F / 40 C to 80 C Warranty: 2 years isun kit comprising solar charger plus Battpak [ISCP] Hahnel Universal Tester An really easy to use battery tester for suitable for both rechargeable and non-rechargeable batteries. Quickly tells you if they need replacing or recharging. Suitable for AA, AAA, C, D & 9v PP3 type batteries. [HUT] 7.99 Plug in fast charger for model/hobby packs (see page 10) For 7.2V and 9.6V packs [HCP72] 9.99 Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year Batteries Chargers and dischargers Car power 13

16 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Keene Lead/acid battery chargers Neat and effective low cost chargers for lead/acid battery packs. Provide a controlled constant voltage charge to safely and gently bring your pack up to maximum capacity. Feature LED indicator of 'power' and 'charging' status. The 12V model comes complete with cigarette lighter plug fitted (ready to connect to most 12V packs) whilst the 6V model (pictured) has bared wire connection for your own configuration. 6V model [KLAC6] V model [KLAC12] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on these products KE Browse and buy on-line at our complete range including new products not listed in this catalogue, and the most up-to-date prices Camcorder Holiday Checklist If you are taking your camcorder on holiday then its worth considering the following; Batteries Have you got enough batteries? Bear in mind that in general, Nicads perform well in warm climates, less so in colder ones. Don t leave your batteries (or camcorder for that matter) in direct sunlight or in a car on a sunny day if you can avoid it. If you are going somewhere colder, try to keep your batteries about your person to keep them warm (see our battery safeguard in the power section for protection against damage). If you have purchased batteries for your holiday then remember that new batteries will perform better the third or fourth time they are used. If you can, is a very good idea to charge and discharge them a couple of times before you go, particularly if they have not been used for a while. Charging What is the mains voltage at the resort? Check the label on the base of your battery charger carefully. If it says input voltage V then it can safely be used anywhere. If it says V only then DO NOT attempt to use it on 110V; it will overheat and severe damage will occur. Most (but not all) of Europe is 220V and so any UK 240V charger should work satisfactorily. America and certain other destinations are 110V. Contrary to popular belief, a multi-voltage input charger (i.e v) will take the same amount of time to charge a battery whatever voltage it is supplied with. Car power If you take your car on holiday, or hire one upon arrival, it is well worth considering the convenience of a car charger. Car chargers will work whether the car engine is running or not, and consume next to no current when compared to a car batteries capacity. Car cords are another useful addition to the gadget bag. They enable you to run your camcorder continuously from your car battery. They consist of a cigar lighter plug with a lead to a battery shell which fits on the camcorder in the normal way. Instead of Nicad cells it contains a special power supply which converts the cars 12-14V DC output down to that which your camcorder requires. (Beware of unregulated car cords.) All these chargers and dischargers seem a lot of equipment to lug around if your going on holiday or videoing a wedding etc.. You don t need to! If you pre-condition your batteries by discharging and charging them at least three times during the week before you need the camera, you don t need to take a discharger or slow charger with you just use the original mains charger. The batteries are not going to deteriorate much over the next four or five charges especially if they are being used a lot. A nicad is rather like a muscle the more you use it the stronger it becomes, the less you use it the weaker it gets. General purpose dischargers A range of 5 dischargers for discharging nicads. Can be used to discharge AA, C and D cells, flashgun packs, model cars etc. General purpose dischargers are fitted with a standard 2.1mm DC socket. They are not polarity sensitive, so will function correctly whichever way connected. You can configure your own connecting lead, or buy one of ours. For example, to discharge AA type Nicads you will need 1 x 4.8V discharger 18.99, 1 x 4AA cell holder 0.75 and one connecting lead KE To discharge 4.8V (4 cell) order code [GP4.8] To discharge 6V (5 cell) order code [GP6] To discharge 7.2V (6 cell) order code [GP7.2] To discharge 9.6V (8 cell) order code [GP96] To discharge 12V (10 cell) order code [GP12] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on these products Leads for connecting GP Dischargers Battery holder (PP3 type snap-on) to 2.1mm DC plug [KLD101] x miniature crocodile clips to 2.1mm DC plug [KLD102] 1.99 Holders for 4 cells Plastic holders for 4 x AA, C or D cells. For 4 x AA cells [HOLDAA] 0.99 For 4 x C cells [HOLDC] 0.99 For 4 x D cells [HOLDD] 0.99 Also, to answer a question we are often asked, most of the original chargers supplied with video cameras are rated from 110V to 240 V and as such can be used almost anywhere in the world. If in doubt it should say on the bottom. Blank tape Have you got enough tape? Tape can be bought at most resorts but it is likely to be much more expensive. Be careful fraud is common, and the trademarks of most leading brands are often illegally reproduced on duff tape. Tape intended for different countries is usually based upon a different system to the UK PAL (eg NTSC, SECAM etc). It will work just the same, but the running times will be different from that stated on the box. The grade of tape you use DOES make a surprising difference. Don t entrust your memories of the holiday of a lifetime to a cheap rubbish tape. Never store or transport your tape without its protective sleeve, you risk damage to the tape surface and may transfer dirt and dust to your camcorder itself. Carrying case Have you got a comfortable and protective case that will accommodate both your camcorder and its accessories? Remember that you should usually carry your charger and batteries with your camcorder as hand luggage to keep airport security happy, but check this with your tour operator before departure. Filters To protect your lens then make sure that you have either a UV or skylight fitted. If you want the sea or the swimming pool to look like it does in the brochure then a polariser is a must. See our filter selection guide for more details. A must on any holiday is a lens cleaning cloth and/or packet of wipes. Hot hands covered with sun tan oil don t half mess up filters and lenses! Rain cover Hopefully it won t rain on your holiday, but spray from the sea can have terrible effects on your camcorder. A rain cover offers good protection from this and takes up very little room in the gadget bag. Security For your peace of mind, it could be worth investing in a small portable alarm to safeguard your gadget bag when on the beach etc. Tripod If you have room, a lightweight tripod will come in very handy. Not only will it enable clear steady shots, but it also gives you an opportunity to put yourself in the picture! Finally and most importantly, before you leave test all of your equipment. Include any new purchases and make sure that everything is working properly. It would be very frustrating to arrive at your destination and find that you were unable to charge your batteries! 14

17 Car power cords, car power accessories Run your camcorder, charge your batteries from your car s cigarette lighter socket. I m not going to be near the mains, so how can I charge my batteries? Slow and fast chargers that will charge batteries from a 12 volt (eg car) battery are available. Another means of running the camcorder is to use what s called a car cord, and dispense with batteries altogether. A car cord is usually in the form of a dummy battery with a wire to a car cigar lighter plug (and hence to the car battery). The dummy battery houses the electronics. If you buy a car cord, make sure that it is of the switch mode type; some car cords contain just a few diodes, and will not produce a stable output. Car power cord Basically, a dummy battery which connects to the camcorder in the usual way which then has a cord to plug into a standard 12V car cigar lighter socket. The dummy battery contains a regulated switch mode voltage convertor to drop the cars 12 14V DC output down to that which the camcorder requires. Lead length 1.5m lead (optional extension lead available). Camcorder/battery type Code Price Panasonic 4.8V camcorders [CA48] JVC/Panasonic 6V NP17/17H etc [CA66] Sony 6V older type NP22/22H etc [CA22] Sharp 3.6V NiCd and NiMH (BTN11, BTH11) [CL12] Canon 6V BPE77K, BPE718, BPE722 (NP37/718) [CA77]* Panasonic M7, M10, MS1/2 12V (VBH30 type) [CA12] Panasonic MMS4/5, M40/50 (VBF2E type) [CAMS4] Note that these car power adaptors will deliver enough current to run almost all the camcorders on the market. There are, however, a few very power hungry models, notably the Sony V5000, Sony V6000, Canon A1, Canon A2Hi and Canon EX1Hi, EX2Hi (*CA77 not suitable). For these particular models, a high current car cord must be used. If you re not sure, please call. Audio cassette adaptor A great accessory for any MP3 player, this gadget is a dummy cassette with a cable leading to a 3.5mm jack plug. All you have to do to enjoy internet music while you drive is to push the 'cassette' into the car cassette player, and plug the cable into the earphone socket of your MP3 player! Works with any standard audio cassette player. [ACA] Mains to 12V DC adaptor Very simple and very useful, just plug this into a mains socket and you ve got a 12V cigar power socket ready to use. Great for using in-car products when you don t particularly want to be in your car. Input 220/240v UK style mains, output 12V DC max current 800mA (Note that 800mA at 12v is 9.6W and is fine for low current items like cellphone chargers but is not powerful enough to run items such as tyre inflators and portable refrigerators! Please check you product rating before use if you re unsure give us a call) [H12V] New products are being added to our range all the time. Check out for details Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Multi Purpose car cord Switchable output voltage and polarity provides 6, 9 or 12V at up to 1500mA. Complete with most common DC connectors including mini jacks suitable for personal CDs & Walkmans [CA1500] Car cords for Li-ion battery camcorders Car power cords to suit some of the popular Lithium-ion battery camcorders.the cords each consist of a dummy battery (containing the voltage convertor/regulator) connected to a car 12V cigarette lighter plug by a 1.2m (approx) cable. Ideal for continuously powering a camcorder from the car battery or other 12V source. Panasonic 7.2V VWVBD1E type fitting [CL1E] Canon 7.2V BP914/927 type fitting [CL91] Battery belt charger Charge just about any Nicad battery belt from car cigarette lighter socket. Using switch mode constant current charging it will charge a belt of any voltage. Charge times from 14 hours for a 4Ah capacity belt to about 24 hours for a 7Ah belt. Input voltage 8 15V DC, output 3 15V 420mA. Input (car lighter socket to charger) lead included. Requires output lead (see below). [CBC1] Also available, models to charge 6V lead/acid belts/packs [CBC16] and 12V lead/acid belts/packs [CBC112] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product CBC1 series output leads The CBC1 chargers have a 2.5mm DC socket for output. Users can configure their own lead for connecting charger to belt, or buy one of these: 2.5mm DC plug to 2.5mm plug (most current DSM belts) [KLDC1] mm DC plug to cigar plug (older DSM belts and lead/acid packs) [KLDC2] mm DC plug to 2.crocodile clips [KLDC3] 7.99 KE DRINKS CAN POWER INVERTOR A great new product, this converts car cigar 12V to 230V AC mains power. The unit is cleverly housed in a drinks can sized container so it will sit neatly into most cars drinks can holders. Rated at 100W it is ideal for running laptops, battery chargers, portable TVs etc. Nicely made and fantastic value for money. Specifications: Input voltage: 10 15V DC Max load DC current 15 amps 12V Stand by current 0.25 amps 12V Output: voltage 230V AC; wave form modified sine wave; frequency 50Hz Output power: Continuous 100 watt; Peak 150 watt Efficiency 90% Battery low shutdown approx 10 volts. Thermal shut down 60 Overload protected? yes Output short circuit protected Battery polarity protected? yes by Fuse 15 amp 12V Weight 0.5 kg [DC100] Chargers & dischargers Car power Voltage & AC/DC convertors 15

18 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Power supplies, voltage & AC/DC convertors (continued) Universal multi voltage mains adaptor A universal high power stabilized electronic mains adaptor for digital cameras, camcorders and other electronic appliances. The interchangeable DC plugs included are for centre plus and polarity protection. Any setting of the output voltage selector switch is protected against unintentional change of voltage. A power on LED and 2 rubber grips for easy handling round off the high specification of a neat, compact and easy to carry power supply for worldwide use. Ideal for travel use,it comes complete with 5 different DC output adaptors plus a special DC adaptor plug for Sony digital cameras, and another for Sony digital camcorders. It has worldwide universal voltage input (90-260V AC) and provides output voltages selectable from: 2.4 (3), 3.6 (4.2), 5, 6, 6.5, 7 and 8.4V DC at max current 2500mA (2.4-5V) 1700mA (8.4V) [HD2500] Mains voltage convertors (to run USA equipment on UK (240V) mains) Allows USA electrical equipment (110/120V supply required) to be powered from the UK (220/240V) mains. Simply plug in the wall step-down transformer. Ideal for radios, Hi-Fi systems and other small appliances (not exceeding 45VA load) [USM45] 9.99 High current versions for use with TVs and other larger appliances. USM300 has twin US socket outlets Up to 100VA (pic right) [USM100] Up to 200VA [USM200] Up to 300VA [USM300] Up to 1000VA Provides 2 x 110V BS4343 IP44 socket outlets. 1 x BS4343 plug included. [USM1000] BS4343 plug to fit USM1000 [100VPL] 5.99 Universal mains to low voltage DC power supply From Fameart, a high current (2500mA) regulated power supply. A wide choice of seven different DC adaptor plugs (with reversible polarity) and selectable voltages make it very versatile. The use of switch mode technology makes it compact, lightweight and efficient and it can also cope with worldwide input voltages ( V AC) just add an ordinary travel plug and take it with you wherever you go. Ideal for powering digital cameras, MP3 players, electronic games, Walkmans, pocket TVs etc. Voltages selectable: 3, 4.2, 5, 6, 6.5, 7 and 8.8V DC [ADP20116] Keene Camcorder Runner Whilst there are plenty of affordable replacement battery chargers available, hardly any of them provide the facility to power the camcorder directly from the mains. The Keene Camcorder Runner solves that problem, providing a stable regulated voltage directly to a dummy battery plate connector. Worldwide AC voltage input. Sony 6V NP55/66/77 type [KR55] Canon 6V BPE77K type [KR37] JVC/Panasonic 6V NP17 type [KR17] Panasonic 4.8V NP10 type [KR10] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product KE Mains voltage convertors (to run UK equipment on USA (110V) mains) For visitors from Britain to the US, these transformers allow UK ( V) equipment to be powered from US (and other) 110/120V outlets. Other countries using 110/120V include: Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Belize, Canada, Columbia, Dominican Republic, Indonesia, Jamaica, Japan, South Korea, Liberia, Libya, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Philippines, Taiwan, Venezuela. 100VA (approx 100 watt) version [USUK100] VA (approx 200 watt) version [USUK200] VA (approx 300 watt) version (pictured top right) [USUK300] High power up to 2000VA (pic bottom right) [USM2000] High power up to 3000VA [USM3000] How do I know which one I need? One VA is approximately equal to one Watt, (assuming the load is purely resistive (which most AV gear is). You can calculate the power rating (in Watts or VA) of your equipment, and hence determine the rating of the voltage converter to use, by multiplying the current by the voltage. Here are some examples: Electric shaver 0.05A x 120V = 6VA use [USM30] Radios 0.1A x 120V = 12VA use [USM30] CD player 0.15A x 120V = 18VA use [USM30] Christmas tree lights 0.2A x 120V = 24VA use [USM30] Games Console 0.35A x 120V = 36VA use [USM100] Televisions vary (check rating) but typically [300VA] use [USM300] Computer 5A x 120V = 600VA use [USM1000] NB these are just examples, please always check the actual rating! MAINS OUTLET FOR YOUR CAR! An amazing gadget which plugs into your car or boat cigarette lighter (12V DC) power socket and provides a UK 3 pin V AC mains outlet. With a continuous power output of 120W (max 150W & surge 250W) it's ideal for use with laptops, camcorders, lights, shavers etc. It is fully fused with overload and short-circuit protection and features an audible warning when your car battery falls to 10.7V and an auto cut-off when the car battery falls to 10V. Great for touring, caravanning, boating etc. Specifications: Input Voltage 10-15V DC Output voltage V AC Continuous power 120W, peak power 150W Efficiency 90% No load current 250mA Dimensions (excl cables) 125mm x 96mm x 35mm Order code [CM140] Since launching the CM140 we've been asked for higher power versions of the car to mains adaptors and are pleased to report that we've found some. As you'd expect they're somewhat larger but they do deliver a lot more power and even better the 300W version is actually cheaper! Please note that for low current applications, connection to the car can be via a cigar plug lead or via alligator clips direct to the battery (both leads supplied) but for anything higher than 150W the alligator clips only must be used. Specifications CM300 (pictured) CM600 Input Voltage 10-15v DC 10-25v DC Output voltage v AC v AC Continuous power 300W (via alligator clips) 600W (via alligator clips) Peak (surge) power 1000W 1500W Efficiency 90% 90% No load current 650mA 650mA Dimensions 250 x 104 x 58mm 290 x 205 x 73mm Weight 900g 2100g [Order code] Price [CM300] [CM600]

19 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Replacement mains transformers as supplied for use with Keene Electronics equipment All are world-wide voltage (110V/240V) compatible mains/dc adaptors with output via 2.1mm DC plugs centre positive. Output 13.8V 2.5A DC, used with the Multicharger [KT4] Output 12V 200mA DC, used with most SyncBlaster products. Input via UK 3-pin mains plug [KT5] 5.99 As KT5, except input via 2-pin Euro mains plug [KT5E] 5.99 KE Output 15V 250mA DC, used with the SDA. Input via UK 3-pin mains plug (appearance same as KT5/5E) [KT6] 7.99 As KT6 except input via 2-pin Euro mains plug [KT6E] 7.99 BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on these products AC/DC Mains adaptors A range of universal mains adaptors suitable for powering a wide range of products. All feature an LED power indicator, and are shortcircuit protected Model Voltages Max load Type Code Price ADP mA Unregulated [ADP30] 4.99 ADP30R As above 300mA Regulated [ADP30R] 7.99 ADP50R As above 500mA Regulated [ADP50R] 8.99 ADP80R mA Regulated [ADP80R] ADP125SM As above 1250mA Regulated (switch mode)[adsm12] HD (3), 3.6 (4.2), 1500mA Regulated 5, 6, 6.5, (switch mode 7 and 8.4 worldwide) [HD2000] Ideal for use with digital still cameras. Models we've successfully tried it with include Kodak 265, DC215, DC290, Fuji MX1500, E700, MX1200, MX500, MX1700, MX2700, MX2900, Nikon 950, 800, 990, Ricoh 5000, 5300, RDC7, Olympus C2000, C2020, C920, 860v, 2500z, C960, C990, Minolta EX, Dimage 5, 2300, Epson PC700, Jenoptic JD12, Casio QV3000, 2000, 8000, JVC 9CX1. Ideal for travel use, comes complete with interchangeable plugs for UK Europe and USA input voltage v. (All other adaptors listed are v input only.) DC power plug set A set of 15 DC plugs for use with power supplies with detachable power jacks. Plug sizes are 2.5mm, 3.5mm, 3.0x1.0mm, 5.0x2.1mm, 5.5x2.1mm, 5.0x2.5mm, 5.5x2.5mm, 3.5x1.35mm, 4.0x1.7mm, 4.75x1.75mm, 5.0x1.5mm, 5.5x2.8mm, 6.3x3.0mm, 7.0x1.0mm, and 2.35x0.75mm, all in plastic storage case. These plugs can be used with the Keene DSP1 digital still camera power supply, but note that they are straight, not right angled entry. [DCPSET] 6.99 Mains input-12v DC output via XLR The Keene KT4XLR provides an easy means of powering professional camcorders directly from the mains. It is a lightweight switchmode design that can be used worldwide (110V- 240V AC input) with the appropriate travel plug adaptor. Output is to a 4 pin XLR female via 2m cable.(please note that the output is rated at 13.8V DC with max current is 2.5A so this supply is NOT suitable for powering lights) [KT4XLR] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Keene Electronics DC HUB The Keene DC HUB is a clever device that takes one single DC input and "shares" it between up to five outputs. This allows you to replace up to five mains adaptors with just the one, freeing off some valuable mains socket space and generally tidying up your system. The input voltage can be anything between 5 and 18V DC and the output voltage will be approximately 1 volt less than the input. The available current will be shared between the outputs. In practice, if you'd got say four devices all of which use 12V DC at between 100 and 200mA (a very common specification for most gadgets and processors) then you could replace all of these with one mains adaptor rated at 13.8V DC 1000mA and one DC HUB DC HUB including 4 x DCH21L and 1 x DCLM output cables [DCHUB] DC HUB as above plus Keene KT4 worldwide 110/240V AC 13.8V 2500mA DC transformer. [DCKT4] Output cable 2.1mm DC plug to 2.1mm DC plug, 2m [DCH21L] 0.99 Output cable 2.1mm DC plug to 6 different DC plugs (2.1, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0 x 1.7, 2.35 x 0.75, 4.8 x 1.7mm), 2m long [DCH21M] 2.99 BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on these products Car power cable accessories KE KE Car cigarette lighter plug to socket extension lead. 12ft long, 3A. Allows use of car power cords etc at greater distance [KLD32] sturdy crocodile clips on a length of cable to car lighter socket type connector. Use when 12V power available, but no lighter socket, eg caravan, boat.. [KLD33] 3.99 Car cigarette lighter plug to 2.1mm DC jack plug. Power for your nicad charger [KLD103] V Cigar plug two-into-one adaptor Two cigar lighter sockets to one cigar lighter plug. Allows two units to be run from one socket. [KA130] 3.99 Car power Voltage & AC/DC convertors Video lighting Why not fax your order through?

20 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Video lighting Why do I need a video light? Most modern camcorders claim that they will function in very low light conditions, ie just one candle power (or less!). This is certainly true, and you will get an image if you try it. However, the autofocus will usually perform badly, with a lot of hunting in and out, and the picture often lacks colour contrast, and will be very grainy. These problems can be overcome by use of a low wattage video light. Whilst the human eye tends to see all sources of additional light the same as daylight, there are in fact quite strong variations in the colour of light (sometimes called colour temperature). For instance, a normal tungsten 60 or 100W bulb has an orange cast to its light, whereas fluorescent tubes tend to have either a green, or sometimes red, cast. This is why your camcorder will have different settings for indoor or outdoor use. Video lights use halogen bulbs which are very close in colour to ordinary daylight and so they can help to reduce these colour casts when filming indoors. Also, if you are videoing photographs or using an on-camera slide copier then a video light makes an ideal daylight type light source for this. Video lights should not be thought of as an indoors only product. Even under cloudless skies, people s faces can suffer from shadows caused by strong sidelights and a video light can overcome this problem. TV camera crews almost always use additional lighting for outside interviews. How do I attach a light to my camcorder? On-camera video lights are usually designed to be attached to the camcorder by the accessory shoe. This is a 3/4 square section very similar to the flashgun hot shoe found on most SLR cameras, but for video it has no electrical connections it is just a mechanical means of support. It seems less and less common for a camcorder to be fitted with this shoe as standard, but there are a number of inexpensive accessories which will provide one for you. Please refer to the SUPPORT section of our catalogue for more information. Lights which fit in between the battery and the camcorder and share the same battery need no accessory shoe, but can only be used with those camcorders that have a rear mounted battery (ie most palmcorders). An advantage of camera mounted lights is that the light and camera always move together, so when the end result is viewed you are not as aware of the additional light as you would be if the light and camera were separate. Battery powered video lights Ianiro BAMBI New from Ianiro, the BAMBI is a very smart 12V 100W reporter light with an integral folding handle allowing it to be hand held, stand or shoe mounted. It is made from lightweight aluminium with an expoxy anti-scratch finish and can be varied to provide spot (22 degrees) or flood (59 degrees) illumination. Dimensions: 119x79x144mm; handle 114mm. Power cable length 1.5m with XLR connector [BAMBI] Optional extras Four leaf barndoor [2901] Frosted diffuser glass [2902] Short attachment with stand mount & camera shoe [1705] Suitable power source DSM belt code [NCB1XLR] How long can I use a video light for? You need to be aware that video lights are very power hungry. The current drawn can be calculated quite easily by dividing the wattage of the light by the voltage of the battery. For example a 20 watt 6V light will need 3.3 Amps (20W divided by 6 volts = 3.3 Amps or 3300 milli-amps). So, a 1000mAh battery will only be able to provide 3.3 Amps for around 18 minutes, (1000/3300 x 60 minutes = 18.18). A 30 or 40 watt light is going to decrease this usable time even more. In other words, use the light sparingly, and do not leave it on if you are not actually filming. Batteries used with a video light It is important to realise that when a nicad battery is used to power a video light, the light MUST be switched off immediately it starts to go dim. If the light is allowed to go very faint or out completely then overdischarge damage to the battery will occur, resulting in the battery either not charging or failing to hold a charge. This is why it is not a good idea to use a video light as a discharger. Battery powered video lights 18 Mains powered video lights 19 Chromakey backgrounds 19 Lighting stands 19 Unomat 100W video light 12V 100W video light kit comprising 100W light head with shoe mount, connecting lead with car cigar lighter plug, sealed lead/acid battery pack with cigar lighter type socket which will power the light for about 25 minutes, and UK mains charger (recharge time approx 12hrs). The power pack could also be used as a high capacity power source for your camcorder, connected by a car lead (page 14). Fitted with Tempax safety glass (colour temp 3200 K) with an approx coverage of 44 degrees. Size 6 x 6 x 7.8cm weight 3.5kg including battery [VL100] Accessories and spares Barn doors [VL100BD] Spare Glass [VL100SG] Spare 12V 6.5Ah battery [HVLBAT] Spare battery, including charger and case [VL100SB] Spare fuse [FT125] 0.99 Spare charger [VL100SC] Mains/12V DC adaptor for studio use [12VMA] Hahnel video lights Designed with the professional in mind, Hahnel video lights are not cheap, but are probably the best money can buy, with a host of interchangeable items to help you build exactly the set-up you require. All Hahnel video lights feature quick cartridge type bulb replacement. Hahnel 6V Compact HVL lights Traditional compact video light with drop out lamp socket and tilting camera shoe. Halogen lamp 6V 35W, also comes complete with 1200mAh Ni-Cd battery and charger. [HVL35] W version also available [HVL20] Hahnel 6V light accessories and spares Spare battery. 6V 1100mAh Nicad. Continuous use times with 35W bulb 12 min, with 20W bulb 20min. [HB612] Mains adaptor. Runs light with 20W bulb continuously from the mains, also charges 6V nicad battery. [HMA] Spare bulbs for 6V video lights (including Hahnel lights) 6V 35W [35WB] 9.99 Battery belts for video lights see Power section DSM battery belt/video light connections 1.2m XLR4 Male to XLR4 Female [XLR4FM] m XLR4 Female to cigar plug [XLR4CIGAR] Visit Keene Electronics Ltd web site for the latest news, new products, bargain offers and much more. Log in to 18

21 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Mains powered lights Lilliput mains powered video light A lightweight mains powered video light ideal for studio and location work. It can accept bulbs from 200W to 650W, (note none supplied as standard). It has a standard 16mm yoke type mount for use with all types of lighting stand. Head complete with mains lead and integrated switch (picture shows head fitted with optional barn doors [LI159]). Dimensions 180 x 117 x 205mm. Weight 1.06kg [LIL] Lilliput accessories 4 leaf barn door with gel clips [L159] Bulb 200W [L200W] Bulb 300W [300WBM] Bulb 650W [L650W] Accessory holder [L152] Daylight filter (requires accessory holder) [L156] Camera mount (to fit hot shoe) [L155] Lilliput Kit Lilliput head, 650W bulb, 4 leaf barn doors, Unomat No.2 stand [LKIT1] Ianiro lighting kits Ready to go mains powered lighting kits, all you need for a location shoot. Available as fly kits, with all the components packed in a hard case ( fly kits hard case pictured right) or drive kits packed in a Cordura soft padded bag. Ianiro Redhead video light kits Comprising 3 x 800w Varibeam heads with lamps, 3 x #802 barn doors, 3 x #301 stands, all packed and ready to go Fly [RHK1F] Drive [RHK1D] (pictured right) Iranio Lilliput video light kits Comprising 3 x Lilliput heads. 3 x #159 barndoors, 3 x #105 stands, 3 x 300W lamps, all packed and ready to go Fly [LK9F] Drive [LK9D] UNOMAT MAINS LIGHTS Unomat LX301 The LX301z is a lightweight compact 300 watt mains powered light complete with safety glass and barn doors. The output can be zoomed from a 65 deg. "flood" to a 30 deg "spot" and the head also tilts 75 deg vertically. It can be camcorder (hot shoe) mounted, hand held or attached to a std (1/4" thread) lighting stand. Great value for money [LX301Z] Optional accessories & spares for LX301 Daylight filter kit [LX301DFK] Spare 300W lamp [300WBM] Fuse [LX301F 0.99 Unomat LX500 The LX500 is a powerful a 1000 watt mains powered video light with an ultra quiet cooling fan allowing for longer running times. The unit can be camcorder mounted, hand held or stand mounted. With 3m mains lead and barn doors. [LX500] Optional accessories & spares for LX500 Daylight filter kit [LX500DFK] Spare 1000W lamp [LX500MB] Fuse [LX500F] 0.99 What does bounce adjustable mean? On a bounce light the direction of the light itself can be angled upwards away from the direction of the camcorder. This means that the light can then be bounced off the ceiling to reflect down upon your subject. This can be a very effective way of producing a soft, even, natural looking light. A word of caution on this, the so-called inverse square law of light comes into play. Put simply, this states that if the distance between the light and the subject is doubled, the amount of light reaching the subject is reduced to one quarter. To put it another way, if you bounce a low wattage light off a high ceiling, it isn t going to do much! Power Video lighting Lenses Underwater lighting systems call for brochure LIGHTING STANDS Unomat No.2 stand, 3 section, max extended height 2.15m, closed 64cm (pictured) [LSUN2] Unomat No.3 stand 4 section, max extended height 3.1m closed 90cm [LSUN3] CHROMAKEY COLLAPSIBLE BACKGROUNDS These units fold down to a third of their size for easy storage and can be assembled in seconds. Double sided (one green, one blue) Collapsible 1.5m x 1.8m (5' x 6') [CKBDS] Single sided 1.8m x 2.75m (6' x 9') BLUE [CKB] Single sided 1.8m x 2.75m (6' x 9') GREEN [CKG] Support systems Mini stand (for backgrounds up to 6' x 7') [LMS] Heavy duty background support, two stands plus crossbar for backgrounds up to 3m (10') high [BSS] Browse and buy on-line at 19

22 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Camcorder & compact camera lenses Individual wide angle lenses 37mm thread 0.5X HAMA 37mm direct fit wide angle convertor. Ideal for filming interiors and scenic views. High quality, yet very competitively priced [HR37W] mm thread 0.5X Lens made by Kenko Optics in Japan. Finished in metallic silver, comes with front & rear lens caps and soft carry pouch. 37mm mount thread. Excellent optical performance and great value. Dimensions 58mm x 37mm weight 110g [KGW05] mm thread 0.42X ultrawide Lens made by Kenko Optics in Japan. Finished in metallic silver, comes with front & rear lens caps and soft carry pouch. 37mm mount thread. Excellent optical performance and great value. Dimensions 48mm x 32mm weight 70g [KCW042] mm thread 0.38X Ultrawide Kenco 52mm ultrawide lens complete with soft carry pouch and front and rear lens caps. [KNW038] mm thread 0.5X HAMA high resolution 52mm direct fit with step rings for 46mm and 49mm [HR52W] mm thread 0.5X Kenko 52mm direct fit 0.5X wide angle lens with a large front element. Front element filter diameter 82mm overall dimensions 85 x 53 x 55mm weight 265g. Complete with soft carry pouch, front & rear lens caps and 55mm and 49mm step rings. [PRO5205] mm thread 0.65X Kenko Pro Series 58mm direct fit 0.65x wide angle with large front element. Front filter diameter 82mm, overall dimensions 85 x 59 x 55mm, weight 335g. Complete with soft carry pouch, front & rear lens caps and 55mm and 52mm step rings. [PRO8265] Wide angle lenses 20 Telephoto lenses 21 Two lens sets 21 What do add-on lenses do? Since the zoom lenses that are built-in to the camcorder cannot be removed, then the additional lenses that you can buy are strictly speaking lens convertors. This is because they fix to the end of the existing built-in lens and change its range in some way. The lenses are all rated in terms of their magnification factor. Anything rated at greater than a 1 Times (1X) is considered a telephoto, and anything rated at less than a 1X is a wide angle. A wide angle will increase your field of view (you can see more in the viewfinder), a telephoto will decrease your field of view (the image is enlarged, as if you were closer to it). Generally, wide angle lenses are useful for filming indoors (or for particular scenic shots outdoors), and telephoto lenses are useful for when you can t get close enough to your subject to fill the viewfinder (sport, wildlife, etc). What do the lens numbers mean? All video camcorders have a zoom lens built-in as standard. Depending upon the particular model, this lens will have a rating of anything from say 6X (6 times) to 12X or even more. There are considerable differences between various makes and models of camcorders in terms of where their zooms start and end. To find a common point of reference for each model, it is easiest to think of the widest possible wide angle setting on you current camcorder as being 1X or 1 times. It then follows that a 6X zoom will enlarge that image in the viewfinder by 6 times. If, for example, a camcorder which has a zoom range of 1X to 8X were to have a 2.0X lens convertor attached, then its new telephoto range would be from 2X to 16X. Similarly, if the same camcorder were to have a 0.5X wide angle convertor attached to it, then the maximum area viewed would be twice as great as before, and its zoom range would then be changed to 0.5X to 4X. Bear in mind that the magnification factors of most add-on lenses are based on the degree of change in visible area, not on the linear (horizontal and vertical) changes. For example, if a camcorder was focused on an image 6m wide by 4m high (ie of area 24m 2 ) which completely filled the frame, then fitting a 2.0X telephoto lens would reduce that area of the image which filled the frame to 12m 2, half what it was, or approximately 4.2m wide by 2.8m high (see diagram). Can I still use autofocus? Yes - the autofocus mechanism of the camcorder should not be affected by fitting a lens (or a filter), unless your camera has an infra-red autofocus system. In this case, when using an additional convertor lens you will have to switch to manual focus. Anything less than a 0.5X, for instance a 0.38X, is classed as a super wide angle or fish-eye convertor. These give an extremely wide field of view and although the effect can be dramatic, any verticals in the picture (telegraph poles, door frames etc) can appear somewhat bent out of shape. Visitors are welcome at our showroom/warehouse. We have full demonstration facilities why not try before you buy? Monday Friday 9.00am 5.30pm, Saturday 9.00am 5.00pm 20

23 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Individual telephoto lenses 37mm thread 2.0X A direct fit 2.0X telephoto lens by HAMA. Good quality at a very reasonable price [HR37T] only mm thread 2.0X Lens made by Kenko Optics in Japan. Finished in metallic silver, comes with front & rear lens caps and soft carry pouch. 37mm mount thread. Excellent optical performance and great value. Dimensions 58mm x 34mm weight 87g [KGT20] mm 2.0X HAMA high resolution lens, 52mm direct fit with step rings for 46 & 49mm. Comes complete with case and lens cap [HR52T] COOLPIX TELEPHOTO LENS! From Kenko, a 6X tele convertor designed especially for the Nikon Coolpix range of digital cameras (although it may of course be used with any other model that has a 28mm filter thread). It is nicely made with coated glass optics and a metal barrel construction with a knurled grip and smooth focussing action. It has an excellent close focussing range of 30cm (at which distance a 1.5cm object will fill the screen on a 900). A useful addition for any Coolpix owner. Specifications: Front filter thread 27mm Thread mount size 28mm Weight approx 63g Dimensions 32mm x 64mm Things to be aware of: To frame your shot you must use the display panel and not the viewfinder. Because the magnification is so high it can be very difficult to hand hold - a tripod is recommended. Vignetting (darkening of the edges) will occur if used at anything other than the "tele" end of your zoom range. [KDT60] COKIN MAGNEFIX LENSES An ingenious way of attaching telephoto and wide angle lenses to compact cameras that do not have a filter thread. Simply peel off the backing and attach the metallic ring to your camera. Whenever you want to alter the focal length just attach the desired lens; it is held firmly in place by magnetism. When you're done just pull the lens off again simple! The metallic ring can be left in place for next time or can be removed should you wish. A spare ring is included with every lens, The lenses can also be used on picture phones, web cameras and CCTV cameras. Each lens is supplied with a front & rear lens cap. You get much better quality image with an optical zoom than a digital zoom and we've been very impressed with this neat solution to a common problem, They're available in wide angle (0.5x) and telephoto (2.0x) magnifications and in two sizes; small (for lenses of 17-22mm diameter) and large (for lenses of 22-27mm diameter) Wide angle small [CMWS] Wide angle medium [CMWM] Telephoto small [CMTS] Telephoto medium [CMTM] Save money with a twin pack! Twin pack (wide & tele) small [CMKITS] Twin pack (wide & tele) medium [CMKITM] How are the lenses attached? All camcorders have a screw thread which is on the inside front edge of the lens. Lens convertors simply screw onto this. The thread size will be of a specific diameter in millimetres. The actual thread size is sometimes printed around the lens barrel on the inside or outside front edge (see below). Failing this it is usually contained in the technical data section in the handbook. It is most commonly referred to as filter size, as this is indeed the same place that filters are attached. Lens and filter thread sizes Around the edge of the lens barrel on your camcorder there is usually some printed information. If you see the diameter symbol ( ) followed by a number (eg 37), then this number is the thread diameter you need to know when ordering and connecting filters and lenses. Two numbers connected by a squiggle, eg 23~43mm, is the focal length of the zoom lens, not its diameter. What is vignetting? Vignetting (pronounced Vin-yet-ing) or tunnel effect can sometimes occur when a lens has been attached and the camcorder s zoom is set towards the wide angle end of its range. What can happen is that the camcorder attempts to look through the side of the lens body, with the end result that the corners of the picture appear dark, or in extreme cases the effect can be like looking through a drainpipe. How can I avoid vignetting? There are two general rules which apply, dependent upon the lens: Wide Angle: Try to ensure that the lens thread size is a direct match for the camcorder, i.e. if possible avoid stepping rings. If you have to use stepping rings then make sure that they are step-up, ie. the camcorder thread is smaller than the lens thread. Telephoto : Generally speaking, you can usually use a small percentage of your zoom range before vignetting becomes noticeable, but this becomes less and less the greater the lens factor. Lenses at 1.5X don t usually vignette. At 2X, some do and some don t and at above 2X most will vignette at the wide angle setting. As you would normally be using it only at the tele end of the zoom range then step up and step down rings can be used without any problems. Focal lengths compared 35mm stills Camcorder with camera 1/4 CCD 1/3 CCD 1/2 CCD 2/3 CCD Wide angle 28mm 2.9mm 3.9mm 5.8mm 7.8mm settings 35mm 3.6mm 4.8mm 7.2mm 9.6mm 40mm 4.1mm 5.5mm 8.2mm 11.0mm 50mm 5.2mm 6.9mm 10,4mm 13.8mm 60mm 6.2mm 8.3mm 12.4mm 16.6mm Telephoto 200mm 21mm 28mm 42mm 56mm settings 300mm 31mm 41mm 62mm 82mm 400mm 42mm 55mm 82mm 110mm 500mm 52mm 68mm 104mm 138mm 600mm 62mm 83mm 124mm 166mm 800mm 84mm 110mm 164mm 220mm Two lens sets Note that these sets consist of two separate lenses, not one reversible lens. In our experience, the reversible lenses can cause severe vignetting. 37mm 2 Lens Megadeal Buy the Hama HR37T telephoto lens and the Hama HR37W wide angle lenses together and save almost [HRKIT] mm thread 0.5X plus 2.0X Special offer of the ultimate 52mm 2-lens set comprising the Hama HR52T 2.0X telephoto plus the Hama HR52W 0.5X wide angle, as described earlier. Save 9.98 [HR52KIT] Video lighting Lenses Filters 21

24 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Filters What is a filter? A filter is simply an optical device, usually made from coated glass or sometimes resin. Its purpose is to alter in some way the light that enters the lens, and hence produce an effect on the recording. How do I attach filters to my camcorder? All camcorder lenses have a fine thread machined onto the lens barrel and the filter simply screws on over the lens itself. Be careful do not over tighten a filter as they can sometimes be very difficult to remove. Thread sizes differ enormously from make to make, and the thread size is usually printed around the edge of the lens, or failing that look in the technical data section of your owners manual. nb Some camcorders lens covers clip into a special plastic housing which is screwed on in the place where your filter needs to be attached. If this is the case then just unscrew the lens cap housing, fit the filter and then screw the lens cap housing back on over the filter. Can I use more than one filter at once? Yes - all our filters are threaded both sides so that one filter can be screwed on top of another. I already have some filters for my SLR camera can I use these on my camcorder? Yes - a wide variety of step-up and step down rings are available to match the thread sizes. It is advisable to use step up rings only (ie larger filter onto a smaller lens) otherwise vignetting can occur when using the zoom at its widest setting. Circular polarising filters This filter has the same effect as Polaroid sunglasses, ie it eliminates unwanted reflections and helps colour saturation. It will deepen the blue of the sky and make clouds stand out more strongly. Particularly useful on holiday it helps to make the sea look a little more like it did in the brochure! There are two types of polarising filter available, circular and linear. Broadly speaking all camcorders should use only the circular type, whereas manual focus SLR cameras use mainly the linear type. Polarising filters can be freely rotated once fitted, this allows you to find the desired position for maximum effect, but beware the autofocus as this sometimes rotates the lens barrel! It can at first be difficult to gauge the effect of a polarising FILTER through a mono viewfinder, and it is best to become familiar with the filter by using your TV as a monitor. Another little known fact is that a polariser also reduces the overall amount of light by around 2 stops, ie a similar effect to that of an ND4 filter. Altogether, a polariser is possibly the most useful filter you can buy. Circular polarising filter Thread Order Price size (mm) code 27 [FPOLA27] [FPOLA30.5] [FPOLA34] [FPOLA37] [FPOLA40.5] [FPOLA43] [FPOLA46] [FPOLA49] [FPOLA52] [FPOLA55] [FPOLA58] [FPOLA62] [FPOLA67] [FPOLA72] [FPOLA77] [FPOLA82] [FPOLA86] High quality circular polarising filters. Aimed specifically at digital camera and camcorders users Thread Order Price size (mm) code 25.5 [DFPOLA25.5] [DFPOLA27] [DFPOLA28] [DFPOLA30] [DFPOLA30.5] [DFPOLA37] [DFPOLA37.5] [DFPOLA40.5] [DFPOLA43] [DFPOLA46] [DFPOLA49] [DFPOLA52] Warm filters These filters are slightly orange tinted and have the effect of making anyone in shot appear to be suntanned. It will enhance the gold of sands and mellow out any harsh light. On cloudless days, the mid-day light can be very blue and the footage can appear almost cold. The warm filter gives the effect of warm evening sunlight. Warm 81A filters Thread Order Price size (mm) code 49 [F81A49] [F81A52] [F81A55] [F81A58] Skylight filters The skylight filter has a very slight pink tinge to it, designed to counteract the very blue light that can occur on cloudless days. The effect is more noticeable on SLR camera use, (and camcorders with manual white balance), as the camcorders auto white balance tends to correct any Filters, stepping rings, lens & filter accessories effect produced. This filter also makes an excellent lens protector against finger marks, rain spots, general dirt and dust and accidental damage. They are easy to clean, and, if it becomes scratched or broken then simply throw it away and buy another one. The average camcorder lens assembly would be in excess of 100 to replace, and may be out of action for some time. A useful trick with these filters is to smear Vaseline around the edge to produce some interesting effects (don t try this with your lens!) If you buy no other filters, one of these is an absolute must. Skylight filters Thread Order Price size (mm) code 27 [FSKY27] [FSKY30] [FSKY30.5] [FSKY34] [FSKY37] [FSKY37.5] [FSKY40.5] [FSKY43] [FSKY46] [FSKY49] [FSKY52] [FSKY55] [FSKY58] [FSKY62] [FSKY67] [FSKY72] [FSKY77] [FSKY82] High quality Skylight filters. Aimed specifically at digital camera and camcorders users Thread Order Price size (mm) code 25.5 [DFSKY25.5] [DFSKY27] [DFSKY28] [DFSKY30] [DFSKY30.5] [DFSKY37] [DFSKY37.5] [DFSKY40.5] [DFSKY43] Blue (colour correction) filters. Thread Order Price size (mm) code 37 [FBLUE37] [FBLUE43] [FBLUE49] [FBLUE52] 6.99 All of the filters with codes beginning D are superior quality optics with silver rings ideally suited to digital camcorders/cameras Filters 22 Stepping rings 24 Lens hoods & covers 24 Other optical 24 Ultraviolet (UV) filters The ultra violet filter is a very pale yellow and is designed to absorb ultra violet rays and so reduce the blue haze from distant landscapes or seascapes. Very useful for protecting the lens surface, it can be left permanently attached. Ultraviolet (UV) filters Thread Order Price size (mm) code 27 [FUV27] [FUV37] [FUV43] [FUV46] [FUV49] [FUV52] [FUV55] [FUV58] [FUV72] [FUV77] [FUV82] [FUV86] High quality UV filters Aimed specifically at digital camera and camcorders users Thread Order Price size (mm) code 25.5 [DFUV25.5] [DFUV27] [DFUV28] [DFUV30] [DFUV30.5] [DFUV37] [DFUV37.5] [DFUV40.5] [DFUV43] [DFUV46] [DFUV49] [DFUV52] Neutral density ND4 filters This filter is purely designed to reduce the amount of light entering the lens, without affecting the colour tones, ie a neutral colour shift. Particularly useful in strong light and high contrast situations for example, snow or Mediterranean beach scenes where the camcorder s auto exposure can be operating out of its normal range. It can also be used to force the camcorder to use a slower shutter speed for creative effects. Neutral density ND4 filters Thread Order Price size (mm) code 27 [FND427] [FND437] [FND443] [FND446] [FND449] [FND452] [FND455] [FND458] [FND472]

25 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Soft focus filter There is a big difference between out of focus and soft focus! Next time you have the opportunity to study an old Hollywood Marilyn Monroe film for instance, look carefully at the difference in effect between a close up shot of the leading lady and a close up shot of the leading man. Almost always the camera trained on the leading lady is fitted with a soft focus filter. It takes away any harshness from the lighting and generally makes things easy on the eye, giving a more misty, romantic feel. It can be used with considerable effect in a wide variety of situations, not just close up portrait shots. If your camcorder has manual iris control then the effect can be slightly enhanced or decreased. Soft focus filters Thread Order Price size (mm) code 37 [FSF37] [FSF43] [FSF46] [FSF49] [FSF52] [FSF55] [FSF58] 9.99 Cross screen filters Sometimes called a star filter, these are available in 4, 6, and 8 point versions. The effect is to turn any bright light source within the picture into a star. Very effective for night time city shots, disco scenes etc. If your camcorder has manual iris then the effect can be manually altered to suit, although even on auto exposure satisfactory results can be achieved. Star 4 point Thread Order Price size (mm) code 27 [FSTAR427] [FSTAR437] [FSTAR443] [FSTAR446] [FSTAR449] [FSTAR452] [FSTAR455] [FSTAR458] 9.99 Star 6 point Thread Order Price size (mm) code 27 [FSTAR627] [FSTAR637] [FSTAR643] [FSTAR646] [FSTAR649] [FSTAR652] [FSTAR655] [FSTAR658] Centre spot clear filter As befits its description, the image is very misty around the edge and gradually becomes clear until, at the centre, the image is unaffected. Used sparingly it can produce very nice effects on wedding videos and family shots. Centre spot clear filters Thread Order Price size (mm) code 27 [FCSC27] [FCSC37] [FCSC43] [FCSC46] [FCSC49] [FCSC52] [FCSC55] [FCSC58] 9.99 Multi-image filters Available in 5 face star and 6 face parallel. Make your own Bohemian Rhapsody video! Produces multi picture in picture type effects. The filter can be rotated once fitted to vary the effect. Multi-image 3 face star filters Thread Order Price size (mm) code 46 [FMULTI346] [FMULTI349] [FMULTI352] [FMULTI355] Multi-image 5 face star filters Thread Order Price size (mm) code 49 [FMULTI549] [FMULTI552] [FMULTI555] [FMULTI558] Multi-image 6 face parallel filters Thread Order Price size (mm) code 46 [FMULTI646] [FMULTI649] [FMULTI652] [FMULTI655] [FMULTI658] Graduated filters These filters change from clear at one edge to coloured at the other, and are designed to help you cope with extremes in contrast. When filming outdoors, the sky is usually brighter than the foreground and the camcorder will average out the overall exposure. This usually makes the sky look rather washed out. A graduated filter, positioned with its coloured area over the sky, can greatly enhance scenic shots by giving a more natural result. There are three types of graduated filter to be commonly found blue and grey, both of which darken the sky without altering its colour significantly, and tobacco, used mainly to enhance sunset/sunrise shots. Note that the filter rotates within its housing once fitted, so if your camcorder thread rotates when focussing you should ideally switch to manual focus, focus and then position the filter correctly. Be wary of panning or tilting when using a graduated filter. Graduated tobacco filters Enhance sunset/ sunrise shots Thread Order Price size (mm) code 49 [FGT49] [FGT52] [FGT55] Graduated blue filters Prevent skies from looking washed out Thread Order Price size (mm) code 43 [FGB43] [FGB49] Graduated grey filters Compensate for extreme contrast differences in landscape scenes Thread Order Price size (mm) code 49 [FGG49] [FGG52] [FGG55] There are many other filters on the market, providing a whole host of effects ranging from the bizarre to the useless. We only stock filters we consider to be of most use to digital camera and camcorder owners. Close up filter Strictly speaking a lens, but it is in this section because it has more in common with a filter. There may be occasions when you will want to video small objects like photographs, coins, stamps or even insects. The problem is that you cannot get a sharp image closer than your camcorders minimum focusing distance. A close up filter acts a little like a reading glass and enables you to focus, use most of your zoom range and maintain a sharp image whilst working very close to your subject. They are available in four strengths or diopters (nb a diopter is the number of times the focal length of the lens can be divided into 1 metre). A +1 diopter is the weakest magnification, and +4 is the strongest. If you have never used one before, a +3 strength is probably the most useful. **Tip** Camcorder shake will also be magnified so it is best to use a decent table top tripod. Close up filters in sets of three, (+1, +2 and +4 diopter). These filters are stackable ie you can combine a +1 filter and a +3 filter to get +4 diopter, so this set gives every option from +1 to +7. Thread Order Price size (mm) code 37 [CK37] [CK43] [CK46] [CK49] [CK52] [CK55] [CK72] When ordering a lens or filter you will need to have the filter thread size of your camcorder to hand. This can usually be found as part of the camcorder specification in the handbook, and/or will be marked around the camcorder lens as a number preceded by a diameter symbol ( ), for example 37 denotes a 37mm thread size. Not all filters come in all thread sizes, but you can still use the filter you want, even if not listed as available to fit your camcorder. Simply order the nearest larger size filter together with the appropriate stepping ring. For example, to use a 6 face parallel multi image filter on a camcorder with 37mm thread, order the 46mm filter and a 37 46mm stepup ring. Lenses Filters & stepping rings Audio Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year 23

26 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Stepping rings Just in case you re wondering whether you need a step-up or a step-down ring, the first ring measurement in the lists is the CAMERA thread diameter, the second is the LENS thread diameter (or first, lens, second filter) Step-up rings Step-up rings Step-down rings Step up Order Price from (dia) to (dia) code 27mm 28mm [2728] mm 37mm [2737] mm 43mm [2743] mm 46mm [2746] mm 49mm [2749] mm 37mm [2837] mm 37mm [3037] mm 37mm [30537] mm 43mm [30543] mm 46mm [30546] mm 49mm [30549] mm 37mm [32537] mm 37mm [3437] mm 43mm [3743] mm 46mm [3746] mm 49mm [3749] mm 52mm [3752] mm Series VII [37S7] mm 46mm [37546] mm 49mm [37549] mm 52mm [37552] mm 43mm [40543] mm 46mm [40546] mm 49mm [40549] mm 46mm [4346] mm 49mm [4349] 4.50 Step up Order Price from (dia) to (dia) code 46mm 48mm [4648] mm 49mm [4649] mm 52mm [4652] mm 55mm [4655] mm 58mm [4658] mm Series VII [46S7] mm 49mm [4849] mm 52mm [4852] mm 55mm [4855] mm 52mm [4952] mm 55mm [4955] mm 58mm [4958] mm Series VII [49S7] mm 55mm [5255] mm 58mm [5258] mm 62mm [5262] mm Series VII [52S7] mm 58mm [5558] mm 62mm [5562] mm 62mm [5862] mm 67mm [5867] mm 72mm [6772] mm 77mm [6777] mm 82mm [6782] mm 77mm [7277] mm 78mm [7278] mm 82mm [7282] mm 86mm [8286] 4.50 Step down Order Price from (dia) to (dia) code 28mm 27mm [2827] mm 28mm [30528] mm 37mm [4337] mm 37mm [4637] mm 46mm [4846] mm 46mm [4946] mm 46mm [5246] mm 49mm [5249] mm 46mm [5546] mm 49mm [5549] mm 52mm [5552] mm Series VII [55S7] mm 46mm [5846] mm 49mm [5849] mm 52mm [5852] mm Series VII [58S7] mm 55mm [5855] mm Series VII [62S7] mm 58mm [6258] mm 58mm [6758] mm 62mm [7262] mm 67mm [ mm 72mm [8272] mm 77mm [8277] 4.50 Rubber lens hoods Thread Order Price size (mm) code 25.5 [LH255] [LH27] [LH28] [LH30] [LH305] [LH37] [LH375] [LH405] [LH43] [LH46] [LH49] [LH52] [LH55] [LH58] [LH62] [LH67] [LH72] [LH77] 8.99 New! Digital screen shades Sunglasses for your camera/camcorder! These simple shades eliminate all glare and reflection from your LCD screen so you can concentrate on framing & viewing without distraction. For use on digital still cameras, there are four models to suit different screen sizes and each model can be supplied with or without a built in lens giving 2X magnification of the screen for more detailed viewing. The bellows can be extended to suit the conditions in collapsed form they are about 1cm thick extending to approx 6cm max. The shades attach by means of fitting a self adhesive Velcro gasket to the camera body which, when in place, allows easy removal and fitting of the shade. No magnifier [DSS1] for LCDs of 1.5 to 1.8 (measured diagonally) [DSS2] for LCDs of [DSS3] for LCDs of [DSS4] for LCDs of With magnifier [DSS1L] for LCDs of 1.5 to 1.8 (measured diagonally) [DSS2L] for LCDs of [DSS3L] for LCDs of [DSS4L] for LCDs of Shades for use on camcorders with fold-out LCD screens, the models available are fixed with a simple Velcro loop quick and easy to attach/remove, with no permanently fitted parts. [VSS1] for LCDs of 1.8 to 2.5 (measured diagonally) [VSS2] for LCDs of 2.5 to Microfibre high-tech cleaning cloth Excellent cleaning cloth made from a special highshrinkage blend of ultrafine soft polyester and nylon fibres. Gentle but very effective material for cleaning camcorder lenses, sunglasses, spectacles, crystal, TV and monitor screens and similar. Just hand wash when dirty, retains its unique properties even after repeated washing. [CLOTH] 4.99 Filter wrench Ideal for removing jammed camera and camcorder screw-on filters. For 46mm and above sizes. Two per pack. [FW] 4.49 Lens caps Plastic replacement lens caps in 37, 43, 46, 49, 52, 55 and 58mm sizes [LC37] 2.49 [LC43] 2.49 [LC46] 2.49 [LC49] 2.49 [LC52] 2.49 [LC55] 2.49 [LC58] 2.49 Pro Optic lens wipes Lint free tissue wipes ideal for lenses. Five packs with 30 wipes per pack [PO] 3.99 Lens brush Versatile cleaning tool. Extra soft brush at one end, chamois leather lens cleaning tip at the other. Both ends have protective caps, one with pocket clip [LB] 9.99 Faster delivery options available (at extra cost) 24

27 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Audio Who the hell wants to hear actors talk? Sam Goldwyn All About Sound The soundtrack to your video footage is very important but often overlooked. A poor soundtrack can make even the most spectacular piece of film appear dull or amateurish. Sound can be thought of in two separate stages; firstly the sound that is recorded whilst you are filming, and secondly the sound that can be added or mixed when you edit. The human ear is very complex, and you can easily single out and concentrate on one particular sound against a background of many others. Your camcorder microphone Microphones Microphones are designed to pick up sound in a certain way, and can be classified accordingly; Omni-directional Will pick up sound equally from a 360 degree circle around it. It is of most use when placed amongst a group of people, on a table at a meeting for instance. Cardioid Will pick up sound mainly from the direction in which it is pointed. This is almost always the type of microphone that is fitted as standard to your camcorder. Super cardioid Similar to the cardioid, but has a narrower field of response and so is more directional. Sometimes referred to as shotgun microphones, these are the most common accessory type of microphone, bought to supplement the camcorder s own microphone. Hyper cardioid A fairly specialised piece of equipment that has an even narrower response field than the super cardioid. Stereo Most people change microphones because they want a different response pattern to that of the on-board microphone. To go very directional it is difficult to preserve a stereo image as both left and right elements pick up sound at the same time. To get a directional response with a stereo camcorder choose a mono microphone and use a stereo to mono conversion lead. The other main reason for using an off-camera microphone is to defeat motor noise, in which case choose a stereo microphone to maintain the soundstage. Other microphone groups include: Tie clip A very small and unobtrusive microphone, designed to be attached to a tie or lapel. The microphone is connected to a small battery holder which will fit easily into a pocket, and this is in turn connected to the camcorder by a good length of cable (usually ft). They have a number of uses; to add commentary at the time you are filming, to position on string or key instruments, or for interview type situations. Radio microphone Consists of a matching radio transmitter and receiver. The transmitter has a socket which will accept either the tie clip microphone provided with the unit, or if you prefer, a separate microphone can be used. The receiver plugs into the microphone socket on the camcorder. cannot do this, and will faithfully pick up and record all sounds that are present. When you come to play back your footage, you may often be surprised by hearing things you hadn t noticed when you were filming. The solution is to monitor the sound whilst you are filming. If your camcorder has an headphone socket, then simply connect a pair of headphones. If it doesn t, then a device such as the Keene Electronics Headphone Amplifier will provide one for you. It has been said that not monitoring the sound when filming can give results as unpredictable as closing your eyes while of looking through the viewfinder! Audio microphones and mic accessories Sennheiser MKE300/300D The bees knees of add-on microphones. Specification: Frequency response 150Hz 17kHz Impedance 200 ohm Weight excl cable 60g approx Sensitivity in free field, no load (1kHz) 16mV/Pa ± 2.5 db Equivalent noise level weighted as per CCIR 468±3 28dB Equivalent noise level 18dB Dimensions: 230 x 65 x 50mm Power supply 1 x SR44 (included) approx life 200hrs use [MKE300] Special offer: Buy MKE300 plus matching Rycote Special 190 windgag together and save s [MKDEAL] MKE300D for digital camcorders The MKE 300D is designed for use with digital video cameras/camcorders.it is the same in all respects as the MKE300 but has a built in shield to stop noise from the digital video camera/camcorder being picked up. If used with VX1000, VX2000, XM1, or XM2 we recommend the use of an isolating bracket such as EA86 or an external bracket to suppress motor noise. [MKE300D] Special offer: Buy MKE300D plus matching Rycote Special 190 windgag together and save s [MKDEALD] MKE300 data sheet available (pdf format) at Microphones (wired & wireless) and mic adaptors 25 Microphone windgags 29 Microphone pre-amps & adaptors 29 Headphones 30 Audio mixers, processors 31 Loudspeaker selectors, switches & controls 32 Audio source selectors, switches & controls 32 Audio other 33 Boundary microphone A compact omni-directional boundary microphone from Audio Technica designed for tabletop use. Ideal for conferences, meetings and placing on the head table at weddings. Specifications: Size: 58mm Diameter x 15mm high Frequency response Hz; Impedance 1000 ohms Cable length 1.5m to 3.5mm mono jack plus 6.25mm adaptor Power 1 x LR44 battery (included). [ATBM] My camcorder manual says only use a microphone of XXXX ohms, what does this mean? Microphones are generally classed as either high impedance or low impedance. A high impedance microphone would be in the the region of 50,000 ohms, and a low impedance usually below 10,000 ohms. Most domestic camcorders are configured for low impedance microphones, and although the manual may state an impedance of say 1500 ohms, in practice there would be little audible difference between one of this specific value, or any other microphone that could be classed as low impedance. My camcorder manual says do not use an external mic which is battery powered why? This is there as a safety precaution against some microphones which do not isolate the DC supply from the microphone jack. Such models are rare nowadays, and all those we supply are fully isolated and can be used without problems. If I plug in an external microphone, what happens to the sound from the camcorders own mic? The internal microphone is automatically disconnected when you plug in an external microphone. In fact if you want to you can mute the camcorder microphone by just plugging a suitable jack plug into the microphone socket. Filters Microphones Windgags 25

28 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Vocal/commentary microphones To suit all requirements New Budget SONY FV-120 MICROPHONE New Mid-Range AUDIO TECHNICA ATR20 New High Quality SENNHEISER e825s Multi-purpose, easy-to-use microphone ideal for general vocal & commentary work. Features: Built-in On/Off switch Universal jack plug Specifications: Usage Vocal Electret condenser microphone NO Vocal dynamic microphone YES Omni-directional NO Uni-directional YES Stereo NO Mono YES Frequency (Hz) 60-12,000 Impedance (Ohm) 600 Output level (db) -53 Cord length (m) 3 AC power supply or battery power supply NO Weight: 137g Dimensions: 51 x 204mm [MICFV120] Unidirectional dynamic vocal/instrument microphone Designed especially for both vocal and instruments. Uni-directional polar pattern rejects undesirable off-axis sound and background noise. Permanently-attached 16.5' (5 m) cable terminated with a 3.5mm mini-plug for use with home or portable recording systems. Conveniently-located on/off switch. Includes 1/4" plug adaptor and desk stand Specifications: Element: Dynamic Frequency Response: 80-12,000 Hz Polar Pattern: Unidirectional Impedance: 500 ohms [MICATR20] The SENNHEISER e825s is a cardioid general purpose microphone ideal for vocal and instrument miking and club PA. Sound inlet basket: refined steel. Features Rugged metal body Excellent feedback and spillage rejection Good suppression of handling noise Balanced frequency response Warm transparent tonal response Silent ON/OFF switch Technical Data Frequency Response Hz Sensitivity in free field, no load (1kHz) 1.5 mv/pa Min. terminating impedance 1000 Ohm Dimensions 48 x 180mm, weight exc cable 330g. [E825S] Stereo Microphone The RMZ-14 microphone offers high quality performance with a stereo pick up pattern. Frequency response kHz, 600 ohm impedance, coiled cable 0.25m extending to 0.9m. Length 180mm, diameter 35mm. Integral foam windshield. For on-camera use only. [RMZ14] Hama stereo tie clip microphone Ideal for digital camcorders, laptops, MiniDisc recorders. Silver body with 1m black cable terminating in gold plated 3.5mm stereo jack plug. Sensitivity 62±3dB [46108] Tie clip mic One of the smallest yet, but still a very powerful omnidirectional electret condenser lapel microphone by Vivanco. Battery powered (battery included). Ideal for documentary type applications, it can also be used for string and key instruments. Frequency response 50Hz 16kHz, impedance 1000Ω, length approx 2cm. Video Camera Best Buy, great value [EM116] Stereo tie clip microphone Stereo version of the ever-popular Vivanco EM116 (above), it s remarkably small yet very sensitive. Frequency response 20Hz 20kHz, impedance 600Ω. 4m cable, mic length approx 3.5cm. Video Camera Best Buy [EM216] Hama LM09 Tie-clip microphone A small. high performance clip on microphone with excellent characteristics. Specification: * Mono audio * Frequency response 50-16kHz * Impedance 90 ohm * 6m straight cord, 3.5mm mono jack plug terminated [LM09] BEYER DYNAMIC PROFESSIONAL SHOTGUN MICROPHONES The MCE 86 and MCE 87 series shotgun microphones can be used for video recordings, lecterns or theatre applications. The microphones are extremely light and rugged and therefore ideal for mounting onto cameras or camcorders. The can be used for outdoor applications and in studios with fishpole booms or as handhelds. The electrostatic transducer element and the hypercardioid/lobe polar pattern result in an excellent polar pattern with high sensitivity. Due to its construction and integrated active filter the microphone is insensitive towards wind and vibrations caused by zoom motors. Each sound source is reproduced absolute clearly. Weighing only 92 g, the MCE 86 (top right as MCE86S2) is one of the lightest shotgun microphones of all and the MCS 87S (bottom right) at 130g doesn t affect the camera guide either. Due to the rugged construction and nonglare Nextel-finish the microphones are insensitive to mechanical strains. The MCE 86 requires phantom power, if this is not available the MCE 86 S version should be used. The MCE 87S can be battery or phantom powered and is useful when electromagnetic interferences occur It can be connected to unbalanced XLR or mini jack inputs. It is powered by an 1.5 V battery. [MCE86S1] inc EA86 hot shoe mount battery or phantom power [MCE86S2] inc EA19 fishpole/stand mount battery or phantom power [MCE861] inc EA86 hot shoe mount phantom power only [MCE862] inc EA19 fishpole/stand mount phantom power only [MCE86SCAM] inc EA86 hot shoe mount and XLR to mini-jack cable [MCE87S] inc EA86 hot shoe mount and XLR to mini jack cable (battery only Accessories you might find useful: [SPEC190] furry windgag for MCE86/87 series (see Audio Windgags section) WS716 foam windshield (MCE87S is NOT supplied with a windshield) KLD54 6m XLR cable (see Leads & Cables Audio Cables section) EA86 Hot shoe mount (see Supports Accessory Supports & Mounts section) All prices are inclusive of VAT. 26

29 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Sennheiser We can now supply the entire range of Sennheiser audio products including professional and stage microphones and the awardwinning range of headphones. Space does not permit a full listing in this issue, but if you would like us to quote a price for any Sennheiser product, please give us a call. Sennheiser K6 modular microphone range This pro specification system allows a number of different microphone heads (or capsules) to be used with the K6 power module, providing options for a wide range of recording needs. Note: A microphone consists of a K6 power module plus a capsule. K6 powering module With switchable low-cut filter to reduce handling and wind noise, on/off switch with battery indicator and balanced transformerless 3 pin XLR output. Requires AA size battery (not included) [K6] ME62 omnidirectional capsule Fits on K6, picks up sound from all directions. Ideal for general purpose use. [ME62] ME64 cardioid capsule Directional response ideal for conference and studio work. [ME64] ME65 super-cardioid capsule!deal for speech and vocal applications. [ME65] ME66 shotgun uni-directional capsule Uni-directional pick-up pattern for use in noisy environments. [ME66] ME67 shotgun super uni-directional capsule Highly directional response pattern. [ME67] Headphones with built-in commentary mic see headphones Help! - My mic has XLR and my camcorder has jack sockets You can connect one to the other by using a ready-made adaptor, such as our [KAMT] (below) or by making your own as follows: Connect:- XLR pin 1 to the jack plug earth XLR pin 2 to jack plug tip XLR pin 3 to jack plug earth (note - This isn't guaranteed to sound perfect as it makes no allowance for impedance differences etc, unlike the KAM2) Condenser microphones and Dynamic microphones - what s the difference? The main difference is that condenser microphones (also called electret) need an external power source to work, whereas dynamic microphones do not. The power for a condenser mic can either comes from a small battery housed within the microphone body, or by the "phantom" power method where power is obtained from the recording device via the cable. Some golden rules of sound recording Get the microphone as close as possible to the subject. If you can t get the microphone near try and raise it as high as possible above the general hubbub of conversation near to you. The more you open the window, the more the muck flies in. This basically means that the further you are from the sound source, the higher the camcorder will set its recording level, and so the more rubbish it will record along with the sound that you want. An example illustrating the occasional need for an off-camera microphone is filming the speeches at a wedding reception. The camcorder automatically adjusts its record level to take account of the sound present. If all the guests are completely silent during the speeches, then the end result will be acceptable, but what usually happens is that someone near will cough, or say something to their neighbour. The camcorder will then adjust its record level to take account of this new noise, and the speech will be temporarily drowned out. If a directional microphone is used, and thus the pickup field narrowed, this problem can be largely overcome. It is a common misconception that microphones are like a torch beam, and will only pick up sound from where they are pointed. Even a shotgun type microphone will still pick up some degree of sound from behind it, but less than an ordinary microphone would and mostly the lower frequency sounds. Filters Microphones Windgags Audio Technica ATR25 Stereo condenser microphone ideal for use with video cameras. Comes complete with 0.2m camera cable with 3.5mm stereo jack, and a 3m cable with dual 3.5mm mono jacks and 1/4" adaptors for off-camera use. It's also supplied with a shoe mount and mic stand mount. Specifications : Frequency Response : 70 18,000 Hz Impedance: 600 ohms Power: single AA battery (supplied) Dimensions: 205mm x 22mm (mic body only) Weight: 80g (exc cables) [ATR25] For table top microphone stand see Supports section Audio Technica ATR55 Unidirectional mono shotgun microphone ideal for use with video cameras. Has a permanently attached 1.0m cable with 3.5mm mono jack and a 1/4" adaptors. It's also supplied with both camera shoe mount and mic stand mount. Switchable polar pattern between "normal" (directional) and "tele" (hyper cardioid) Specifications: Frequency Response : 70 18,000 Hz Impedance: 1000 ohms (normal) 2200 ohms (tele) [ATR55] Microphone shock (anti-noise) mounts see Support section Browse and buy on-line at our complete range including new products not listed in this catalogue, and the most up-to-date prices 27

30 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Radio microphone systems Sennheiser Evolution Series 2 wireless microphones Superbly engineered, the Series 2 Evolution range from Sennheiser delivers amazing clarity. Using their unique HDX compander noise reduction they've developed a cordless system that sounds as good as a corded one. Easy to read displays on the receivers make for easy set up and operation, and all the transmitters feature a low battery warning light. The pre-configured systems are ready to use straight out of the box on license exempt UK legal frequencies (FM (band E) MHz). Systems are available with either an EK100 pocket receiver (ideal for use with a camcorder) or an EM100 desktop receiver choice from a range of microphone options SKM100/MD85 hand held (for vocals and speech), ME2 or ME4 tie clip Lavalier (for hands free performance and presentations, or use with acoustic instruments), ME3 headworn mic (for stage performance) or the SKP100 plug-on transmitter (which converts any wired (XLR) microphone you already own into a wireless mic.). System component details: EM100 desktop receiver: True diversity receiver, 212mm x 145mm x SKP100 plug-on transmitter: Power source 9V 6LR6 (supplied), 105mm x 43mm x 43mm, weight 195g SKM100/MD845 hand held microphone: A high quality vocal mic with a wide dynamic range. (dynamic, super cardioid). Liberator wireless microphone system A high quality wireless microphone system from Audio Technica. Each kit contains a dual antennae receiver, belt pack transmitter and a choice of tie clip, handheld or headworn microphones. The receiver comes complete with a UK mains adaptor, although it works from 12V DC and could be used in the field with a suitable power pack. The output from the receiver is line-level audio, (via 1/4" jack) for feeding straight into an amplifier, VCR etc. Can also be connected to the mic input of a camcorder using a suitably attenuated lead, (see Leads section, audio). The body pack transmitter uses a 9V PP3 type battery (not included) and is small and light. Every kit is supplied in a custom made ABS case with foam inserts. The Liberator range has many applications, including presentations, demonstrations, stage work etc. Liberator Range Specification: Audio frequency response 100Hz - 15KHz Operating Frequency VHF MHz (UK Licence exempt) Typical operating range 200 feet Receiver specifications: Non-diversity single channel dual antennae Image rejection 50db minimum Audio output 350mV Power supply 12V 300mA (UK mains adaptor supplied) Dimensions 110mm x 35.1mm x 210.1mm Weight 289g Body Pack Transmitter specifications Dynamic range >90db Audio output 350mV Power supply 9V PP3 battery (not supplied) consumption 30mA Battery life typically 15 hours Dimensions 65mm x 110mm x 25mm Weight 78g 38mm, weight 1.1kg EK100 pocket receiver: Power source 9V PP3 battery (supplied), 110mm x 65mm x 22mm, weight 255g ME3 headworn microphone: Ideal for music and speech that require maximum movement. (Electret, supercardioid). ME2 Tie clip microphone: Ideal for presentations and interviews. (Electret, omni-directional ME4 Tie-clip microphone: Ideal for stage work where background noise rejection is important, both vocals and acoustic instruments, (Electret, Cardioid). Tie Clip Mic specifications Dimensions 10mm x 24mm 1.4M cable to multi-pin jack (for bodypack transmitter) Supplied with detachable foam windshield Handheld Mic specifications Dimensions 53mm (dia) x 240mm Weight 360g Powered by PP3 type 9V battery (not included) approx 15hrs use. Stand clamp included (note, the mic body contains the transmitter so there's no external body pack) Headworn microphone: Cardioid dynamic microphone supplied with detachable foam windshield Systems with EM100 desk top receiver unit and Microphone type Order Code Price ME2 tie clip mic [EW112] ME4 tie clip mic [EW122] ME3 headworn mic [EW152] SKM100/MD845 hand held mic [EW145] Systems with EK100 pocket receiver unit and Microphone type Order Code Price ME2 tie clip mic [EW112P] ME4 tie clip mic [EW122P] ME3 headworn mic [EW152P] SKM100/MD845 hand held mic [EW145P] Optional extras System carry case [EWCC1] Line input cable for SK100 [CL2] Plug on transmitter (converts any XLR wired mic to a radio mic) [SKP100] Tie Clip system (Tie clip mic, Bodypack transmitter, Receiver & case) [LIB21L] Handheld System (Handheld mic, receiver & case) [LIB22] Headworn System (headworn mic, body pack transmitter, receiver & case) LIB21H] QUICK TIPS - MULTIPLE RADIO MICROPHONES Unfortunately you can't use several radio mic transmitters with just one radio mic receiver even if they're all set to the same frequency. It might seem logical that it ought to work but in practice it won't. Think of it in terms of your car radio - if you listen to two station broadcasting on the same frequency you don't hear two nicely mixed radio broadcasts, you just get interference. The only way to use multiple mics is with multiple receivers all set to different frequencies. The output of these different receivers can then be routed to a mixer and back into your camcorder/pa or whatever is required. Alternatively, since the outputs are mono, you could route just two microphones to your camcorder directly, one to the left channel, one to the right channel (assuming of course you have a stereo mic input). If the inputs aren't separately socketed you might find our adaptor KA131 useful (3.5mm stereo jack to two 3.5mm mono sockets). 28

31 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Wind noise If you are recording outside, even a gentle breeze can produce an unwelcome roaring sound. Some camcorders have a wind cut switch as an attempt to counteract the problem. Usually this is a low frequency filter, and although it does remove some of the boom from the wind noise, it is not totally effective. The best solution is to use a wind gag. This is essentially a furry sock which encloses the microphone. The fur reduces air velocity around the microphone, without affecting the sound. You may occasionally see articles that tell you how to make a wind gag from an old sock, pencil case or whatever. Unfortunately, these home brewed devices usually reduce all the sound, not just the wind noise. Purpose made wind gags use an acoustically transparent material which does not reduce overall sound levels. This explains why they perhaps seem a little expensive for what they are. Microphone windgags Windgags for external microphones The professionals answer to wind noise. A model to fit most microphones. Complete with elasticated base and Velcro fastenings. Standard mini windjammer Model Max diameter Max length [Order Code] Price Small 3cm 3cm [RWS] Extended small 3cm 5cm [RWES] Special small 4cm 4cm [RWSS] Medium 4cm 6cm [RWM] Extended medium 4cm 7.5cm [RWEM] Large 4cm 10cm [RWL] Special windjammer Designed with the professional in mind these use an especially long 3cm synthetic for maximum effectiveness. Model Max diameter Max length [Order Code] Price Special 60 5cm 6cm [SPEC60] Special 80 5cm 8cm [SPEC80] Special 90 (pictured) 5cm 9cm [SPEC90] Special 105 5cm 10.5cm [SPEC105] Special 130 5cm 13cm [SPEC130] Special 155 5cm 15.5cm [SPEC155] Special 160 5cm 16cm [SPEC160] Special 190 5cm 19cm [SPEC190] Special offers save s: Sennheiser MKE300 microphone plus matching Rycote Special 190 windgag [MKDEAL] Sennheiser MKE300D microphone plus matching Rycote Special 190 windgag [MKDEALD] Rycote GustBuster windjammer Compact camcorders which have the microphone built in flush to the camcorder s body can still benefit from a windgag. The Rycote GustBuster (previously known as the Integral MWJ) is a universal solution which caters for the variation in camera body design by using two loops of elastic to hold itself on to the camcorder, one looping over the lens and the other around the rear. This permits easy fitting and removal and does not require any modifications that might mark the camcorder body [INTGB] Tie clip windgag A furry windjammer deigned for lavalier (tie-clip) mics to be worn on the outside of the body. Supplied with removable foam inserts that can be combined with the supplied foam windgag to ensure a good fit. [WGTC] Audio microphone pre-amps & adaptors VIVANCO MA222 MICROPHONE PRE-AMP. Allows microphones to be connected to an amplifiers line input. An adjustable impedance control allows matching for almost any microphone. Input sockets are 2 x 6.3mm with mono/stereo changeover switch. Supplied with UK mains adaptor. Dimensions 118 x 30 x 55mm. [MA222] Battery operated microphone pre-amps MB7 microphone pre-amplifier This allows a mono microphone to be connected to an amplifier (or tape deck etc) with a phono line input. The input is a 6.3mm jack socket and the output is fed equally to the 2 phono line outputs making easy connection to stereo equipment. It has a high 40dB gain and very low noise. It is powered by a 9V PP3 battery, which is switched off automatically when you unplug the mic. Microphone pre-amp MONO [MB7] MB8 microphone pre-amplifier This is allows a stereo microphone to be connected to an amplifier (or tape deck etc) with a stereo phono line input. The mic input is a 6.3mm jack socket (an adaptor could be used for 3.5mm mic jacks) and the gain is 40dB. The power supply is a 9V PP3 battery, which is switched off automatically when you unplug the mic. Microphone pre-amp STEREO [MB8] Phono & Microphone preamp A low noise high gain pre amp which allows any magnetic cartridge record deck, or dynamic and condenser microphones to be connected to any amplifiers standard line input. Suitable for one stereo or two mono mics. RCA phono inputs for record deck and stereo & mono 1/4" jacks for microphone. Complete with mains adaptor. RIAA =1db/-3db 30-20khZ [BT26] XLR microphone joiner/splitter adaptor cables 1.5m long joiner/splitter adaptor cables for microphones with XLR outputs. Left: XLR male to 2 x XLR female [KAX4] Right: XLR female to 2 x XLR male [KAX5] Audio adaptor 3.5mm mono line socket to XLR male adaptor. Allows (say) an MKE300 microphone to be used on a camcorder with XLR mic inputs. [KAX3] XLR transformer/adaptor XLR transformer/adaptor allows a balanced XLR type microphone to be used on an unbalanced mic input. Also features a high/low impedance switch. Spec: Input 3 pin XLR; Output 1/4 mono jack plug; Frequency range 50 Hz 15kHz; Ratio 1:10 or 1:1 [KAMT] Microphones Windgags, Mic pre-amps & adaptors Headphones New products, bargains and the most up-to-date prices all on our web site click 29

32 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Headphones Loudspeaker selectors, switches & controls Videographer s headphones with built-in mic From KOSS these are great for post production work. The headphones are super-comfy with 18Hz-20KHz response (60 ohms) with a high quality electret boom mic. Both leads terminate in a 3.5mm jack plug (stereo for the headphones, mono for the mic) and 1/4" adaptor are included. [HPMIC2] Universal headphones Lightweight headphones, ideal for prolonged listening and monitoring. 5m cable with in-line volume control and mono/stereo switch, 32ohm impedance, 3.5mm jack (gold) plus 6.3mm adaptor, 95db sensitivity and 20 20KHz frequency response. Fantastic value for money [TV49] Sennheiser Headphones HD457 open headphones The HD 457 are open, dynamic hi-fi stereo headphones for both mobile audio sources such as MP3, MiniDisc & CD players and home hi-fi systems. Soul, funk, grunge and percussion music can be heard to its best advantage due to the headphones' balanced sound image and warm bass. When out and about, a convenient cord take-up lets you adjust the headphone cable to the required length. Extremely comfortable to wear due to ultralightweight design, even for extended listening Rugged outdoor design with extremely flexible headband 3m detachable highly conductive OFC copper cable. Replaceable fabric ear pads Frequency response Hz Jack plug 3.5/6.3mm stereo Weight excl. cable ca. 130 g. Cable length 3m [HD457] HD270 closed back Mixmag said "fantastic, the sound fills your head" and Xfade magazine "All frequencies are clearly defined - professional headphones for professional DJs" Sound mixing couldn't be easier: The HD 270s have optimum sensitivity and wide dynamics, satisfying the most stringent demands of professional mixers and DJs alike. In a class of their own with an unbelievably spatial and transparent sound reproduction. Ambient noise is optimally attenuated. Frequency response 12 22,000Hz; Nominal impedance 64 ohms; Characteristic SPL 106 db; THD <0.2%; Weight approx. 220g; Connection cable 3m OFC copper cable [HD270] Headphone monitor amplifiers Essential for correct sound recording. Hear (mono audio) exactly what the camcorder microphone is picking up. Enables mono or stereo headphones to be used with camcorders that don t have a headphone socket. Camcorder User Shooting Accessory of the Year winner. [HPAMP] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Stereo version of Headphone Monitor Amplifier Monitor in stereo (with stereo headset) [HPAMPST] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product KE KE Stereo headphone amplifier Allows you to use headphones with any TV or other audio device. It connects via scart or phono and provides an amplified headphone output without muting the TV speaker. Ideal for the hard of hearing who do not wish to disturb others. In and out phonos allow it to be daisy chained with other devices. Rotary controls for volume and tone. Complete with UK mains supply. Sockets for 1/4" and 3.5mm jacks (both may be used simultaneously). [BT928] Two way loudspeaker switch Allows a second pair of loudspeakers to be connected to your amplifier with switch select for either pair or both. Screw terminal connections suitable for cable up to 2.5mm dia. NOT SUITABLE FOR VALVE AMPLIFIERS. [BT12] way loudspeaker switch Allows up to four pairs of loudspeakers to be connected to an amplifier with switching to any combination. Note, each pair of speakers should be rated at 8 ohms, max amplifier rating 200W. Screw terminal connections suitable for 42 or 79 strand cable. [BT13] way loudspeaker source selector Allows one pair of speakers to be used with either of two amplifiers (screw terminal connections suitable for cable up to 2.5mm dia). [BT32] HQ Loudspeaker volume control To control the volume of a second pair of speakers on one system, it can be located anywhere in line to the speakers, either next to the speaker or in the room with the amplifier. High efficiency transformer design. Screw terminal connections suitable for cable up to 2.5mm dia. (max power handling 60W rms) [BT934] HQ Two way speaker control with headphone jack Switching to either or both pairs. Headphone jack mutes speaker outputs. Gold binding posts for 4mm jacks & HQ (up to 6mm diameter) cable (max power 200W rms) [BT911] HQ Four way speaker control with headphone jack Switching to any or all pairs. Headphone jack mutes speaker outputs. Gold binding posts for 4mm jacks & HQ cable (up to 6mm dia) A series/parallel switching arrangement means that even when all speakers are in use the amplifier still sees a load of at least 4 ohms (assuming all connected pairs are 8 ohms). Very neat (max power 200W rms). [BT913] HQ Two way loudspeaker control Switches two pairs of loudspeakers with an integral volume control for the second pair. Listen to either or both. Gold binding posts for 4mm jacks & HQ cable up to 6mm dia (max power 60W rms). [BT933] HQ Wall mounted loudspeaker volume control Suitable for UK standard electrical double pattresses (47mm deep). White facia with chrome colour knob. High efficiency (transformer) design with max power handling of 60W rms. Will accept cable up to 2.5mm dia. [BT936] Why not fax your order through?

33 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Speakerlink 65 Another great product that makes it very easy to add extra speakers anywhere within your home. It uses wireless transmitter to send the sound from your player (Hi-Fi/PC- MP3 etc) and the signal is picked up by the receiver. The receiver contains a built in amplifier, so rather than get a line level audio output you can directly connect speakers to it! The supplied remote control allows you to adjust volume, bass, treble and of course control the remote AV equipment as well! Great add speakers to your kitchen, outside for a BBQ etc. Tech spec Operating range: 100m open air, 15-30m through floors and walls Power: 230VAC/50Hz,12V DC,1A UK adaptor supplied Power amplifier: 6.5W RMS Minimum power speakers: 10W Rating speakers: 4-8 Ohms Transmitter: 2.4 GHz,4 channels (A,B,C,D) Remote control: Infrared and RF (433Mhz) Audio input on transmitter: Line input,1vpp,600 Ohm [SL65] Sound mixers & processors Sound mixing Video sound mixing is the process of adding to or replacing the soundtrack on your footage at the time that it is edited. Connections are made as shown in the diagram. The norm is to have three channels on the audio mixer; one channel being the incoming camcorder soundtrack, another being a microphone input for commentary, and the other for music from a tape deck, CD etc. The important thing about a mixer is that all three channels can be present simultaneously, and so the final result is not necessarily just one channel or another. If you want to add live commentary whilst editing, it can be frustrating if you make a mistake as the whole thing needs to be rerecorded. It is easier to record the commentary onto an audio cassette and then mix it in on the final copy. AUDIO Video recorder VIDEO MUSIC Cassette player Amplifier CD player Camera Music Master in in out Sound mixer Video recorder AUDIO Microphone TV Headphones Vision 100 stereo audio mixer Three channel stereo audio mixer with fader for each input, master fade and tone controls. Comes complete with a commentary microphone and connecting leads. Dimensions 300 x 175 x 53mm. Weight 610g. Power requirements; via PP3 type 9V battery or optional mains adaptor 9V DC 100mA (neither included). [V100] 9.99 Suitable mains adaptor [ADP30R] 7.99 How can I add some background music? There are essentially three ways to add music when editing: a) Mix in the music when editing from camcorder to VCR. This is fine if the scene length is at least as long as the piece of music. If it isn t then you will get gaps in the music when the VCR goes into pause record. You can try and start/start the music to coincide with the VCR but it is next to impossible to achieve perfect results..b) Edit in two stages that is perform the first edit as normal and concentrate on getting the footage right without worrying too much about the sound. Then copy the edited copy on to another VCR, this time mixing in music as required. This ensures that music can seamlessly span several scenes but the downside is that you lose a generation of video and hence a little quality. c) Edit as normal for the footage as in (b) above and then audio dub the music directly on to the edited copy. Remember that audio dub (or audio insert ) is a function of a VCR NOT an edit controller and not all VCRs support this function. Folio Notepad professional A professional quality portable mixer, ideal for video post production, home studio, DJ, location mixing etc. Main features: 10 Inputs as standard; 4 Mic Inputs; 2 Stereo Inputs; Studio quality mic preamps with 50dB of gain range on every mic input; 2-Band EQ on every mono input; Post-fade Auxiliary Send on every input; Dedicated Stereo Effects Return; Global +48V Phantom Power; Stereo Inputs with switchable RIAA preamps for turntables; 2- Track Return for playback of masters; Separate Mix and Monitor outputs Peak and VU Metering Headphone; Output Power On indicator; Custom designed rotary controls with consistent, accurate responses; Small, lightweight design. Connectors (all Jacks are 3-pole TRS 'A' gauge): Mic (Balanced or Unbalanced) XLR; Line/Instrument (Balanced or Unbalanced) Jack; Stereo Input, Tape In (Unbalanced), Monitor Amp Out RCA Phono; FX Return (Balanced or Unbalanced) Jack; Master Mix Out, FX Send, Impedance-Balanced Jack; Headphone Stereo Jack. Weight exc. PSU 1.47kg. Dimensions H51 x W245(max) x D225mm [FNP] FOLIO powerpad The powered version of the popular Notepad, the Powerpad has the same features plus the benefit of a built in 30 2 x 30 watts (RMS) amp. for direct speaker connections (via 1/4 jack). [FPP] Why can t I audio dub in stereo? Most Hi-8mm and VHS/S-VHS machines encode stereo audio information in the same place on the tape as the picture information. Consequently, any change to this information also alters (erases) the picture. In addition to the stereo track there is usually a mono audio track which runs along the edge of the tape. If the VCR supports it, this track can be replaced (dubbed) with new audio information which does not affect the picture. Some VCRs offer a choice of which track is to be used when the tape is being played. Do any machines dub in stereo? A few Hi-8mm machines have something called PCM digital stereo a linear stereo track that can be dubbed on to without affecting the picture. Similarly some of the newer digital VCRs and camcorders have separate stereo sound tracks. If you own one of these machines the finer details of how to do it should be buried in the handbook somewhere. If you don t then unfortunately any audio dub you perform VHS/S-VHS will always be mono only. Folio F116 The bigger brother to the Notepad, the F1 uses 100mm faders for greater control gives even greater connectivity. 16 inputs with 8 mono channels available. These include Soundcraft's high quality preamps giving 60dB of gain range and 22dB headroom, meaning that the F1 input stage can handle virtually any mic or line device. F1 includes 8 outputs (including auxs) as standard and 4 stereo inputs for keyboards, effects or stereo playback equipment. Mono inputs all have steep 100Hz (18dB per octave) High Pass Filters to eliminate low frequency rumble. There are inserts on every mono input for connecting signal processors as well as channel muting capability. F1 also includes an additional mono sum output for drum fill speakers, subwoofers or mono PAs. Includes a 3-band EQ and 3 auxiliary sends with aux 2 pre/post switchable for monitoring or effects. The auxiliary section includes aux masters control and sole capabilities. A compact (70H x 399W x 512D mm) frame with integral carry handle which can be optionally rack-mounted into a 10U rackmount space. Applications include Live Sound, Bands, Small Venues, Schools, Conferences, Houses of Worship, Studio Recording, Project/Small/Home Studios, MIDI Programming, Video Post- Production, Submixing, Location Sound [F116] Headphones Sound mixing Source selectors and switches 31

34 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Audio selectors, switches & controls Three way input selector Simple rotary switch routes any of the three pairs of phono inputs to the phono output. Metal case with gold plated sockets. [BT31] Way audio control A multi-purpose phono interconnect switcher which can be used as an Input expander or comparator. Connect up to four stereo devices (RCA phono) and use a simple push button process for signal routing. Eg pressing 1 & 4 connects input 1 to input 4. pressing 1,2 & 4 connects all three. An internal impedance matching circuit minimises audio losses. Very handy. [BT931] channel stereo audio source selector Allows 4 audio inputs to be fed into one. Ideal if you wish to feed your VCR, DVD, camcorder, satellite system, TV etc into your hi-fi system which only has one Aux/Line input. Features phono inputs for simple connection and non slip suction feet. [SOURCESEL] Digital audio what s what? In the earlier days of digital audio the conversion from digital back into analogue was always performed within the CD player itself. Now, particularly with the advent of DVD, the thinking is to preserve the signal in its digital form as long as possible to keep signal loss and distortion to a minimum. This is achieved by routing the signal directly from the player in its digital form into a suitably equipped amplifier or TV for decoding and amplification. This process has led to a bewildering array of terminology, a few of which we ve attempted to explain here: S/PDIF, an abbreviation of Sony/Philips Digital InterFace, is a defined standard for PCM stereo digital audio. It uses a single phono (RCA) connector for electrical signals or a TOSLINK connector for optical signals (the information contained in the signal is the same in either case, and convertors are available to change one type into the other). S/PDIF signals use different sampling frequencies for different applications and can carry stereo audio (CD, minidisc or DAT) as well as multi-channel surround sound. AC3 (Adaptive Coding 3) is an audio compression standard based on the S/PDIF PCM audio delivery system. Dolby Digital Surround AC3 is a 6-channel surround sound system that uses the AC3 compression. The sound is encoded to 5.1 channels (five full bandwidth signals plus a low frequency channel for the subwoofer), and then encoded using the AC3 compression standard. AC3 systems are backwards compatible with S/PDIF in that they will also decode stereo, but S/PDIF systems will not necessarily decode AC3. DTS, an abbreviation for Digital Theatre Systems, is another multichannel digital audio standard which uses less compression than Dolby Digital to give an arguably better sound. Some players and amplifiers support both AC3 and DTS decoding although at time of writing there is not much DTS encoded material available. THX is not an audio standard in its own right, rather it is a very tight set of specifications to which THX-certified equipment must be manufactured. The brainchild of George Star Wars Lucas, it was intended to prevent the soundtrack of his films sounding different from cinema to cinema because of equipment variations. In theory at least, the film soundtrack should be faithfully reproduced in any THX-certified cinema. THX in the home is generally an exercise in open-wallet surgery as certified hardware is phenomenally expensive. 3.5mm stereo switchbox Four inputs to one output via rotary selector. Ideal for switching audio sources, headphones etc or even use for LANC switching (adaptor required). Order code [KP04] Fibre optic digital signal router Expand your optical inputs/outputs with these switchable selectors. They allow any three optical devices to be connected to the input or output of a fourth, The simple rotary selector eliminates the need for continuous plugging/unplugging of your equipment. For Toslink connections [BTZ1T] For 3.5mm minidisc type connections (pictured) [BTZ1M] New! Volume Remote Control Ever wished your amplifier had remote control for the volume? Now you can easily add IR remote control to most amplifiers with this simple device. It has two phono sockets for line in and two for line out. Simply connect it in line, position the IR receiver wherever you find convenient and have easy volume adjustment. Leds for power and confirmation of up and down commands. It can be used in a number of ways: Inline in between pre/power amp combinations Within tape line out/line in loop (if vacant) with the amp set to tape monitor In between say CD player line out and amp line in (to control that device volume only). [VRC] In the Beginning (Rob Kirkwood) CD with over 70 minutes of copyright free instrumental music in many styles and moods for dubbing on to your videos. Well produced and highly regarded by the video press. Also includes as track 28 a continuous 10dB reference tone, to help you set the correct recording level [RKCD] New products, bargains and the most up-to-date prices all on our web site 32

35 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Audio Other Line to phono input adaptor Allows a stereo source (eg CD player, tape deck, MiniDisc etc) to be connected to an amplifier's unused record player phono input (magnetic). RCA phono type connections for input and output [LPA] Phono to line input adaptor Connect a record deck directly to the line input of a computer or amplifier etc [PA111] HQ phono pre-amp A high specification pre-amp to connect record players to Hi-Fi amplifiers without a record deck input. Gold plated sockets and OFC output cable. Input level 2.4mV output level 200mV s/n ration 78db. Complete with UK mains supply. RIAA +/- 0.5db [BT926] Audio cassette adaptor A great accessory for any MP3 player, this gadget is a dummy cassette with a cable leading to a 3.5mm jack plug. All you have to do to enjoy internet music while you drive is to push the 'cassette' into the car cassette player, and plug the cable into the earphone socket of your MP3 player! Works with any standard audio cassette player. [ACA] Digital audio convertor A handy gadget that eases the connections between analogue devices (such as CD players, cassette players and tuners) to coaxial or optical devices like Minidisc and digital AV receivers. It also converts composite to s-video & vice versa. Pic shows front & back panels. Technical details Inputs: Composite video (RCA phono), L & R audio (RCA phono) Outputs: Optical audio (TOSlink), Coaxial digital audio (SPDIF), S-video (4 pin mini-din) Dimensions 28 x 105 x 109mm, Weight 175g Power requirements 9v DC (UK adaptor supplied). [DIGAC] Digital audio convertor A universal digital audio convertor that will change digital optical signals (Toslink) to coaxial and vice-versa. Supplied in a screened case with UK power supply. [BT992] Digital audio convertors We can now supply convertors that change optical audio signals into digital electrical ones, and vice versa. This means for example that you could connect a CD, MiniDisc or DVD player to an AV amplifier that has otherwise incompatible digital audio connections. Optical to coaxial [KAOC] Coaxial to optical [KACO] Audio switchboxes Audio Computer Optical signal extender Need to send optical signals along 20m cable runs? You'll be needing one of these then. Simply put it in line and there's no need to worry about signal loss. Toslink sockets for input & output (if your cables have 3.5mm end connectors you can still use it with 3.5mm/toslink adaptors). Complete with power supply. Order code [FEX1] Audio attenuators 3, 6, 9 and 12 db audio attenuators, with phono (plug and socket) connectors for direct in-line use 3dB attenuation [KA152] dB attenuation [KA153] dB attenuation [KA154] dB attenuation [KA155] 7.99 Audio leads and cables see Leads & Cables section New products are being added to our range all the time. Check out for details SOUND LEVEL METERS Analogue SOUND LEVEL METER Great value for money, this gives you the accuracy you need to fine tune your system. Built in microphone Seven selectable frequency ranges Phono output (for connection to external equipment). FAST & SLOW response settings Weighting selector A for Human ear bias or C for full frequency range Built in tripod adaptor for stand mounting Size (approx): 159 x 64 x 48mm Power: PP3 type 9v battery (not supplied) [SLM2050] Digital SOUND LEVEL METER Features built in microphone, seven selectable frequency ranges, weighting selector 'A' for human ear bias or 'C' for full frequency range, adjustable sensitivity range from 50 to 126dB, FAST & SLOW response settings, peak level hold. Built in tripod adaptor for stand mounting. Phono output (for connection to external equipment). Easy to read 21- bar graphical display. Size (approx): 159 x 64 x 44mm. Power: PP3 type 9v battery (not supplied). [SLM2055]

36 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Computer products 640K is enough for anybody Bill Gates, Image capture 34 Data transfer 34 USB 2 Video Adaptor A very compact capture device that simply plugs into any free USB socket on your PC or laptop. This product is ideal for capturing footage for use in presentations, web pages, s and VCD creation. It can also be used for capturing still images as well, and is supplied complete with Cyberlink Powerdirector for easy editing. (Please note that it is an input device only and will not support the recording of edited footage back to tape). Features Supports under USB 2.0 a resolution of up to 720 x 576 with 25 pictures per second Supports software MPEG1 and MPEG2 Encoding Supports NTSC, PAL and SECAM video systems Inputs: S-video and Composite Includes Cyberlink PowerDirector Power supplied via USB (no external adaptor required) Plug and Play for Windows 2000/XP, Driver disk included for Win 98SE & ME Specifications: Video input: 1 s-video input and RCA type composite video input Video system supported: NTSC, PAL and SECAM Audio go through line in of sound card Video Motion capture : AVI format from 160x120 to 720x576 resolution MPG format from 320x240 to 720x576 resolution Video Performance : Up to 25 fps at 720x576 for PAL, 30fps at 720x480 for NTSC MPEG bit rate adjustment from 192Kbps to 10000Kbps Power Consumption : 5VDC,250mA(max) through USB port 2 LEDs for Power and link status indicator Dimensions: 81mm X 56mm X 31mm Minimum System Requirements PC with USB 2.0 port; Pentium III 500 or above and 128MB of RAM; Windows 98SE/ME/2000/XP; Sound Card with line input. [USBVA] Using camcorders for digital stills You can use any camcorder as a digital still camera by grabbing a single frame (either from tape or as a live image) using a video capture device such as the USB video adaptor described above. Bear in mind that, even if your camcorder is the latest all-singling all-dancing digital model, its resolution is still limited (by the camcorder s PAL sampling rate of 13.5MHz) to a maximum of 414,720 pixels (720 x 576). When compared to the 2 million plus pixels of some digital still cameras you can see there is a significant difference. That said, the images can still be perfectly acceptable and it s often a good way of getting extra snaps from a holiday or special occasion. On the plus side, a camcorder has the ability to store many thousands of shots on a videotape, whereas most digital still cameras would struggle to store more than 100. As a quick guide to picture resolution, VGA is 640x480 pixels, SVGA is 800x600, XGA is 1026x576 and SXGA is 1600x1200. Some digital camcorders now feature the ability to shoot stills directly on to media other than video, for example Memory Stick or Smart Media, and also may employ enlarged CCDs (larger than is required for straightforward video recording) which permit higher resolution stills to be captured. MA600 Infrared Adaptor A wireless link to connect mobile phones, PDA, Palm Pilots, notebooks and Windows CE machines. The software supplied gives the same functionality as mobile phone data cable link products, but with the benefit of IR communication. The MA-600 supports the following popular Infrared-equipped mobile phones: NOKIA 6210, NOKIA 8210, 8290, 8850, 8890, 7110, NOKIA 61xx Series (6110, 6138, 6150), MOTOROLA L Series (L2000,LF2000) and Timeport (L7089, P7389) MOTOROLA P7689, SIEMENS S25 Series Order [MA600] USB cards, hubs, port adaptors and additions 35 USB cables 36 Adaptors, switchboxes, patch bays 37, 38 CAT5 networking components 38 USB film scanner A great bit of kit, simply connect to your USB Hub and use it to scan in 35mm negs or colour transparencies at very high resolution. It gives a much better resolution file than using a simple flat bed scanner to scan a print and is ideal for archiving all your important shots. Included free in the package is a great software suite from Arcsoft, including Photo Fantasy, Panorama maker, Photo Montage, Photo Studio and Photo Printer Pro. Technical Specifications Scanning media: 35mm Image Sensor: Linear Array Colour CCD Colour Mode: 36-bits per pixel Greyscale mode: 12-bit per pixel Optical Resolution: 1800 dpi (or 4.2million pixels for a 36mm x 24mm image) Maximum Resolution: Software Enhanced to x dpi Light source: Cold Cathode fluorescent lamp Scanning Buffer: 512k Preview speed: 10 seconds for colour Scanning speed: 35 seconds Max scanning area: 36mm x 24mm Operating System: Windows 98 Interface: USB Power Adaptor: 12V DC 1.0A Input V AC Frequency 47Hz to 63Hz Dimensions: 268mm x 166mm x 66mm8* Order [USBFS] USA DATABRIDGE PC LINK CABLE Very quick and easy way to link two PCs together for fast file transfer. Just install the software once only on each machine and drag and drop files from one to another with the 'explorer' type programme (supplied). A newer files only option makes it great for synchronising your laptop with your desktop. USB2 is much faster than USB1 or parallel/serial port (up to 480Mbps!). It can also be used with USB1 devices at a lower transfer speed. Features: Supports suspend & resume power management features Dual data buffer supporting two way transfer Bus powered (no external power required) System requirements: Intel-compatible 486DX-66 MHz CPU or higher; One standard USB1.1 or 2.0 port (4-pin); Operating systems: Windows 98/ME/2000/XP Order [USBDB2] Computer leads and cables see Leads & Cables section Computer adaptors see Adaptors and Connectors section Games console cables see Leads & Cables section Computer-based video editing see Post-Production Editing section PC TV and Video PC monitor convertors see Conversion section Power supply for PC peripherals see Power section USB NETWORK CABLE Easily create a network of up to 17 computers, all via USB. Similar to the USBDB, but with full network capability ie printer sharing and true Windows explorer capability. Can also be used for networked gameplaying (eg with 2 x cables plus 1 x USB hub). [USBNW]

37 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 USB What exactly is "USB"? USB stands for "Universal Serial Bus" and it provides an easy means of connecting peripheral devices to a computer, for example scanners, printers, keyboards, digital cameras etc. What's so good about USB? Firstly it's fast - the data is transferred much quicker than with either a conventional serial port (com1 etc) or a parallel port. Secondly, it doesn't tie up your system resources (you no longer need a free IRQ for every new device) meaning that you can easily attach up to 127 devices to your system. Not only this, but you can attach and remove USB products whilst your system is running without the need to reboot! What is USB 2.0? USB 2.0 (aka High speed USB) is a revised and improved version that allows much faster data transfer rates. Older PCs (pre 2001) are likely to have USB 1.1 as standard, whereas later machines will probably have USB 2.0. USB peripherals are backwards compatible, so if you were to plug say a USB 2.0 card reader into a USB 1 socket, it would still work but the transfer speed would be at USB 1.1 data rates. Any PC can be upgraded to USB 2.0 by simply fitting a card. Which versions of Windows support USB? Windows 95 Rev B and Windows 98, 2000 and XP How can I tell if my computer is USB ready? Check your computers CMOS to determine if USB support has been enabled (follow the instructions in your computer's user manual on how to configure its CMOS settings). How can I tell if Windows is setup for USB support on my computer? From within Windows 95 or 98, go to Start, Settings, Control Panel, System and click on Device Manager. If the Windows USB drivers have been installed, the last device in your list will be USB Serial Bus Controller. Space doesn't permit a full USB faq here, but if you point your web browser at you'll find the answer to most questions, plus you can download a free Intel USB test program to check system compatibility. USB hubs USB Patch Bay A product along similar lines to Keene's own patch bay, this is a 4 port (powered) USB hub that fits into either a spare CDROM bay or a 3.5" (floppy disk) sized bay on your PC or MAC. Just connect internally to a spare disk drive power cable and to one of your existing USB ports, and you ve got 4 USB ports up front and ready to use. Really handy. [USBPBU] USB 2 port mini-hub Very compact USB mini hub, simply plug it into any USB socket and get two USB sockets! Overall length just 65mm. [USB2PH] USB 4 port hub Top specification 4 port USB hub, allowing easy connection of extra USB peripherals to your PC. Complete plug & play specification. It can be used in bus powered mode (by the PC only) which provides each of the four downstream ports with 5v at 100mA or in self powered mode (with the enclosed power adaptor) which provides each downstream port with 5v at 500mA. You can switch between modes by simply inserting or removing the power jack. Comes complete with a 2M USB cable (A to B, PC to hub). Hub dimensions 135mm x 72mm x 23mm (Colour ivory). [USB4PH] USB 7 port hub A compact stackable (picture shows 2 stacked) 7 port hub that can be used self powered or with the (supplied) mains adaptor. Dimensions 103 x 62 x 27mm. [USB7PH] High speed USB 2 PCI card USB 2.0 (aka USB Hi- Speed) is the next evolution of USB providing a much higher bandwidth, higher even than Firewire! USB 2.0 runs at 480 Mbps, some 40 times faster than USB1.1. USB 2.0 is backwardly compatible with USB 1.1 and is compatible with Win98SE, 2000, XP & Mac OS USB port controller Card (PCI style) [USB2CC] USB 2.0 certified cables see Leads & Cables USB NETWORK ADAPTOR Probably the easiest way to network a Laptop or desktop, just plug the adaptor into a free USB port, install the drivers and you're ready to connect. The adaptor is very compact (63 x 54 x 25mm) and provides LED data indicators and an RJ45 socket for your network cable. Two models are available: 10/100 BASE-T (inc adaptor, 30cm captive USB cable, driver disk for Win98/SE/ME/2000/XP and manual) [USB100BT] USB-IRDA adaptor Easily add an IRDA port to any device with a USB port. No other power adaptor is required and it's supplied with a 1m extension cable should you wish to position it away from the actual port. Compatible with Win98, ME, 2000 & XP and supports FIR, MIR, SIR and ASK 56Kbps. [USBIRDA] Serial USB adaptor Allows you to connect any 9 pin serial device via your USB ports. A very useful, compact selfpowered device. Works with Keene IR Gizmo. [USBSA9] Audio Computer Memory cards USB controller card No USB on your PC? Easy - just drop one of these cards into a spare PCI slot and you've got 2 USB hubs ready to use with all the latest peripherals. Minimum PC specification:- 24MB RAM, Windows 95 2nd edition or later, 486DX2-66 or faster, 1 free PCI slot [USBCC] USB 4 to 1 switchbox If you want to add several USB devices to one computer it s pretty straightforward you just use a USB hub. But if you want to add another computer, it gets complicated as there should only be one "controller" in the USB chain. Enter this switchbox - it allows you to share USB peripherals between up to four different PCs, all via USB. Note that it is an exclusive switch so only one PC can have "control" at a time. Simple push button operation allows you to switch between PCs at will. There's no external power requirement and the device is very compact at just 100 x 82 x 30mm. A typical setup would be; all peripherals to a USB hub (or hubs) then the hub to the switchbox, then up to four PCs to the switchbox [USB4SW] Serial USB adaptor Allows you to connect any serial devices like PDA, scanner, modem etc through your USB ports. Gives your all the hotswap plug and play convenience of USB with any of your conventionally connected devices. Self powered (no mains adaptor needed) it s very compact and very useful. Complete with 25 pin to 9 pin adaptor, USB cable and driver software. [USBSA] USB bracket 2 x USB type A sockets on standard PC mounting bracket with cable to 10- way motherboard header plug. [USBSK]

38 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 USB TO PS2 ADAPTOR A simple line adaptor to connect your PS2 keyboard and mouse to a single USB port. Easy to install with no power supply or software required (nb may require original Windows disc when first connected). [USBPS2] 9.99 USB MOBILE PHONE CHARGERS Recharge your mobile from any PC or Mac with a USB port. Plug and play (no software required), 1.5m cable. For Nokia 3210, 3310, 8210, 8250, 8850, 8890, 9410) [USBMCN] 2.99 For Ericcson (R310, R320, T28, A2618) [USBMCE] 2.99 USB DOCKING STATION Great for notebook and laptop users, just one USB connection to this neat docking station gives you two further USB ports, one 25 way parallel port, one 9 way serial port and a PS2 type connection for keyboard and mouse There's even another data transfer USB port for file transfer to and from your desktop system (working in the same way as the USB data bridge cable. Note: to make use of the file transfer facility you will need to purchase another USB type A to type B cable, code [USBAB]). Specifications: Dimensions approx 178 x 26 x 57mm Power source 5v DC (UK adaptor supplied) Compatible with USB v1.1 Win 98/ME/2000/XP & MAC OS9.x & 10.1 [USBDS] USB 4 PORT INTERNAL HUB EXTENSION CARD Extend your USB2 capability with this expansion card, giving you 4 extra ports at the back of your computer. Complete with cables to connect to your existing USB2 port. Great if you need more ports but don t want an external hub. [USB2EC] USB2 4 PORT PATCH BAY HUB This is a 4 port (powered) high speed USB2 hub that fits into either a spare CD-ROM bay or a 3.5" (floppy disk) sized bay on your PC or MAC. Just connect internally to a spare disk drive power cable and to one of your existing USB2 ports, and you ve got 4 high speed USB2 ports up front and ready to use. *All downstream ports can handle high speed, full speed or low speed transactions *Supports split simultaneous high speed & low speed transactions *Over current detection with individual power control [USB2PBU] USB 2 HIGH SPEED 4 PORT HUB Will connect to high speed USB 2.0 or USB 1.1 peripherals. Self powered or use with mains adaptor (supplied) with over-current detection and protection. Very compact size (100 x 60 x 30mm). [USB24PH] USB digital audio adaptor Plugs into any spare USB port on your PC where it installs itself as an audio device that you can select (via the audio settings in the Windows control panel) to be your preferred audio playback device. There are two good reasons for doing this. First, it keeps your audio within the digital domain and only converts it back to analogue stereo once it leaves the computer. This usually gives a decent improvement over most standard sound cards. Second, it provides a connection for digital (optical) audio output,so you can keep everything digital all the way from PC to minidisc recorder or digital amplifier. An inexpensive but very useful upgrade. Compatible with Win98SE, ME, 2000 & XP, min CPU speed 166MHz. Supplied with driver disk and 2m USB cable (no other power is required). Approx dimensions 71mm x 47mm x 23mm. Please note: this device acts as an output only and does not provide a line input. [USBAI] USB 2 TO IDE/ATAPI INTERFACE A great device - this simply plugs into any free USB socket and gives you an external IDE connection to use with whatever you like, be it a hard disc, CDROM, DVDROM or even a CD/DVD writer. It comes ready to use complete with all cables and even a power supply for the drive - just add the drive of your choice for some instant easy portable storage. Compatible with USB v1.1 & 2.0, Win 98/ME/2000/XP & MAC OS9.x & 10.1 [USB2IDE] USB cables There are two types of USB end connectors, pictured above. Type A is usually used for peripherals connections, type B for motherboard connections. A to A cables 1.8m [USBAA] m [USBAA3] m [USBAA5] 8.99 A to B cables 1.8m [USBAB] m [USBAB3] m [USBAB5] 8.99 B to B cables 1.8m [USBBB] m [USBBB3] m [USBBB5] 8.99 USB extension cable An unpowered 3m extension cable, USB type A plug to USB type A socket [USBXT3] 4.99 Universal USB connection kit A 1.8m USB cable with interchangeable ends, enabling connection to the most popular mini USB sockets used on digital cameras, camcorders, printers and scanners. Ideal if you ve lost or damaged the cable supplied with your device or just want another as a spare. The kit is high quality (gold plated connections) the cable is USB 2.0 rated and is supplied with a handy storage case for all the bits and pieces. [50037] USB-mini USB connector cables Type A USB plug to mini USB plug, ideal for connecting digital cameras and camcorders to your PC. High quality fully screened cable. 1.5m long [USBMIN] m long [USBMIN3] USB 2.0 certified cables A neat USB 5m extension cable You could use an ordinary cable to connect a USB 2.0 device to a USB 1.1 device, but the transfer speed will be limited by the slower USB1.1 device. If you connect two USB 2.0 devices together then you'll need one of these certified cables as they are better screened to cope with the higher bandwidth. A plug to B plug 2m long [USB2AB2] 5.99 A plug to B plug 3m long [USB2AB3] 6.99 USB ACTIVE EXTENSION CABLE A neat USB 5m extension cable incorporating an embedded chip that allows safe transmission of the USB signal at this distance. The cable acts as a transparent hub and buffers all downstream and upstream data. Several of these cables may be joined together to provide USB transmission at up to 20 metres. The chips power is drawn via the USB port so no external power supply is required. [USBXT5]

39 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 USB2 PCI HOST CARD WITH 4 PORT PATCH BAY HUB Consists of a PCI USB2 controller card (giving you two USB2 ports) plus an additional 4 USB2 ports that fit into a spare 3.5 (floppy disk) bay on your machine. (Compliant with USB 1.1 & USB2.0) [USB2PBPCI] MULTI FUNCTION PC PATCH BAY A great product, that crams maximum functionality into a standard CD ROM sized patch panel. Just fit this into a spare drive bay and have convenient front panel access for; 6 in 1 Card Reader (Read/write data from Compact Flash Type 1 & 2, Microdrive, SmartMedia, memory Stock, Secure Digital & MultiMedia) 3 port USB 2.0 hub 2 port IEEE1394 repeater 2 x DC output 5.0V & 12.0V Headphone socket Audio line input socket Microphone input socket System requirements Windows 98SE, ME, 2000, XP 1 x free 5 25 drive bay 1 x USB 2.0 port 1 x 6 pin IEEE1394 port Sound card with audio in, mic in and headphone out socket Spare internal 5.25 & 3.5 power connector Computer connection cables & DC output cables included Order code [PBMF] Excellent value at Data Switch boxes Ideal solution to the increase in number of things you need to plug/unplug in to the back of your computer. Connect the box to the appropriate port on your computer, then connect up to four devices to the box. You can then switch between connected devices as required. Bridging lead included. Note: pictures each show 2 boxes, front & back views. Parallel data switch box (top right). Four parallel in/out sockets to one. [PDS] Serial data switch box (bottom right). Four serial (9 pin) in/out sockets to one. Note: gender changer needed for outlet [SDS] MONITOR SWITCHBOX A simple means of switching one computer between two monitors or one monitor between two computers (or indeed one monitor between a PC and a video editor). [MSB] Suitable cables for monitor switchbox connection. 15 way HD plug to 15 way HD plug (PC/editor to switchbox) 2m [MSBL] 7.99 Monitor switchbox pack. All that's required to share one monitor between two devices, one MSB plus two MSBL cables as above [MSPACK] Faster delivery options available (at extra cost) Keene PC Patch Bay What does it do? Keene Electronics PC PATCH BAY moves AV input/output connections from the back of your computer to the front (bottom picture shows installed PC Patch Bay). How does it work? The front panel connections of the PC PATCH BAY, which fits into any spare CD ROM size drive bay on your computer, are mirrored on its back panel. Using your own leads (or a lead pack from Keene) the existing AV inputs/outputs on the back of the computer are connected to the corresponding connections on the back panel of the PC PATCH BAY, routing the leads through the computer. Presto! All those hard to reach connections at the back of your computer are now conveniently to hand at the front. The PC PATCH BAY front panel provides connections* for: S-video in and out (S-video sockets) Composite video in and out (RCA phono sockets) Three combined stereo audio in (1 x RCA socket pair, 2 x 3.5mm stereo jack sockets) Two common stereo audio out (1 x RCA socket pair, 1 x 3.5mm stereo jack socket) Microphone (3.5mm jack socket) USB type A (socket) DV (IEEE1394 I-link socket) KE Audio Computer Memory cards *The PC PATCH BAY moves existing connections to a more convenient location on your PC. It will not add functionality or connectability that is not already present. [PCPB] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product PC PATCH BAY LEAD PACK A selection of leads ideal for connecting the Keene PC Patch bay to pretty much anything you've got inside your computer! Comprises: Stock code Description Length (m Qty USBAA075 USB A plug to A plug KLFW6 IEEE pin to 6 pin KLDE6 3.5 stereo jack plug to jack plug KLD stereo jack plug to 2 phono plugs KLD9 2 phono plugs to 2 phono plugs KLD13G05 s-video plug to s-video plug KLD39 Phono plug to phono plug video grade PC Patch Bay Leads kit [PBLK] PC Patch Bay plus Leads Kit bundle [PBKIT]

40 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 PC SWITCHBOX At last, an easy way to work two computers from just one keyboard, mouse & monitor. Ready to run straight out of the box, the kit includes all the required cables. Features: Keyboard and mouse emulation for error free PC boot up Keyboard and Mouse are 'Hot Pluggable' at any time without turning off the PC Keyboard states automatically saved and restored when switching computers Supports M/S Intellimouse (Pro), Explorer and Optical Operating system independent Hot Key and push button selection for easy computer access Resolution 1920 x Connection types are PS2 for keyboard & mouse and 15 pin HD for the monitor [KVM505] REAR PANEL EXTENDERS Simple but very effective, these adaptors make it easy to connect to your VCR/Casablanca/PC/DVD/Games console etc without having to reach around to the rear every time. Just plug the cable into your rear panel sockets and fasten the panel on top (or wherever you find convenient, cable length 1m, Velcro fastening supplied). You now have front AV connections! Two models are available; With 3 x phono sockets for stereo audio & composite video (top right [RPE] 3.99 With 3 x phono sockets plus s-video socket (bottom right) [RPES] 4.99 IEEE port hub A stackable 6 port Firewire hub that can be used self powered or with the (supplied) mains adaptor. 5 ports are the conventional 6 pin type and one is the camcorder type 4 pin. (NB there only 6 ports in total so on the basis that one must be a feed its probably more honest to call this a 1 to 5 port hub). Approx size 100mm x 95 x 38mm. [FW6PH] USB BLUETOOTH DONGLE Our new USB dongle is Bluetooth V1.1 and USB V1.1 compliant, which can be used with any desktop or laptop PC to wirelessly connect and synchronise with other Bluetooth enabled devices. It has an operational range of 10m (33ft) and a data transfer rate of 723 kbps. It makes it very easy to transfer files between Bluetooth enabled mobile phones, printers, digital cameras, PDAs etc. A comprehensive Bluetooth device management program is also supplied. Product Features: Compliant with Bluetooth specification 1.1 Compliant with USB 1.1 specification Full speed class 2 Bluetooth operation Operation range 10m (33ft) Maximum data transfer rate 723 kbps Low power consumption Plug and play compatible BQB qualified Bluetooth device Supports: System Discovery, OBEX, FTP, Dial Up, LAN, Serial Port and Active Sync. Supplied with Bluetooth Management Software for Windows. System requirements: PC Desktop or Notebook that can support USB Windows 98SE, ME, 2000 & XP Compatible. [USBBTD] Browse and buy on-line at CAT 5E networking components UTP Cat 5E cable Unshielded 4 pair twisted cable. 24AWG non-plenum horizontal (solid conductor). Beige sheath metre marked, with rip cord (305m pack only). ANSI/EIA/TIA-568-A-5, ISO/IEC-11801/BS EN 50173, UL444, UL1581, UL 1666 approved. Order code [KBL23] loose by the metre or 305m pack in easy-pull box 1 10m 0.27/m 10+m 0.24/m 305m reel ( 0.21/m) Couplers & connectors Cat 5E coupler, back to back RJ45 sockets [C5EC] 4.99 RJ45 clear plastic crimp-on end connector, suitable for KBL23xx cable. [RJ45C] 0.35 RJ45 crimp tool for easy fixing of RJ45 end connectors. [RJ45T] Patch panels Cat 5E 110/KRONE IDC patch panels, conforming to and exceeding Cat 5E performance requirements. Of modular design, the modules, each of which accommodates 6 50U hard gold outlets, are mounted in a standard EIA 19 rack mount panel with top, bottom and side cable entry. Modules are easily unloaded. Transparent holders for write-on designation labels at front and rear. FCC part 68 compliant, wiring to T568B (WECO)/T568A 110/KRONE specification. UL approved and EC verified. Panels available with 3, 4, 6 and 8 modules (18, 24, 36 and (pictured) 48 outlets). 18 port [PP18] port [PP24] port [PP36] port [PP48] U wall mounting cabinet Ideal for storing equipment conforming to standard 19 rack mount specifications. 6U high. Case and hinged section of rigid welded construction with grey finish are fully earthed to BS EN Removable panels for easy access, vented top aids cooling, Easy cable access at top and bottom via removable plates. [6UC] CAT5 outlet components RJ45 fascia plate for network connections containing IDC connections for UTP cable (suitable cable KBL23). A clip-in ID plate allows for easy labelling. Single port version [UTPSP] 5.99 Twin port version (pictured) [UTPTP] 7.99 Surface mount pattress box 25mm deep for use with CAT5 fascia plates [UTPP] 2.99 Pattress box 45mm deep has breakouts for cable entry on four sides and bottom. [NPB] 1.99 Modular system: multi outlet faceplates to accommodate RJ45 outlet modules 2 gang (pic left) [2GFP] gang (pic right) [4GFP] 3.99 RJ45 outlet module to fit face plates 2GFP & 4GFP [RJ45O] 3.99 BT modular telephone socket for use with 2 and 4 gang modular faceplates Master [BTMO] 4.49 Slave [BTMOS] 3.99 Blanking plates to fit modular face plates 1 blank (pic) [1GBP] /2 blanks [2GBP] 1.00 Patch leads 0.5m beige [PLB05] m beige [PLB20] m blue [PLBL20] m red [PLR20] m beige [PLB50] m beige [PLB100] 6.49 Network cabling kit Comprises all the cable, connectors and tools to hard wire a network of four computers (expandable to 8): 50m Cat 5E cable, 4 x twin outlet surface mount boxes with fixings, 4 x patch leads, cable stripper/punchdown tool. [NWCC]

41 Memory cards & accessories Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Sandisk memory cards Types of memory card All of these cards essentially do the same job which is to store data, be it music (MP3 files) pictures or data. They can be thought of as a solid state (no moving parts) floppy disc with a greater storage capacity and much quicker read/write times. They are mostly used in MP3 players, digital stills cameras, hand held computers (PDAs) and some camcorders. Since they can hold different type of information they can be all be thought of as multimedia cards, but (and this is where it gets confusing) there is only one that is actually called a "multimedia card" Compact Flash type 1 cards are about the size of a book of matches and have 50 pin hole connectors in two rows along one edge of the card. They can also be used in type 11 slots and a PCMCIA (laptop) slot with an adaptor Compact Flash Ultra2 cards are a faster version of the type 1 card. Ideal for use in professional photography where it is important to be able to write a large image to disk quickly in order to get the next shot. CF Ultra 2 cards have a sustained write speed of 9MB/second, ideal for high speed high quality digital photography. Multimedia cards are about postage stamp size (32 x 24mm x 1.4mm). Secure Digital (SD) are almost identical to Multimedia cards but have an added write protect tag. Multimedia cards may be used in SD card slots, but not vice versa. Memory card adaptors UNICARD adaptor PCMCIA adaptor which takes Smart Media, Multimedia, Secure Digital and Memory Stick cards [UNICARD] Smart Media adaptor Converts Smart Media cards to ATA (PCMCIA) format [SMA] Reduced Size Multimedia RS-MMC cards are tiny (18 x 24 x 1.4 mm) cards primarily designed for mobile phones Mini-SD cards are 60% smaller than a standard SD card. Smart Media (SM) cards measure 45 x 37 x 0.76mm XD cards measure 20 x 25 x 1.7mm Memory Stick measures 50 x 21.5 x 2.8 mm and has a maximum capacity of 128MB. Memory Stick Duo is a smaller (20 x 31 x 1.6mm) version of Memory Stick and may be used in a Memory stick slot with an adaptor. Memory Stick PRO is the same physical size as Memory Stick with larger capacity although it can only be used with Memory Stick PRO compatible devices ñ it is NOT interchangeable with Memory Stick! Memory Stick PRO DUO is a smaller version of Memory Stick Pro and may be used in Memory Stick Pro devices with the adaptor. Memory Stick Pro Ultra2 has a faster write speed and is designed for pro digital photography Transflash cards are about the size of a mobile SIM card and designed for mobile data INTERNAL 6-IN-1 CARD MEDIA READER/WRITER A 6 in 1 memory reader/writer, suitable for Compact Flash, Smart Media, Memory Stick, Secure Digital, Multi Media Card and Microdrive memory cards, that s cleverly squeezed into a patch bay housing. Simply fit it into a spare CDRom or floppy disk sized bay (5.25 bracket included) and connect the supplied cable to your USB port. Thanks to the software included it is possible to copy data from one type of card to another with a single mouse movement. Much tidier than external card readers it is ideal for digital camera owners. 4 media types can be used at the same time. Suitable for Windows 98/ME/2000/XP/Mac OS. [CN305] We can supply storage media for just about any digital device on the market. We only supply Sandisk cards as we are confident of the quality of their product. If you can't see the type of card you need (or you're just not sure!) please give us a call and we'll do our best to help. [CF64] SANDISK COMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD 64MB [CF128] SANDISK COMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD 128MB [CF256] SANDISK COMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD 256MB [CF512] SANDISK COMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD 512MB [CF1GB] SANDISK COMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD 1GB [CF2GB] SANDISK COMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD 2GB [CF4GB] SANDISK 4 MB COMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD [U2CF256] SANDISK ULTRA 2 COMPACT FLASH 256MB MEMORY CARD [U2CF512] SANDISK ULTRA 2 COMPACT FLASH 512MB MEMORY CARD [U2CF1GB] SANDISK ULTRA 2 COMPACT FLASH 1GB MEMORY CARD [U2CF2GB] SANDISK ULTRA 2 COMPACT FLASH 2GB MEMORY CARD [UPCMCIA] ULTRA PCMCIA ADAPTOR FOR ULTRA COMPACT FLASH CARDS 9.99 [MMC64] SANDISK MULTIMEDIA MEMORY CARD 64MB [MMC128] SANDISK MULTIMEDIA MEMORY CARD 128MB [RSMMC128] SANDISK REDUCED SIZE MULTIMEDIA CARD 128MB [MS128] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK 128MB [MS128P] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO 128MB [MS256P] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO 256MB [MS512P] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO 512MB [MS1GBP] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO 1GB [MSD64] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK DUO 64MB [MSD128] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK DUO 128MB [MSD256P] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO DUO 256MB [MSD512P] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO DUO 512MB [MS2GBP] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO 2GB [MSD128P] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO DUO 128MB [MS256PU] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO ULTRA 2 256MB [MS512PU] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO ULTRA 2 512MB [MS1GBPU] SANDISK SONY TYPE MEMORY STICK PRO ULTRA 2 1GB [SD32] SANDISK SECURE DIGITAL MEMORY CARD 32MB [SD64] SANDISK SECURE DIGITAL MEMORY CARD 64MB [SD128] SANDISK SECURE DIGITAL MEMORY CARD 128MB [SD256] SANDISK SECURE DIGITAL MEMORY CARD 256MB [SD512] SANDISK SECURE DIGITAL MEMORY CARD 512MB [SD1GB] SANDISK SECURE DIGITAL MEMORY CARD 1GB [U2SD256] SANDISK ULTRA 2 SECURE DIGITAL 256MB MEMORY CARD [U2SD512] SANDISK ULTRA 2 SECURE DIGITAL 512MB MEMORY CARD [MINISD64] SANDISK MINI SECURE DIGITAL 64MB MEMORY CARD [MINISD128] SANDISK MINI SECURE DIGITAL 128MB MEMORY CARD [MINISD256] SANDISK MINI SECURE DIGITAL 256MB MEMORY CARD [SM128] SANDISK SMART MEDIA MEMORY CARD 128MB [TF64] SANDISK TRANSFLASH 64MB MEDIA CARD [TF128] SANDISK TRANSFLASH 128MB MEDIA CARD [XD64] SANDISK XD MEMORY CARD 64MB [XD128] SANDISK XD MEMORY CARD 128MB [XD256] SANDISK XD MEMORY CARD 256MB [XD512] SANDISK XD MEMORY CARD 512MB USB 2 12-IN-1 MULTI CARD READER A small compact USB 2 (or 1) card reader thatís compatible with CompactFlash (type I+II), MicroDrive, SecureDigital, Mini SD, Multimedia, RS-MMC, SmartMedia, MemoryStick, Memory Stick Duo and XD! Also included is PhotoRescue software & ULEAD Explorer 8.0 SE Order code [USB2CR9] Memory card storage cases Smart Media/Compact Flash card box [CFBOX] 1.99 Multimedia/Secure Digital card box [MMCBOX] 1.99 Combi box (pictured), holds up to four Compact Flash cards or up to 8 SmartMedia cards plus 1 PCMCIA card. [PCMBOX] 5.99 Computer Memory cards Video editing 39

42 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Video Post-production In art, economy is always beauty Henry James What is Editing? Editing is the process of removing unwanted scenes and arranging footage into the desired order. The dramatic impact of a film depends largely on the arrangement of scenes, and this is why there is a Hollywood Oscar specifically for editing. Proper editing is just as important for your home videos. It is impossible to edit video by splicing the tape in the same manner as cine film. Video editing is therefore done by producing another copy of the original, and removing or changing scenes in the process. If desired, titles and other effects can be added at this stage. There are several ways of achieving the same end result: a) It is possible to shoot your footage very carefully so that the end result when played back is exactly how you want it. This is called "in camera editing". It is very difficult to do, as it allows for no corrections or re-takes and means very careful alignment before each section is shot. b) Editing can be done manually, simply by connecting your play VCR (or camcorder) to a record VCR and changing it from record to record pause at the scenes you want to remove. This is assemble-editing at its most basic. Problems usually occur with the timing of each sequence, as it is difficult to be accurate and if you make a mistake anywhere you will need to start over from the beginning again. c) Editing can be done manually with the help of a processor. This will enable you to fade the footage out at the end of one sequence, and fade back in at the start of another. This gives a smooth transition from one scene to another, and is often more pleasing to the viewer than the "jump cut" approach (from method b). Some video mixers will even make it possible to fade and dissolve moving footage. d) You can use a linear editing system, which can either be a stand alone dedicated package or a software (and sometimes hardware) package that functions in conjunction with a computer. Either lets you run through your tape and select the scenes you want, then copies these in the chosen order to the destination machine. e) You can use a non-linear editing system such as a PC (with capture card) or a stand-alone system such as Casablanca. These systems allow you to effectively view the finished production before its committed to tape (or disc). See the non-linear info section for more details. Video editing 40 Video mixing & digital effects generation 42 Video titling 43 Capture utilities 44 Video editing Hama Easycut A simple-to-use edit controller with built in audio mixer, giving you an easy way to cut all your unwanted footage, rearrange the scenes and add music or commentary. Very easy to use, with onscreen displays and full instructions. Compatible with all Control-L LANC and Panasonic 5 pin and 11 pin camcorders it has a 192 scene memory with options of straight cut, fade to and from white or black transitions. STAND ALONE LINEAR Connections are: Player (source machine) 3 x RCA phono plus s-video; Auxiliary audio input 2 x RCA phono; Mic input 2 x 3.5mm jack sockets (for L & R); Recorder (destination machine) 3 x RCA phono plus s-video; Player and Recorder control jacks; 2.5mm stereo headphone jack. Includes UK power supply, 1 x LANC cable, 1 x Panasonic 5 pin cable, 1 x 3 phono - 3 phono cable, 1 x 2 phono - 2 phono cable, 1 x IR wand, 1 x commentary microphone, 1 pair stereo headphones and instruction manual. Originally [HEC] Datavideo SE-200 STAND ALONE LINEAR Combines an audio mixer (3 stereo channels with LED metering), colour processor (RGB control with joystick, colour saturation and brightness), special effects generator (24 different wipe patterns with T-bar control), colour titler (3 fonts, 4 text sizes, eight background colours plus video, 24 characters per line, 11 lines per page, 2600 character/110 line memory, text can be wiped, scrolled or crawled at varying speeds), and edit controller (can control two source decks and one record deck. Memory holds up to four EDLs each up to 99 scenes, RCTC and VITC compatible). Can be combined with the TBC 2000 or TBC 3000 time base correctors to give two source A/B edit control with cross-fades, rolls and dissolves Supports RCTC, VITC and GPI triggers. Connections info: Player 1 and 2 connections each 3 x RCA phono + 4-pin S-video, GPI trigger socket, IR socket, 2 x LANC sockets, aux. in 2 x RCA phono, 3 x RCA phono + 4-pin S-video recorder connections, DC power socket Included: Microphone, UK power supply, IR wand, 2 x Pana control cables, JLIP control cable, 2 x LANC control cables, Instruction manual, instructional video (VHS) [SE200] Source machine Where the signal is coming from. Most commonly a camcorder, but could also be another VCR. Destination machine Where the signal is being sent. Most commonly a VCR or TV. What is non-linear and linear editing? Linear editing is the conventional tape-to-tape method, whereby an edit controller is used to co-ordinate the copying of the selected scenes in the desired order. Nonlinear editing is a process usually performed on a computer or Casablanca type system whereby all the footage is digitised (ie transferred to a hard drive), then edited and the finished tape (or disc) produced from that edited digital footage. Because captured video represents a lot of data this requires fairly large hard drives and a fair amount of processing power to be used effectively. Historically very expensive, although advances in data compression and tumbling hardware costs make this solution ever more affordable for the average video enthusiast. What are generations? The tape on which you first recorded your footage is known as the first generation or original tape. A copy of this original is a second generation copy, a copy from this second generation tape is third generation, and so on. With the exception of digital, quality is reduced in each successive generation, when editing it's best to try and keep the number of generations as low as possible. 40 What is timecode? A timecode is a unique electronically generated number that is assigned to each individual frame of the film. Conventional Linear (tape to tape) editing becomes easier with equipment that can make use of timecode because the edit controller can repeatedly find the exact frame it requires. Timecode systems include VITC (Vertical Interval Time Code) and RCTC (Rewritable Consumer Time Code). Even if your equipment doesn't support timecode, you can still use an edit controller to give reasonably accurate results. All VCRs identify the start of each frame with a sync pulse. Linear edit controllers can count these sync pulses and display them alongside the normal hours, minutes and seconds display to give an additional 0 to 25 frame count as the tape is running. It is not as "intelligent" as timecode in that it can be fooled by stretched or damaged tape, or tape slip, but is usually more accurate than manual editing A word on accuracy - the holy grail of all linear video editors appears to be "single frame accurate". Production of an edit that is accurate to one frame is not wholly down to the type of edit controller used, but is also down to the equipment used for source and destination. Different VCRs have different response times to instructions they receive. A good linear edit controller will allow you to compensate for these response times, but not all equipment will operate with 100% consistency. When considering the accuracy of your editing, remember that just one second of film contains 25 frames.

43 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Computer editing / capture cards Over the years we ve tried most video editing cards going. Some were very good, some were OK and some were simply awful. We ve now arrived at a fairly simple conclusion. The best way to go is Firewire ñ even if you only want to edit analogue footage. It s easy to install (without tears) an IEEE1394 host card into almost any PC running Windows (98SE or later). Then, to edit analogue footage simply use an external analogue to DV convertor (eg DAC100). This combination allows you to capture from analogue or DV footage and record back out to analogue or DV if desired. We always supply the host card with some basic editing software that will get you up and running and, as the card is an industry standard, you can at any stage use other software from say Pinnacle or Adobe. As a general rule of thumb you ll need this spec machine or higher; Win98SE (must must must be SE!) or later 13GB of free disk space per hour of footage you want to capture 600MHz or faster processor 256MB or more RAM Firewire DV Edit Package An internal (PCI) host card that provides three fast IEEE1394 connections. Once fitted you can use this card to connect other Firewire devices eg scanners, camcorders, DVCR etc. Also included is the MGI VideoWave SE video editing software (v3). Just connect the supplied 4 pin Firewire cable and you're ready to edit straight from your DV camcorder. Can also be used with other software eg Premiere & Ulead etc. Fantastic value [FWHC] Money saving digital video editing special offers [DAC100] DV/AV convertor (page 50) plus [FWHC] Firewire host card package (above) [DACPAK1] Firewire 8 port switchbox A useful product, this is not a conventional hub but a true switchbox. The VS81FW is a high quality mechanical eight port switcher for Firewire (IEEE 1394) signals, using six-pin Firewire connectors. It is designed for applications requiring a compact desktop unit for routing Firewire signals (Digital Video, Data, etc.) between any two of eight sources and eight output devices. The machine allows connection of up to 8 bi-directional sources/destinations and to select a link between any pair of machines. This allows for simple wiring in small DV production studios. Note that the VS-81FW can only provide one signal path at any given time (one active crosspoint) - it cannot distribute a signal to multiple outputs simultaneously. The unit switches over the power as well, thus allowing the powering of one Firewire device from another, which is connected to the switcher (for example, powering a hub/distributor from a Firewire card). High quality switching components and carefully designed circuits provide excellent isolation between inputs, and make the VS-81FW ideal for high frequency signals up to 400 MB/s. No external power required. DIMENSIONS: 18.8 cm X 10.2 cm X 4.4 cm [VS81FW] Ultra long DV cables These high quality IEEE1394 / FireWire cable with 200Mbps capabilities means that you can now easily send digital data over longer distances whilst still maintaining both the quality and integrity of the information. 10m Firewire cable [DDV10] m Firewire cable [DDV20] m Firewire cable [DDV40] High speed USB 2 PCI card USB 2.0 (aka USB Hi-Speed) is the next evolution of USB providing a much higher bandwidth, higher even than Firewire! USB 2.0 runs at 480 Mbps, some 40 times faster than USB1.1. USB 2.0 is backwardly compatible with USB 1.1 and is compatible with Win98SE, 2000, XP & Mac OS USB port controller Card (PCI style) [USB2CC] USB 2.0 certified cables see Leads & Cables FIREWIRE LAPTOP DV EDIT PACKAGE A laptop edit package consisting of a PCMCIA card, software and cable. The PCMCIA card provides two IEEE pin Firewire ports. Once fitted you can use this card to connect to other Firewire devices (eg scanners) as well as DV camcorders. The pack includes Ulead Videostudio (v5) editing software plus the additional Ulead DVD plug software plug in to help you turn your finished production into a DVD. (The PCMCIA card can also be used with other editing software eg Premiere should you wish.) Also included is a 4 pin to 6 pin Firewire cable. Excellent value for money. Package contains: 2 port IEEE1394 cardbus Ulead video Studio software Ulead DVD plug-in software 4 pin to 6 pin Firewire cable (2m) System requirements: Any computer with a 32-Bit Cardbus/PCMCIA Type II slot; Windows 98SE (Second Edition) or ME or 2000 or XP; Recommended minimum specification: 500MHz or faster processor with 128MB RAM and 13GB of free disk space per hour of DV footage to be captured. Compatibility This card requires the 32bit style cardbus PCMCIA slot to operate. Older Laptops (1998 or earlier) may have the older style 16bit PCMCIA slots. To check, open Windows device manager and look at the properties for the PCMCIA socket. As long as it mentions ìcardbusî it will be OK, If not, then it will not be compatible with this package. [FWHCL] Money saving digital video editing special offer [DAC100] DV/AV convertor (PAGE 50) plus [FWHCL] Firewire host card package for laptops (above) [DACPAK2] DVREP1 (1 in 1 out) The DVREP1 acts as a joining device between two 6 pin DV cables - ideal for creating long Firewire cable runs. It can be used with a 4 pin to 6 pin adaptor (code 43100) although the unit is BUS powered so one end MUST be powered by connection to a 6 pin device (not camcorder). It is supplied complete with cable ties and the case has slots to allow these to secure the DV cables. This means you can attach the repeater and cables to the ceiling, lay them in a cable trough or keep them on a cable roll for staging applications. It includes an "active" led so you can tell when everything is working. [DVREP1] DVREP (1 in 5 out) This tiny device has six, 6-pin IEEE1394 compliant cable ports, (100/200 and 400 Megabits per second) which will allow any DV edit suite to have multiple devices connected at the same time; with either selective or simultaneous data transfer (simultaneously with asynchronous and isochronous data transfers without changing cables). The device itself can be either line powered (from a 6 pin device not camcorder) or via the supplied mains adaptor. The DV Repeater is capable of working with up to 63 cascaded FireWire devices each of which may send or receive information. Compatible with PC Windows 98/SE/ME/XP/2000 systems and imac systems. You can also use the DV repeater with up to five 20 metre FireWire cables to create a 200m cable run. [DVREP] Memory cards Video editing Video mixing & titling 41

44 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Datavideo Time Base Correctors Datavideo TBC100 Datavideo TBC1000 time base corrector & distribution amp Datavideo TBC-7000 with dual Chromakey Most camcorders will not produce a completely stable synchronised video signal, and although not always apparent whilst viewing, it can cause problems like dropped frames when capturing the signal to a computer. A time base corrector makes a useful companion to any PC capture card, ensuring steady, stable pictures. It also comes in useful at the make tape stage, and can of course be used with any linear editing system should you wish. The TBC100 is a full frame digital time base corrector in the style of a PCI card. It doesn t actually connect to the PC (except as a power supply), the styling is merely for ease of use. Simply fit into a spare slot in your computer, connect power from a spare hard drive connector and it s ready to go.provides S-video and composite connections, in and out [TBC100] Distributes a single source to up to four TV monitors or video recorders. Provides wide bandwidth with low noise and low distortion, giving affordable high quality results. Y/C and composite video connections together with stereo audio, also contains a full frame 4:2:2 time base corrector for rock-solid copies. [TBC1000] Datavideo TBC3000 Top quality time base corrector with full frame memory. Controls for contrast, colour and brightness, digital freeze-frame (still). S- video and composite connections. Can be used with SE200 editor to genlock two video sources together and produce A/B rolls, dissolves and other digital effects. Dual channel, allows seamless fade from A to B back to A again [TBC3000] Make copies of your video without any noticeable signal loss or noise. The TBC-7000 is a dual layer chroma key and time base corrector packed with professional features including dual channel colour bar pattern generator, independent colour adjustment processing and Genlock With three inputs and two outputs you can use the 7000 to input one camera source, one background source and also a foreground source. You can easily adjust the chroma effect by using the key colour and key level switches [TBC7000] Video mixing and digital effects products Video mixing Most processors have facilities for more than one video input but you end up with a very noticeable glitch or snowstorm if you attempt to switch from one to the other whilst recording. This is because the sources are not synchronised, and so one machine will not be sending the right information for the picture at the same time as the other one. Some of the more expensive processors are able to mix two separate video sources together to enable very professional looking results to be created. To enable this to happen the processor has to be able to synchronise the two video signals together. This is achieved by storing a full frame of video in its memory, and then releasing it at exactly the right time to coincide with the picture information from the other video source. This what makes this type of processor relatively expensive. Once synchronised, the mixer allows a variety of wipes/fades and dissolves to take place from one source to another. This type of editing process is sometimes called an A/B roll because two separate source machines, ( A and B ) are rolling (playing) at the same time. Dependant upon the make and model of the mixer, some common effects that can be used are: Picture in picture Where picture B is reduced in size and shares the screen with picture A. The size and position on the screen of picture B can be varied. Mosaic The picture is divided into a chess board pattern with each square being a solid colour. The size of the squares can be varied to produce an abstract type picture. Strobe Still pictures are periodically taken from the video signal. The strobe rate can be varied. Wipe Picture A is wiped off the screen and picture B follows in its wake. This can be done in a variety of ways, top to bottom, left to right etc Slide Similar to a wipe except that the picture itself is not revealed as in a wipe, but stays complete and slides off the screen. Tumble The picture collapses into an ever smaller spinning square to disappear into the centre of the screen. Chroma key This is the process of keying one picture over another to deceive the viewer. A subject is videoed in front of a coloured panel (usually blue), and the mixer is set up to recognise this colour and electronically replace it with the signal from the other video source. This technique is most commonly used to make the TV weather man appear as if he is in front of his computer generated map, but with a little imagination it adds endless possibilities to your movie making. Luma key Similar process to Chroma key, but using a level of brightness rather than colour to define the area in which the signals will overlay. CMX-07 DIGITAL VIDEO MIXER A real-time video mixer & effects processor, the CMX07 has a built in TBC for full mixing and fading of two video sources. Features chroma (Blue Box) and Luma key effects for superimposing. Digital effects include mosaic, strobe, freeze, paint and negative. Hundreds of colour wipe and fade patterns to choose from. 2 x Composite and S-Video inputs/outputs. Also Auxiliary audio inputs, microphone inputs and headphone output. Features: 4 video inputs 2 composite and 2 S-Video. 2-channel full-field digital synchronization. Special effects in each of A/B program buses. 2 Video inputs mixable with composite and S-Video sources. 2 Audio/Video and S-Video recording outputs. Digital effects: Still, Strobe, Mosaic, Paint, Negative. Chroma key and Luminance key. Selective size and position for digital effects area and PIP windows. Picture in Picture control. (3 window sizes) Joystick control for altering the position of digital effect. 96 wipe patterns. 8 different selective back colours- White, Yellow, Cyan, Green, Magenta, Red, Blue, Black. Fade control for Video and Audio. Video and Audio mixing. 50 db S/N ratio Inputs/outputs: Video input:x 4 (Source 1, 2, 3, 4) 1.0 Vp-p 75Ω NTSC (PAL) composite signal, Pin-Jack Y/C input: Y signal: 1.0 Vp-p 75Ω, Mini Din 4-pin connector C signal: 0.3 Vp-p 75Ω, Mini Din 4- pin connector Audio input:-6 dbs/20 kω Pin Jack (L/R). MIC input: x 1 (MIC); -60 dbv/600ω AUX input: x 1 (AUX); -6 dbs/20 kω Pin Jacks(L/R) x 2 (Video out 1,2) Video output:1.0 Vp-p 75Ω NTSC (PAL) composite signal, Pin-Jacks Y/C output:y signal: 1.0 Vp-p 75Ω C signal: 0.3 Vp-p 75Ω, Mini Pin 4-pin connector Audio output: 6 dbs/ 1 k? Pin Jacks(L/R) x 4 (monitor out) video output: 1.0 Vp-p 75Ω composite signal, Pin-Jacks x 1 (Headphone); -20 dbv~ -80 dbv, 8Ω unbalance, phone-5 jack Video: Still, Strobe, Mosaic, Paint, Negative, Wipe, Mix, Fade,Picture-In-Picture, Chroma key, Luminance key White, Yellow, Cyan, Green, Magenta, Red, Blue, Black 96 patterns video: 48 db (composite), 50 db (Y/C) Audio: 60 db Power requirements: 12V DC Approx. 15W Dimensions: 400(W) x 300(D) x 55(H) mm Weight: 2.5 Kg [CMX07]

45 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Datavideo SE800 DV MIXER An all digital four channel video mixer/switcher. It functions as a multi-video format converter with colour processor. Select from more than 100 digital effects with 30 Instant playback keys. You also get a four channel audio mixer with A/V sync calibration. There are 4 video Inputs and 1 output (which can be DV, Component Y.U.V., S (Y/C), Composite), and a "PC link" port that allows you to use your PC as a character generator and graphics source. Now shipping updated model with RS232 control and DV ports changed to 6 pin for line powering of DVREP1 cable extenders (see p.44) Features: Dual channel TBC with YUV 4:2:2 frame synchronizer for composite, S (Y/C) and component YUV. inputs and outputs. Switchable input selects from DV (DV25), component YUV, S (Y/C) or composite video. Built in DAC convertors turn analog into digital. SDI port (bi-directional) digital Y.U.V. Connects to an expansion graphics card for video overlays of text and graphics from a PC. Built in RGB. colour processor with memory. Colour correction settings may be saved, for each input. Programmable mosaic effects with joystick positioning. Digital effects include: A/B Rolls, A/B Dissolves, Chroma-Keying, Mosaics, PIP, Strobes, Scaling, Negatives, Fades and wipes. 30 instant Pre-programmable playback function keys Four channel stereo mixer with stereo microphone and earphone connections. Aluminum case for increased protection in the field. Specifications: Video Formats: Analogue Y/C, Composite CCIR601 NTSC and PAL (PAL and NTSC are separate models) Analogue YUV. Video; Sony Betacam standard DV interface, format at Y.U.V. 4:1:1 NTSC or Y.U.V. 4:2:0 PAL 25Mbps bit rate Video Inputs: 4 - DV, Component, S (Y/C), Composite Video Output: 1 - DV, Component, S (Y/C), Composite 1 - SDI Output Audio Inputs: 4 - Video sources A to D, Music, Aux., Stereo Microphone Audio Output: Stereo main and stereo earphone with volume control 1.0W rms 16 ohm Audio Sync: Delay Time: - 3 Frames to + 20 Frames Dual Channel Time Base Correction: Full Frame Synchronization, 4:2:2, 13.5MHz Digital Effects including: A/B rolls, A/B dissolves, PIP, border lines, chroma key, zoom, mosaic, negative, art paint, and over 100 digital effects with 3 transition speeds position control With mosaic effects full screen position control by joystick with 3 rounded mosaic size options Instant Playback Keys F01 to F30, 30 Pre-programmed keys RS-232 Data Control Port for Software Updates GPI control: remote trigger control, with Pre-programmed effects in sequence from F01 to F30 Digital Y.U.V. Interface: SDI (SMPTE 259M-C 270Mbps) Colour Processing: Brightness +/-10% Contrast +/- 3dB Colour +3/-10dB RGB. White Balance: ± 10 Degrees Video bandwidth: component 5.0 MHz S (Y/C) 5.0 MHz composite 4.5 MHz Signal/Noise ratio: Video > 50 db; Audio > 65 db Audio: 20 to 20kHz +/-3dB DG, DP +/- 2%, 1 degree; THD <0.1% Dimensions: W x D x H 430m/m x 420m/m x 120m/m; Weight: 5.5 Kg Power supply: Input: AC 90 To 240V auto-sensing Output: DC 15V/ 50W Separate brochure available on request or visit [SE800] Also available as an analogue video only model (without DV or SDI), to which DV I/O and SDI boards can be added at a later date [SE800AV] analogue video capable only SE800DVI DV input board for SE800AV (per input) SE800DVO DV output board for SE800AV SDI overlay board for SE800AV DATAVIDEO TLM404 RACKMOUNT LCD MONITORS A 19 rack mount array of four x 4 colour LCD monitors ideal for integration into a studio environment or for mounting directly on to the Datavideo SE800 digital mixer by means of the optional bracket (see pic). Each monitor has brightness, contrast & colour saturation adjustment, a tally light., and at the rear of each there is a composite (BNC) input and a loop-through BNC output. There is also an RS232 connection and a 12V DC power socket. The casing is very robust, made from steel & aluminium and the design allows the monitors to be tilted through 90 degrees even when rackmounted. [TLM404] Datavideo Monitors Bracket For use attaching the TLM404 monitors to the SE800 mixer [TLM404B] Video titling How do titlers work? There are basically three ways to put titles onto your video: a) Simply hand write or draw the title on a piece of paper or board, video it, and then edit this in with your other footage. b) Use the camcorder s title memory (if your camcorder offers this facility - not all do). This allow you to store a basic title in the camcorder s memory and then superimpose it over the footage at the appropriate point when filming. c) Use a titling machine. This will electronically generate the characters for you, and allow you to superimpose them over your footage at will when editing. Needless to say, this is considerably easier and will give far more professional looking results than the other methods described above. Videonics Personal Titlemaker The Personal TitleMaker incorporates many of the features found in high-end Videonicscharacter generators -- like high-resolution titles in over one million colors, see-through video effects. There's even scroll and crawl, so you can give yourself credit! Personal TitleMaker has lots of other features like patterns, fades and wipes Features Composite (RCA), Y/C (S-Video), In & Out 4K Internal Storage only Background Video, Color, Rainbow, Patterns Single GPI Trigger [VPT] Datavideo EZ10 The EZ-10 Titler provides 32 high-resolution (720 x 480) text fonts in 3 sizes, 256 colours and 37 rainbows/gradients. Using computer-style keyboard, create professional looking titles easily. Instructions displayed on-screen in easy-to-use menu format Play key for simple playback. Use with any GPI-compatible video editor. Technical Features: 32 High resolution (720 x 480) text fonts in 3 sizes. Letter edges remain smooth, even at largest size and auto spacing function keeps space between characters even and professional looking. 256 colours plus 37 rainbows/gradients. 35 characters per line, 9 lines per page (small size characters ) Text Shadow, Outline, background colours optional Scroll, Page Link, Wipe, Tickertape and Fade effects for text Internal memory stores up to two projects, 16 pages per project GPI Trigger Input Power: DC 12V (Mains adaptor included) Dimensions: 400mm(W) x 260mm(D) x 85mm(H) [EZ Videonics TitleMaker 3000 TitleMaker 3000 offers Over 200 font/size combinations; separate PC-standard mechanical keyboard; higher speed operation to support rapid typing and editing; real-time clock and calendar displays time and date on the screen; automated time trigger lets you play any project at a predetermined time and date and repeat at desired intervals. Model TM-3000, NTSC and PAL available. Features Composite (RCA), Y/C (S-Video), In & Out Audio Pass Through 16K Internal Storage only Backgrounds Video, Colour, Rainbow, Patterns Single GPI Trigger Clock and Date [TM3000] Pre-recorded video for titling/editing/mixing uses see Video Tape section video editing Video mixing, titling Capture utilities 43

46 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Video capture utilities DATAVIDEO DN-120 DV BANK High capacity DV recorders The DV Bank is an advanced Native DV hard drive recorder complete with a 120GB internal hard drive that allows the recording of up to 9 hrs of native DV at 1:1 compression. Unlike computer based FireWire drives the DV bank offers "instant on" (no boot up), has no 4GB file size limitation and does not rely on FAT32 technology - which ensures its reliability. With its simple to use VTR style control panel the DV bank is easy to use: it is recognised by your editing system as a DV device with full device control, it allows random access to any point and you can even benchmark and reference your footage for even quicker editing with both your existing studio, and location equipment. DV Bank is smart, works equally well with both Macs and PCs. DV Bank is the industry-standard, stand-alone solution that allows video professionals to capture digital video (DV) content directly to a high performance disk drive-based system while shooting or anytime afterwards. Its FireWire (IEEE-1394) interface allows direct capture from digital camcorders, VTRs or mixers and its simple and dependable VTR-style controls are very easy to use; integrating seamlessly with your existing studio and location equipment. DV Bank's innovative self contained processor is almost like having an on-line editing suite. It integrates all system and communication functions providing unprecedented "instant-on" service, eliminating the frustrating computer boot-up time lag that's typical of computerintegrated devices. With DV Bank, you can record all your footage to your DV Bank, then using it's editing capabilities, upload only those selected scenes to your computer for final editing; saving valuable storage space and expensive processing time on your computer. DV Bank's proprietary processor manages hard disk functions more reliably than computer-driven storage systems. It's exactly what every video pro is looking for, smart, easy and dependable. DATAVIDEO TL-1 INTERVALOMETER Time lapse & frame animation become affordable just add one of these to your DV camera and DN120 hard disk recorder (above). Once connected you can Set variable interval time (from 1fps to 1 frame per day) Set variable record duration (from 1 to 29 frames per interval recording) GPI snapshot recording for single frame record [TL1] Combo package DataVideo DN120 hard disk plus TL1 intervalometer [DN120KIT] Firestore FS4 The FireStore FS-4 is a portable hard disk recorder designed for video capture. Most Firewire hard disk recorders require you to re-capture the footage into the required format when you sit down to edit. What makes this product so different and so useful is that you can capture in ready-to-edit file formats! After shooting just connectt the Firestore to your computer and you can instantly edit straight on the timeline! You can capture as RawDV, AVI Type 1, AVI Type 2, AVI Type 2 24p, Matrox AVI, Canopus AVI, QuickTime or QuickTime 24p. The FS-4 Pro model also includes MXF, Pinnacle AVI and Avid DV-OMF support. Th unit is lightweight and only 37mm thick. You can mount it directly to your camcorder using the optional hot shoe adaptor (right), or clip it to your belt. It comes as standard with a 40GB (3 hours) hard drive while FS-4 Pro is available with either 40GB or 80GB (6 hour) capacities. Extend record times by linking two FS-4 units together for as much as 12 hours of recording! Both FS-4 models also feature slim removable battery packs or can be optionally powered via a wall outlet. Standard model [FS4] Pro model 40GB hard disk [FS4P40] Pro model 80GB hard disk [FS4P80] Additional 90 min battery pack [FS4BP] Innovative Uses In addition to in-studio, post-production and location use, DV Bank technology enables a wide variety of other innovative and valuable applications for a broad spectrum of industries and markets. With its 442-control capability, extra playback features, and secure, no-hassle automatic looping, the DV Bank really makes sense. Here's just a few examples of how DV Bank is being used outside of the DV video production facility: Medical, Scientific, Surveillance, Entertainment (DVD Playback Historical and Nostalgia), Educational (Museum Kiosks Training Aids), Marketing & Sales (In-store Displays Trade Show Booths). Key Features Fast and easy to set-up and use Loss-less DV 25: ("Mini DV") capture Random Access saves time and frustration Compact Size: ideal for location and mobile production Rugged and Reliable: stand-alone system; no computer needed Easy to Use: simple, reliable VTR-style controls on the front panel Compatible with Macintosh and PC: virtually all PC or Mac editing software supporting the industry standard AVC command set Simultaneous Record/View Flexible: record directly from any DV source (camera, computer or HD) or from any analogue video source (using Datavideo's Y.U.V.to DV Converter (DAC-2) Logistics and Production Simplified: bookmark your best takes on location for quicker, NLE back at your post production facility Can also be used with TL1 intervalometer for easy time lapse/ animation effects Specifications: Power Supply: AC Input AC V, 50/60Hz DC Input DC12V 40W Dimensions: Width: 170mm, Depth: 254mm, Height: 70mm Weight: 2.0kg [DN120] Combo package DataVideo DN120 hard disk plus TL1 intervalometer [DN120KIT] DATA cable Can be used as a DV-in enabler cable for Panasonic camcorders. If you own a Panasonic DV camcorder and you have a PC with internet access then you can (on most models) enable the DV-input either for free or at least for very little cost. First, visit the web site where you can download the necessary software for free and check your camcorder for compatibility. Assuming all is OK and you've got the software the next thing you need is a cable. The connection diagram is on the web site if you want to make one yourself, or if you own a Pronto or RC5000 remote control the PC link cable can be used, or, (and this is where we come in) we can supply you a ready made cable. Can also be used as a replacement data cable for the Marantz RC5000/Philips Pronto remote control [KLDTA1E] Ever thought of making your own LANC camcorder function controller/dv-in enabler? Find out how in the Downloads pages on our web site If you want to go ahead, Keene can help with some of the parts: PCB [LACB] 8.99 Programmed PIC chip [LAPIC] 9.99 Serial cable [9DEXTN] 7.99 LANC to 3.5mm jack [KLDE10]

47 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Conversion, duplication & distribution TV standards convertors Digital Standards Convertor A low cost high quality digital standards convertor with both s-video and composite connections.input systems: NTSC, NTSC 4.43, PAL, SECAM, output systems: NTSC, NTSC 4.43, PAL. Not suitable for PAL 60 signals. 12 Mbit field memory for up to 500 lines resolution. Built in AGC and TBC for optimum picture quality. Manual or auto input select. Complete with UK mains adaptor. Fantastic value for money. [KDV1000] Digital/analogue video convertor The CDM630 can cope with most video formats and uses 4Mbit field memory for a high quality conversion. It can be left to autodetect the input and you also have a manual override. Technical spec: Video input (composite): NTSC 3.58, NTSC 4.43, PAL BDGI, PAL M, PAL N, SECAM. Video output (composite): NTSC 3.58, NTSC 4.43, PAL BDGI, PAL M, PAL N. OK for PAL 60 signals. Power supply 15v DC 450mA (UK adaptor included). Dimensions 145(W) x 95(D) 34(H) mm [CDM630] Colour frequency convertor CN-100P Converts the colour frequency from NTSC to PAL. Perfect for connecting American VCRs; DVD players; games consoles or camcorders to a UK or European television. Before you order: To test if the CN-100P is suitable for your system first connect your NTSC equipment directly to your PAL TV using Composite Video RCA/Phono connections. Do not use the Aerial/Antenna connections. If you get a clear stable image, but it is in black & white then the CN-100P is suitable. The CN-100P will convert this to a clear stable colour image. If you get a rolling, scrambled or distorted image the CN-100P is not suitable. You will need a fully digital standards converter instead such as the KDV500. Please note that the output from a CN-100P is NOT suitable for recording. Technical: Input: 1 x Phono Composite Video 1V.p.p. signal 75ohms 1 x Phono audio; Output: 1 x Phono Composite Video 1V.p.p. signal 75ohms 1 x Phono audio. Control: Switch between conversion and by-pass Line or field conversion None Colour Frequency Conversion 3.58 to 4.43 Power Supply: DC 7.5V. 300mA Dimensions: (WxDxH) 65 x 102 x 26mm, Weight: 70g. Accessories included: 1 x phono to phono cable, 1 x AC/DC adaptor [CN100P] Also available PAL to NTSC version, code [CP100N] SECAM to PAL version, code [CS200P] PAL to SECAM version code [CP200S] TV frames and fields A TV creates an image by scanning one or more electron guns across a picture tube (three guns for colour, one red, one blue and one green, or one for monochrome). The point at which the beam from the gun hits the tube creates a bright dot or pixel. By scanning these dots rapidly from left to right and top to bottom the image is gradually built up. In order for the human eye not to notice any flickering this scanning process is repeated very quickly. Each actual frame consists of two alternating fields, with one scanning the even lines and the other scanning the odd lines. The fields are updated 50 times per second (PAL, SECAM and PAL- N), giving a new full resolution picture frame 25 times every second. Worldwide TV standards There are six TV standards in use around the globe: NTSC, NTSC 4.43 (non broadcast standard), PAL, PAL-M, PAL-N and SECAM (see country list for which is used where). This creates problems when equipment is taken from one country for use TV standards (NTSC/PAL/SECAM) convertors 45 RF modulators 47 Video format (Composite, S-, YUV, RGB etc) convertors 47 RGB sync processors 49 Analogue/digital video convertors 50 Scan (PC-TV) convertorors, scalers, line doublers 51 Distribution and line amplifiers 57 Wireless video senders 61 Transferring other media to video 61 Digital audio convertors Mains voltage convertors AC/DC convertors World TV Standards Afghanistan PAL Albania PAL Algeria PAL Angola PAL Argentina N-PAL Australia PAL Austria PAL Azores PAL Bahamas NTSC Bangladesh PAL Barbados NTSC Bahrain PAL Belgium PAL Bermuda NTSC Bolivia PAL Botswana PAL Brunei PAL Brazil M-PAL Bulgaria SECAM Burma NTSC Burundi SECAM Cambodia PAL/SECAM Cameroon PAL Canada NTSC Canary Islands PAL Chad SECAM Chile NTSC China PAL Colombia NTSC Costa Rica NTSC Cuba NTSC Cyprus PAL Czechoslovakia SECAM Denmark PAL Dominican Republic NTSC Ecuador NTSC Egypt SECAM El Salvador NTSC Ethiopia PAL Fiji PAL Finland PAL France SECAM Gambia PAL Germany PAL Germany (formerly East) SECAM Gibraltar PAL Ghana PAL Great Britain PAL Greece SECAM Greenland NTSC Hawaii NTSC Holland PAL Honduras NTSC Hong Kong PAL Hungary SECAM Iceland PAL India PAL Indonesia PAL Iran SECAM Iraq SECAM Ireland PAL Israel PAL Italy PAL Ivory Coast SECAM Jamaica SECAM Japan NTSC Jordan PAL Kenya PAL Korea (VR) PAL Korea (rep) South NTSC Kuwait PAL Lebanon SECAM Liberia PAL Libya SECAM Luxembourg PAL Madeira PAL Madagascar SECAM Malaysia PAL Malta PAL Mali SECAM Mauritius SECAM Mexico NTSC Micronesia NTSC Monaco SECAM/PAL Mongolia SECAM Morocco SECAM Mozambique PAL New Caledonia SECAM New Guinea PAL New Zealand PAL Nicaragua NTSC Netherlands PAL Nigeria PAL see Audio section see Power section see Power section Norway PAL Oman PAL Pakistan PAL Panama NTSC Paraguay N-PAL Peru NTSC Philippines NTSC Poland SECAM Portugal PAL Puerto Rico NTSC Qatar PAL Romania SECAM Russia SECAM Rwanda SECAM Samoa NTSC Saudi Arabia SECAM Seychelles PAL Sierra Leone PAL Singapore PAL Somalia PAL South Africa PAL Spain PAL Sri Lanka PAL Sudan PAL Sweden PAL Switzerland PAL Syria SECAM Tahiti SECAM Taiwan NTSC Tanzania PAL Thailand PAL Trinidad & Tobago NTSC Tunisia SECAM Turkey PAL Uganda PAL United Arab EmiratesPAL Uruguay N-PAL USA NTSC Venezuela NTSC Yemen PAL Yugoslavia PAL Zaire SECAM Zambia PAL Zimbabwe PAL in another, and also when tapes are sent from one country to another. Multi standard TVs and VCRs are available, but can rarely cope with every variant of the above. Also mains voltages differ widely. Whilst there are many other technical differences, the above can be separated into two groups by the scan rates used: NTSC, PAL-M and NTSC 4.43 all use 525 lines and 60 fields per second whereas PAL, SECAM and PAL-N all use 625 lines and 50 fields per second. To make life even more difficult there are further variants of each of the above, for example the UK uses PAL I whereas Germany uses PAL G, the difference being in the audio sub-carrier frequency used. What the acronyms stand for: NTSC National Television Standards Committee (or amongst service engineers Never Twice the Same Colour ) PAL Phase Alternate Line SECAM Sequentiale Coloure avec Memoire Video capture TV standards conversion Conversion 45

48 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 TV standards convertors (continued) BROADCAST STANDARD NTSC TO PAL CONVERTOR & Time Base Corrector From Kramer Electronics comes the FC-5000, a true broadcast quality standards convertor and timebase corrector. It converts between PAL B/M/N, NTSC M/443/J, SECAM, and MESECAM. Features: PAL/NTSC (dynamic) switchable Composite comb filter. The Timebase correction has full proc-amp facilities. Two reference inputs with H and SC adjustments. Re-inserts burst and sync on the outputs. Vertical blanking can be switched to blank or pass VITC and Teletext. An extensive range of colour and frame lock settings to deal with poor VT and colour framing problems. Stunning product [FC5000] WORLD STANDARDS CONVERTOR with PC OUTPUT The CDM640 is a digital multiscan processor which will convert any world video system (NTSC, PAL, SECAM) to any other PLUS it can also convert the signal to 60Hz PC mode (VGA, SVGA or XGA). The unit has 8-bit broadcast quality colour decoding and easy touch button controls for input/output selection. Also includes image processing circuitry and controls for colour, contrast, brightness, tint and horizontal/vertical phase adjustment. Features: Auto detection of input video system. Digital conversion from NTSC 3.58, NTSC 4.43, PAL, PAL M, PAL N, SECAM to output signals NTSC 3.58, NTSC 4.43, PAL, PAL M, PAL N, PC (640x480, 800x600, 1024x768) 60Hz. 8-bit Broadcast quality Colour decoding. Built in TBC function for signal synchronization. (Active constantly, even in bypass mode) Built in AGC function ensure 1 Volt pp. output signal (input level can range from ) Full digital decoding and encoding. Colour bar output will appear on screen when no input signal is present. Adjustable controls for Contrast, Brightness, Colour, Tint and Horiz/Vert Phase. Technical: Input TV System: NTSC 3.58, NTSC 4.43, PAL, PAL-M, PAL-N, SECAM Output TV System: NTSC 3.58, NTSC 4.43, PAL, PAL-M, PAL-N Output VGA systems: 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768-60Hz. Video inputs: 1 x RCA (Composite video), 1 x 4pin S video Video outputs: 1 x RCA (Composite video), 1 x 4pin S video VGA input: 15 pin D for PC bypass VGA output: 15 pin D Sampling frequency: Y:13.5MHz R-Y:6.75MHz B-Y:6.75 MHz Digital Cord bit: Y:8 bits R-Y:8 bits B-Y:8 bits Line conversion: Video 525 > 625 : 625 > 525 VGA 525/625 > 525, 628, 806 lines Field conversion: Video 60 > 50 : 50 > 60 VGA 50/60>60Hz Power supply: DC 15V. 600mA. Dimensions: (WxDxH) 300 x 242 x 50mm Weight: 2Kg. Accessories (included): 1 x RCA cable, 1 x S video cable, 1 x VGA cable, 1 x DC adaptor [CDM640] PAL 60 Some European Pal VCRs have a feature called NTSC playback. When playing an NTSC tape they give out signal which is colour corrected for PAL TVs although the signal itself remains at 60Hz, hence it is commonly called PAL 60. In order to record the signal onto a PAL VCR you need to correct this to a 50Hz signal via a digital standards convertor. Note that not all digital convertors are able to lock onto a PAL 60 signal as it is not strictly true NTSC. Where we know, we've indicated which convertors are compatible. Picture mathematics PAL video has 625 lines of which 576 are visible. A conventional (not widescreen) display has an aspect ratio of 4: x 4 3 =768 so PAL has 768 x 576 pixels Similarly, NTSC has 525 lines, 480 of which are visible. 480 x 4 3 = 640 so NTSC has 640 x 480 pixels Widescreen has an aspect ratio of 16:9 so the equations become PAL wide = 576 x 16 9 = 1024 PAL wide = 1024 x 576 pixels NTSC widescreen has 480 x 16 9 = 853 so NTSC wide has 853 x 480 pixels NTSC and PAL 5 minute FAQ This is a quick guide, intended to answer the common problems that occur when trying to view and/or record NTSC signals on PAL equipment. It is not intended to be an in-depth technical guide, simply to answer common asked questions. It is written from the perspective of UK residents that have American NTSC material and want to watch it or copy it. Essential Differences. There are quite a lot of technical differences between NTSC and PAL video signals, but on the basis that you probably don't want to be a TV engineer we'll ignore them all except for these two:- FRAME RATE - NTSC uses 60Hz (that is 60 fields a second, equal to 30 frames per second) and PAL uses 50Hz (yes you've guessed it 50 fields a second equal to 25 frames per second). COLOUR FREQUENCY - This is the part of the video signal that carries the information about the colour. All that really matters is that American NTSC uses a different colour frequency to PAL. To view NTSC material a) With a DVD player Assuming that your DVD player is able to accept an NTSC disc (we're going to ignore region coding issues here) then just connect the output to your TV and see what happens. b) With a VCR Some Pal VCRs are NTSC playback compatible and some aren't. If you're not sure then try it and see what happens. NTSC tape speed is different to PAL so playing an NTSC tape on a non-compatible VCR will produce a horrible mess of a picture, and the audio will sound distorted. If your VCR won't play the tape properly then you have four solutions to viewing your NTSC tape, all of which involve parting with money:- 1) Buy an NTSC compatible VCR - obvious but effective 2) Buy a true multi-standard VCR - expensive but very useful in the long term. 3) Import an NTSC VCR - cheap to begin with, but you'll also need a mains voltage convertor and it won't be a deal of use for taping East enders (different tuner). 4) Send your tape to a duplicating house and ask them to copy it onto PAL VHS - by far the cheapest solution - especially if the tape is a one-off and you're unlikely to get any more. Assuming you can get the tape to play in the VCR your troubles aren't necessarily over as it may or may not be giving a true NTSC signal. Sometimes they produce a "quasi-pal" signal in which the colour frequency is altered but not the frame rate. This is OK if your TV can cope, but its not much use otherwise. In fact it can be a hindrance as some signal convertors expect to see a nice pure true NTSC signal coming in before they'll do their job properly. Once you've got playback sorted then usually one of the following will happen:- 1) You get a nice clean stable colour picture. Great! - you have an NTSC compatible TV and can watch your NTSC DVDs without any problems. 2) You see a nice stable picture but only in black & white This happens because your TV is able to lock onto a 60Hz signal, (see above) but cannot compensate for the difference in colour frequency. The solution is to use an analogue NTSC to Pal signal convertor which changes the colour frequency back to where the PAL TV expects it to be. There are many on the market, Keene Electronics can supply one (the SB3600) for ) You see a horrible jumbled mess on screen. This happens when the TV isn't able to lock onto a 60Hz signal. The solution is to use a digital NTSC to Pal convertor to change the signal into something the TV can recognise. Recording NTSC material (on to PAL VHS) (Assuming you know that this may well be illegal) PAL VCRs have to receive the signal at 25 frames per second. NTSC signals (and NTSC signals routed through an analogue convertor) are 30 frames per second. If you try to record it you get a horrible picture which rolls all the time (looking like the tracking has gone haywire). The only solution is to use a digital NTSC to PAL convertor. These are much more expensive than the analogue convertors because as they contain enough memory to read the signal in at 30 fps and read it out again at 25 fps. Since you're effectively ditching 5 frames per second the output will look very slightly jerky when compared to the source, but this is only usually noticeable on fast pans etc. Digital convertors come with different amounts of memory to perform the conversion, the cheapest use 2Mbit, which gives around 200 lines resolution - OK for a quick VHS "back-up" but a bit limited for large screen viewing. 4Mbit versions will give better resolution (over 300 lines) and 8Mbit are the money-no-object option. Key differences: NTSC is 30fps PAL is 25fps Most TVs are happy with either fps but VCRs (usually) will only be stable with 25fps. NTSC has a different colour frequency to PAL Some TVs can cope with either frequency - some can't. (you just get a B&W picture) Analogue convertors change the colour information only - to restore the colour if you get a stable B&W picture). Digital convertors change both colour information and the frame rate, allowing viewing on any TV plus recording on a PAL VCR. 46

49 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 RF Modulators Keene Universal RF modulator Use this Keene designed UHF modulator to send video and audio signals from your camera, video processor or computer into the aerial socket of a conventional TV. Accepts standard video and audio signals via phono connectors and produces an output on UHF channel 36. Battery or external supply powered (input voltage requirement anything between 3 and 18V DC ie almost any camcorder battery or power supply, or mains adaptor). Specification: Output level 74dBuV; Video modulation AM; Power supply 3 18V 25mA. PAL G/B version available to special order. Camcorder User Gold Award June 1996 [KRF] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product KE Keene RF through modulator Designed to be put in-line with aerial in and out connections, the video and audio signal can then be put into any UHF channel (from 30 40) desired. Ideal for use with CCTV security cameras and VCRs without RF output. Power supply (UK mains adaptor) included. [KRFT] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product KE Keene Electronics wideband through modulator Our RF wideband modulator enables a camcorder, security camera, VCR or other device with AV (audio video) output to be connected to the aerial socket of a TV. If required, it can be permanently connected into the RF aerial downlead. The AV signal can be positioned on any KE vacant RF channel between 21 and 69. This means, for example, that the signal from a security camera could be introduced into the aerial lead and viewed in the same way, and as easily, as any normal broadcast signal. An additional feature of the Keene unit is that because it uses dip switches, the settings will be saved in the event of a power failure. Supplied complete with UK mains adaptor and clip-in bracket for skirting board/loft mounting. [KRFTW] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Some video terminology expanded Composite video Basically a pure video signal that is composed of luminance & chrominance (brightness and colour). No audio (or sound) is present in this connection S video (S-VHS and Hi-8mm equipment) Also known as Y/C video, an s-video (where s- stands for separate) signal is one recorded and sent as separate elements, giving higher resolution than when combined (as in composite video). The signal is made up of two parts, the Y element and the C element. The Y part contains the Luminance (black & white) and sync (position) portions of the picture, and the C part contains the chrominance (colour) part of the signal. The advantage of this separation is that there is a greater bandwidth (ie higher resolution), less filtering of the signal and less cross-colour interference. We are often asked about the pin wiring of the S-video (mini 4 pin DIN) plug. see page 70. Component (YUV) video Component video is a high resolution video standard, also referred to as YUV. It is similar to, but nonetheless different from RGB. Component video consists of 3 signals, Y, U and V (sometimes also labelled as Y, CB and CR): Y carries luminance and sync (0.3R + 0.6G + 0.1B, effectively black and white picture information) U carries colour difference blue minus Y V carries colour difference red minus Y Since the four elements of a TV signal (Y, R, G and B) are related mathematically it is unnecessary to transmit all four green minus Y is derived within the receiver by matrixing Component video is sometimes available as an output on imported DVD players. Although (confusingly) such players sometimes refer to these connections as RGB, the signal is in fact very different to RGB and so can not be connected to the scart on the back of a conventional TV. YUV output can only be used on professional monitors and devices which specifically support YUV input. RGB RGB stands for Red, Green and Blue, these being the primary colours used to construct a colour television picture. RGB arguably is the best means of connection to a TV as each signal is routed almost directly to the picture tube. RGB is different to component (YUV) video (see above) although they are often confused. RGB is usually catered for on the scart socket of most TVs, but not on the scart socket of VCRs. Whilst the RGB signals contain picture information, the sync signal is also needed for the TV to construct the picture. Sometimes the sync signal is superimposed on the green signal (known logically enough as sync on green ), but sometimes the sync signal needs to be sent separately, known as RGB plus sync. If required, the composite video connection may be used as a source for a sync signal. DV (Digital Video) Digital Video or "DV" was created by a consortium of companies to be a consumer digital video format. Since its launch many other companies have joined and there are now over 60 companies within the DV consortium. DV is a digital component video format (YUV) with 4:2:0 encoding. Audio is digitally encoded with user-selectable sampling rates and video compression is 5:1. Each frame is compressed independently unlike MPEG encoding which uses compression based upon the adjacent frames. Cassettes come in two types, the most common being the consumer camcorder MiniDV type and the larger full-size DV. Digital8 uses the same technology but based on 8mm mechanics. Digital8 machines will playback analogue 8mm/Hi-8mm recordings and record digitally onto Hi8 tape at an increased (1.5x for PAL) tape speed. Most DV camcorder use IEEE1394 (aka Firewire & I-link) connectors as a means of digitally transferring the recorded material. There are a number of other professional digital video formats, namely Digital-S, DVCAM and DVCPRO all of which differ slightly in compression, encoding and connection to the consumer DV described above. What is the sampling rate? In order to convert an analogue signal into a digital one it is sampled (measured) so many times a second. The three numbers x:y:z refer to the ratio at which the three video components are sampled. With for example a 4:1:1 sampling rate the luminance is sampled four times as frequently as the two colour components. Consumer (camcorder) DV sampling rate is 4:2:0; professional DV sampling rates vary vary between 4:2:0 and 4:1:1, and broadcast standard uses 4:2:2. How good is DV? Very good. A decent Hi-band analogue camcorder (Hi-8mm or S-VHS) can resolve around 400 lines. DV can resolve around 500 lines and incorporate time base correction as standard. DV also provides for two audio options, 12 bit audio which gives two pairs of stereo tracks (allowing for stereo dubbing) or 16 bit audio a single stereo track of CD quality. Finally, if you are fortunate enough to have two digital devices (camcorder & VCR or compatible PC/Casablanca) then you can copy from one device to another as many times as you like without the sort of loss that analogue systems suffer from. Video format convertors RGB/YUV video standard convertor A handy gadget that can convert composite to s-video (both ways) and either to colour difference YUV or RGB signals. All commonly used connections and switches are on the front panel making for a easy "rack" type installation. Great for connecting DVDs and other video sources to video projectors and large screen TVs with component or RGB inputs. Technical spec: Video inputs: 2 x composite (RCA), 2 x 4 pin s-video; Video outputs: 2 x composite (RCA), one composite/horizontal sync, one vertical sync, 2 x s-video1 x YUV or 1 x RGBHV (switchable); Audio inputs: 4 x stereo pairs RCA phono; Audio outputs: 3 x stereo pairs RCA phono; Power supply 15v DC 450mA (UK adaptor included); Dimensions 370(W) x 75(D) 50(H) mm [CMT7] Post production Conversion, duplication & distribution Support 47

50 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Video format convertors (continued) S- to composite video adaptor/connector An amazing little gadget with an S-video socket at one end and a composite (phono) socket at the other. Containing a special filter network it works fully bi-directionally. It won t magically increase picture resolution, but it will make life easier when wiring up say an AV amp that supports composite or S- connections but doesn t allow the use of both simultaneously [STOC] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product RGB TO S-VIDEO CONVERTOR RGB is a great method of sending video, with picture resolution as good as s-video and vastly superior to a std composite signal. The problem is not everything can accept an RGB signal and often composite is your only option. Well, here's another problem solved! This Box converts the RGB scart output from Sky Digital/OnDigital boxes and DVD players into S-video plus audio. Its ideal for making high resolution connections to AV amplifiers, SVHS/DVHS recorders and Plasma screens. [RGB2S] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product KE KE Composite to S-video adaptor/connector Phono plug to s-video socket adaptor. Useful for converting s-video to composite video. (If you need to convert composite to s-video we recommend the Keene STOC (above) which has passive filtering for better results.) [KA162] 3.99 Component video to RGB transcoder The Kramer FC-12E (pic shows both front and rear panels) is a high quality format converter designed to transcode between component video (Y, R-Y, B-Y) as coming from say a DVD player, and the RGBS Scart input of a TV or a video monitor. The FC- 12E can pass through standard video (to and from a Scart equipped VCR), as well as toggle the TV between video/rgbs/rf modes. The usual Kramer build quality applies. Technical Specifications INPUTS: 1 component video - (Y, R-Y, B-Y) 1V, 0.7V, 0.7Vpp/75 ohm on BNCs. 1 audio stereo 1Vpp/50 k nom. on RCAs. OUTPUTS: RGBS on a Scart type connector, with video/audio pass through. BANDWIDTH: 20 MHz -3dB MAX. VIDEO LEVEL: 2.1 Vpp. NON LINEARITY:0.3% S/N RATIO:>69 db. CONTROL:VCR/DVD selector switch, AV/RF selector switch DIMENSIONS: 22cm x 18cm x 4.5cm WEIGHT:1.3 kg POWER SOURCE: 12 V DC, 500 ma (UK adaptor supplied) [FC12E] Component, Y-U-V, Y-Pb-Pr??? What exactly are you on about? Component video is a high resolution video standard, sometimes referred to as YUV, Y-Pb-Pr or even Y-Cb-Cr. The letters refer to the three component parts that are combined to form the colour signal. It is similar to, but nonetheless quite different from RGB, and can be best summarised as follows: Y-Cb-Cr is usually used when referring to an internal digital process (say for example within the circuitry of a DVD player). Y-Pb-Pr is the term used when referring to the signal external to that process (say for example at the output terminals of the DVD player, or the input terminals of a display device). Y-U-V is usually found on older analogue equipment, eg BetaCam SP. YUV signals are mathematically different from Y-Pb-Pr, so connecting a YUV source to something expecting Y-Pb-Pr will produce discoloured results. Keene component video equipment is designed to process Y-Pb-Pr video, as this is now the most common standard for Home Cinema applications using digital sources. Like to know more? There s an RGB FAQ at KRAMER Composite/S-Video to RGB & Component Decoder The Kramer FC-4044 is a high quality format converter designed to convert a composite or s-video signal into component video (Y,R- Y,B-Y) and RGBS. The component and RGBS outputs operate simultaneously. Front panel buttons are provided to select the incoming signal format, outgoing sync format, the video standard, and adjust the HUE of the output. The FC-4044 is a multistandard device compatible with all common standards including NTSC, NTSC 4.43, PAL, and SECAM. Its decoding operation is microprocessor controlled via the internal I2C bus. It is rugged, dependable, and is housed in a professional 19" rack mountable enclosure requiring one vertical space. Pictures show front view (top) and rear panel. Technical Specifications: INPUTS: 1 Composite video - 1Vpp/75Ω on BNC type connector.;1 Y/C: 1Vpp/75Ω (Luma), 0.3Vpp/75Ω (Chroma) on a 4P type connector. OUTPUTS: 1 Component - (Y, R-Y, B-Y) 1V, 0.7V, 0.7Vpp/75Ω on BNC type connectors; 1 RGB: 0.7Vpp/75Ω, for 100% saturation, on BNC type connectors. Composite sync - 2Vpp/75Ω, negative polarity. CONTROLS: Standards selection by front touch switches, automatic or manually forced; Composite or Y/C front touch switch selection; Green/Green + sync and HUE control (NTSC only) via front touch switches. NON LINEARITY: Less than 0.2 db. K-FACTOR: 1.2%. DC CLAMP ERROR: +/- 20 mv. RESIDUAL SC: Composite to Y=30mV, Y/C to Y = 15mV. DIMENSIONS: 19 (W) x 7 (D) x 1 Unit (H) rack mountable. [FC4044] RGB explained: See also Leads and Cables RGB and component video cables RGB answers: Keene RGB2C RGB/Component video transcoder Another in-house product from Keene Electronics, the RGB2C can convert an RGB input to a component (Y Pb Pr) output, and vice versa. It can cater for sync on green or composite sync input and also provide sync on green or composite sync output. LED indicators provide useful information on the type of signals present and which process is being performed. Designed to be installed in-line with the signal path, has SCART input and output connectors to make connection simple. Supplied complete with UK mains adaptor and KA150 scart to 3 phono adaptor. [RGB2C] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Also available with 2m output connecting cable: RGB2C as above plus 2m output cable scart to 15 pin HD plug [RGVGA] RGB2C as above plus 2m output cable scart to 5 x phono plugs [RGRCA] RGB2C as above plus 2m output cable scart to 5 x BNC plugs [RGBNC] KE Component video connection kit for use with Optoma projectors This kit contains the Keene RGB2C convertor and a component video output cable to go straight to the 15pin HD connector on your Optoma projector. The RGB2C is designed to take an RGB scart input direct from say a digi-box or DVD player. For further technical details please see [OPTAKIT]

51 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Keene APTUS 1 & 2 RGB/COMPONENT CONVERTORS The first of the new easy to connect and simple to operate APTUS range of in line video signal convertors, the Aptus 1 is an RGB to component video convertor built to the same qigh quality spec as the RGB2C but much easier to set up. It will convert RGBs (set top box RGB with composite sync) into component (Y Pb Pr) video. It is a simple scart plug design with KE 3 x RCA phono output for the component video, and a 3.5mm stereo mini jack provides audio output if required. Technical Specification Video Bandwidth: >50MHz Audio Bandwidth: 20Hz-20kHz Power: 12-18V 300mA or greater. Physical: 103mm x 60mm x 26mm Weight: 100g (exc cables & supply) [APT1] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Component video connection kit for use with Optoma projectors. This kit contains the Keene APTUS1 RGB2C convertor and a component video output cable to go straight to the 15pin HD connector on your Optoma projector. The APTUS1 is designed to take an RGB scart input direct from say a digi-box or DVD player. For further technical details please see Kit contents: APTUS1 RGB to component video convertor SBB402 3 x RCA phono to 15 pin HD male cable 2.0m SG51 Sterling Gold scart to scart cable (Save over 27 on buying these items separately!) [APTAKIT] APTUS 2 component to RGB convertor Another product in the Aptus range of in-line video signal convertors from Keene, designed for easy connection and simple operation. The Aptus 2 Is a component video to RGB convertor. It is built using the same high quality components as the RGB2C but is much simpler to set up. It will convert component (Y Pb Pr) video into RGBs (set top box RGB with composite sync). It is a simple design with 3 x RCA phono input for the component video (plus a 3.5mm stereo mini-jack for audio input if required), and the output connections is a conventionally wired scart socket (picture shows 2 x Aptus 2 to show both sets of end connectors. There is no set-up or configuration required. It uses a micro-controller for sync format detection (NTSC/PAL/Interlaced/progressive) and uses broadcast standard chips with 1% tolerance components for outstanding colour accuracy. Technical specification: Video Bandwidth: >50MHz Audio Bandwidth: 20Hz-20KHz Power: 12-18v 300mA or greater. Physical: 103mm x 60mm x 26mm Weight: 100g (exc cables & supply). [APT2] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product KE RGB sync processors KRAMER Sync-Green Adder/Separator The Kramer SG-11 Sync to Green Adder/Separator interfaces between two of the most widely used professional component video formats, RGsB and RGBS. In many video studios and production applications there is a need to convert from one format to the other, and the Kramer SG-11 is the perfect choice as it operates simultaneously in both directions. INPUTS: 1 Green 0.7Vpp/75Ω, One Sync 0.3Vpp/75Ω on BNCs; 1 Sync on Green 1Vpp/75Ω on a BNC. OUTPUTS: 1 Sync on Green 1Vpp/75Ω on a BNC; 1 Green 0.7Vpp/75Ω, One Sync 1Vpp/75Ω on BNCs. CONTROLS: Output sync tip DC level selector switch (rear). VIDEO BANDWIDTH: 21 MHz -3dB. NON LINEARITY: Less than 1%. MAX. SIGNAL OUTPUT: 2Vpp/75Ω. G S/N RATIO: Better than 73 db. DIMENSIONS: 24.5cm x 18cm x 4.5cm (9.6" x 7" x 1.8") WxDxH [KSG11] SyncBlaster Black Box RGB processor From Keene's own workshops, the SyncBlaster Black Box is the ultimate RGB problem solver, designed to cater for the different video input requirements of RGB monitors, video projectors and plasma screens etc and in particular the way in which the synchronising information is handled. The SyncBlaster Black Box can: Add sync to the green signal Remove sync from the green signal Output separate H & V sync Output combined H+V sync Output composite sync on pin19 Remove composite sync from pin 19 Enable composite video output Disable composite video output Choose between negative going or positive going sync level outputs Be used as a diagnostic tool with LED indication of signal types Technical details Power: 12v Current consumption: 75mA Dimensions: 100 x 84 x 50mm Connections for both input and output are via SCART sockets. Usually the input would be a SCART to SCART connection from say a DVD player or digi-box, and the output would typically be to a Plasma screen, projector or monitor. With this in mind you can buy the Syncblaster Black Box with a pre-configured output cable (2m length) as follows: Output to 5 x BNC plugs [SBBBNC] Output to 5 x RCA phono plugs [SBBRCA] Output to 15 pin HD male plug [SBBVGA] Black Box unit only for those who wish to configure their own output cables [SBBOX] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Post production Conversion, duplication & distribution Support Please remember to quote product order codes when placing your order 49

52 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Analogue/digital video convertors LOW COST AV TO DV CONVERTOR The Datavideo DAC100 is a low cost solution to the problem of capturing analogue footage with a DV card, bridging the gap to provide seamless conversion between s-video, composite video and DV. Convert either way, eg capture VHS footage using your DV card, or feed your DV camcorder into an analogue device. We've been after a low cost solution like this for some time but some of the others we tried gave audio sync problems. The DAC100, however, is based upon the tried and tested innards of the DAC2 with just the RGB terminals stripped off. All in all a great addition to any DV editing set-up. Specifications: NTSC or PAL selectable. * DV, Y/C, composite inputs and outputs for easy conversion across platforms * Two 6-pin FireWire (ilink) I/O ports * Video Comb Filter for high quality video * Auto-detect video input source * Audio sampling rate selectable at 32kHz (12-bit) or 48 khz (16-bit) for unbalanced audio input, 32kHz, 44.1kHz or 48kHz DV audio decoding. * Compatible with DV (ilink), Digital 8, Video 8, Hi8, VHS, S-VHS, VHS- C and S-VHS-C formats. * Works with PowerMac, imac, Windows 98/SE/ME/2000 and XP Power input: DC 5V 6W (UK adaptor supplied) Dimensions 156mm (W) x 150mm(D) x 40mm(H) Includes 1 x FireWire cable 6-pin to 6-pin, 1 x 3 phono to 3 phono cable,1 x s-video cable [DAC100] Money saving digital video editing special offers DAC100 DV/AV convertor (above) plus [FWHC] Firewire host card package(page 41) [DACPAK1] DAC100 DV/AV convertor (above) plus [FWHCL] Firewire host card package for laptops (page 41) [DACPAK2] All prices are inclusive of VAT. KRAMER DV LINE PROTECTOR The Kramer PT-1FW is a tiny device - installed between two cables - that solves a huge problem in DV studios (or in any other professional or home DV application). Often, when connecting a "live" DV source to a receptor, an electrical potential difference or any other element creating high voltage (such as ESD or a live chassis) may cause permanent damage to one or both of the connected devices. This high voltage may be seen as a spark occurring at the instant of connection, or may not be seen at all, but nevertheless it can result in costly damage. The PT-1FW is installed between two cables, does not need a power supply, and suppresses all transient high voltages down to the permitted level. It is a "life-saver" for studios and other DV applications using the 6 pin Firewire connector. Technical Specifications PT-1FW INPUTS: 1 Firewire 6 pin connector. OUTPUTS: 1 Firewire 6 pin connector. PROTECTION: ESD 15 kv, 24 Amp peak for 20 microsecond. DIMENSIONS: 27mm x 49mm x 18mm (1.06" x 1.9" x 0.7") W, D, H. WEIGHT: kg. (0.12 lbs.). [PT1FW] DAC10 digital/analogue video convertor The DAC10 is a professional digital to analogue converter which allows you to convert analogue to DV maintaining the quality of your analogue tape without generation loss. It comes with DV to Y:U:V (bidirectional), Y/C and composite inputs and outputs for easy conversion across platforms. The DAC10 is equipped with stereo audio support (12 bit and 16 bit formats), selectable encoding frequencies 32 or 48 KHz for input from camcorders, PCs and DV decks. It also has audio input level control and colour/contrast adjustment. Key features: Bi-Directional DV to Y.U.V., S(Y/C), and Composite Video Converter Audio Level Control Video Colour Adjustment Black Burst Generator NTSC/PAL selectable Specifications: Inputs Y/C (S Video) 4-pin 75 ohm DIN connector Composite 1.0Vp-p 75 ohm RCA connector Component Y, R-Y, B-Y 75 ohm BNC connector DV : PAL 4:2:0 / NTSC 4:1:1 Outputs Y/C (S Video) 4-pin 75 ohm DIN connector Composite 1.0Vp-p 75 ohm RCA connector Component Y, R-Y, B-Y 75 ohm BNC connector DV frequency response 4.5 Mhz + /-3 db DG, DP +/-2%, 3 S/N Ratio Decoder >50dB, Encoder > 40 db Selectable audio sampling rate of 32 KHz or 48 KHz General Power Input: DC 12V 1.0A AC adaptor (included) Ambient temperature: F (0-55 C) Ambient humidity: Less than 90% Dimensions Width 8.25 inches, 210mm Depth 9.45 inches, 240mm Height 3.5 inches, 88mm (without rubber feet) Weight 1.8kg / 4.0 lb Supplied accessories included: 3 x BNC Cables, composite RCA, Y/C and DV cables [DAC10] DAC5 AV TO DV CONVERTOR Stand alone, bi-directional DV to analogue video converter. Component Y.U.V., S (Y/C), and composite video inputs and outputs with audio level & video colour adjustments Features DV (Firewire) I/O 10-bit SDI Video I/O 2 Channel AES/EBU Audio I/O 12 Bit or 16 Bit Audio Encoding Y/C, Composite (Y.U.V.) & Stereo Audio (unbalanced) monitor output Blackburst output to provide sync lock Windows XP, 2000, ME & 98SE Compatible PowerMac & imac Compatible Real-Time conversion (either direction) [DAC5] Bi directional DV / Y.U.V. / SDI video converter Bi-directional digital to analogue convertor 12V DC / 240V AC SDI, IEEE1394 DV, Y:U:V:, Y/C and CV in/out Built in TBC Vu Meter AES/EBU and balanced audio RS-422 interface and Timecode Colour processor These are all the details we have at time of printing please visit for full spec [DAC30]

53 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 DVI/VGA Converters/Scalers Model VGADVI (right) converts Analog to DVI, while the DVIVGA (below) converts DVI to Analog. A wide variety of PC and HDTV I/O resolutions are supported. The input resolution is automatically detected and can either be RGBHV or YPbPr format. The VGADVI can also accept a YCbCR 480i YCbCr signal, from a DVD Player for example, and convert it to DVI at PC or HDTV resolutions. The output resolution and refresh rate is selected via push buttons and OSD Menu The integral processor provides control over many signal parameters, such as: Contrast, Brightness, Color Saturation, R-G-B Levels and H-V Positioning. Both models are 5VDC powered and a small In-Plug Power Adaptor is included. SPECIFICATIONS 1T-VGA-DVI Resolutions Input Resolutions - Analog VESA Resolution Format/Refresh Rate VGA (640x480) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz SVGA (800x600) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz XGA (1024x768) RGBHV 60, 70, 75, 85Hz Mac (1152x864) RGBHV 70, 75Hz WXGA (1280x768) RGBHV 60Hz SXGA (1280x1024) RGBHV, 50, 60Hz 480p (852x480) YPbPr 60Hz 576p (852x576) YPbPr 60Hz 720p (1280x720) YPbPr 60Hz 1080i (1920x1080i) YPbPr 60Hz 480i (852x480i) YCbCr 60Hz Output Resolutions - DVI VESA Resolution Format/Refresh Rate VGA (640x480) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz VGA70 (720x400) RGBHV 70Hz VESA85 (640x400) RGBHV 85Hz SVGA (800x600) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz XGA (1024x768) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz Mac (1152x864) RGBHV 70, 75Hz 1280A (1280x960) RGBHV 60Hz WXGA (1280x768) RGBHV 60Hz SXGA (1280x1024) RGBHV 60, 75Hz 480p (852x480) RGBHV, YPbPr 60Hz 576p (852x576) RGBHV, YPbPr 60Hz 720p (1280x720) RGBHV, YPbPr 60Hz 1080i (1920x1080i) RGBHV, YPbPr 60Hz 480i (852x480i) YCbCr 60Hz 1T-DVI-VGA Resolutions Input Resolutions - DVI VESA Resolution Format/Refresh Rate VGA (640x480) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz SVGA (800x600) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz XGA (1024x768) RGBHV 60, 70, 75, 85Hz Mac (1152x864) RGBHV 70, 75Hz WXGA (1280x768) RGBHV 60Hz SXGA (1280x1024) RGBHV 60Hz 480p (852x480) RGBHV 60Hz 576p (852x576) RGBHV 60Hz 720p (1280x720) RGBHV 60Hz 1080i (1920x1080i) RGBHV 60Hz Output Resolutions - Analog VESA Resolution Format/Refresh Rate VGA (640x480) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz VGA70 (720x400) RGBHV 70Hz VESA85 (640x400) RGBHV 85Hz SVGA (800x600) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz XGA (1024x768) RGBHV 60, 72, 75, 85Hz Mac (1152x864) RGBHV 70, 75Hz 1280A (1280x960) RGBHV 60Hz WXGA (1280x768) RGBHV 60Hz SXGA (1280x1024) RGBHV 60, 75Hz 480p (852x480) RGBHV, YPbPr 60Hz 576p (852x576) RGBHV, YPbPr 60Hz 720p (1280x720) RGBHV, YPbPr 60Hz 1080i (1920x1080i) RGBHV, YPbPr 60Hz SPECIFICATIONS Connectors VGADVI Input HD-15 Female VGADVI Output DVI-I Female DVIVGA Input DVI-I Female DVIVGA Output HD-15 Female Picture Controls Input Signal Clock Frequency, Phase Output Signal Brightness, Contrast, Color, Red-Green-Blue Levels, Horizontal & Vertical Position Size (H-W-D) 1"x7"x4" (25x175x100mm) Weight (Net) 1.5 lbs (680g) [VGADVI] 399 [DVIVGA] 399 TVOne Task range of PC/HDTV Convertors The input resolution is automatically detected and can either be RGBHV, YPbPr or YCbCr format. In addition PC to PC and PC to HDTV conversions, the unit can take a 480i Component Video signal, from a DVD Player for example, and convert it to PC or HDTV resolutions. The output resolution and refresh rate is selected push buttons and OSD Menu. Model PC1280HD provides conversion to and from a wide variety of PC and HDTV signals, while model PC1280PC provides conversion to and from PC signals only. The integral processor provides control over many signal parameters, such as: Contrast, Brightness, Color Saturation, R-G-B levels and H-V Positioning. Both models are 12VDC powered and a small In-Plug Power Adaptor is included. 1T-PC1280PC Input/Output Resolutions VESA Resolution Refresh Rate VGA 640x480 60, 72, 75, 85Hz VGA70 720x400 70Hz VESA85 640x400 85Hz SVGA 800x600 60, 72, 75, 85Hz XGA 1024x768 60, 70, 75, 85Hz Mac 1152x864 70, 75Hz WXGA 1280x768 60Hz 1280A 1280x960 60Hz SXGA 1280x , 75Hz 1T-PC1280HD Input Resolutions PC Resolutions, plus: Interlace: 480i, 576i, 1080i, Progressive: 480p, 576p, 720p 1T-PC1280HD Output Resolutions PC Resolutions, plus: 480p,576p,720p, Pseudo 1080i 1T-PC1280PC Format Input Format RGBHV, YCbCr Output Format RGBHV 1T-PC1280HD Format Input Format RGBHV, YPbPr, YCbCr Output Format RGBHV, YPbPr Connectors Input Signal HD-15 Female Output Signal HD-15 Female [PC1280HD] [PC1280PC] Post production Conversion, duplication & distribution Support 51

54 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Scan convertors Video conversion - turning a conventional PC monitor image into a std video signal for viewing on a TV and/or recording onto tape. Devices that do this are commonly called "Scan Convertors" Do bear in mind that a PC monitor is capable of a much higher resolution than a standard television screen and is also designed for much closer viewing. If you run your PC at a high-ish resolution (say 1024 x 768) don't expect it to look quite as sharp on an normal TV! All of the scan convertors we sell connect to the 15pin monitor socket on your computer and provide an s- video or composite video output. Some also include a bridging lead such that you can simultaneously view the image on your monitor and TV screen. (There are no audio connections if you need audio just connect to your soundcard line output). They also all feature image controls which let you stretch, squeeze and centre the image as required. They require an external power source to operate - all of these (with the exception of the USB device) are supplied with UK mains adaptors. Commonly used screen resolutions VGA = 640 x 480 pixels SXGA =1280 x 1024 pixels SVGA = 800 x 600 pixels UGA = 1600 x 1200 pixels XGA =1024 x 768 pixels USB PC monitor to TV display convertor This device converts a computer monitor signal into a standard video signal (either S- or composite video). It supports resolutions of up to 1024 x 768 at up to 60Hz. The image can be frozen, panned and zoomed. Ideal for use with presentations (PowerPoint etc), playing PC games on large screen TVs and also for recording computer generated material. Dead simple to install (no software required) just connect and use. Note - the Laptop/PC or MAC must have a USB port. Ideal for presentation work and gaming, but not suitable if you wish to record the image on a VCR. For recording we recommend the MXGA and above [ETVUSB] Quick Show PC to TV display convertor A smart compact device that enables viewing or recording of PC monitor images on conventional TVs and VCRs. It is capable of handling up to 1280 x 1024 monitor resolution and includes a patchthrough cable so you can still see the image on the computer monitor as well. Video output is via composite or s-video. It can be powered via USB, keyboard adaptor or mains adaptor (all supplied) and has controls for adjusting centering, alignment and brightness of the image. Dimensions (excl cables and plugs) 120 X 85 X 45mm. The output cables are 1.8m long so you may want to consider video couplers such as [KA119] and [KA139] should you decide to extend the length of these cables. [MXGA] Video to computer monitor convertor A useful adaptor which allows you to view any video source (DVD, VCR, Camcorder etc) on a standard PC monitor. Very easy installation (no software required) just connect and watch, It also features a "loop through" cable for your PC so it can be left permanently installed and you can select between PC or video inputs. The handy remote control gives you controls for input selection, brightness, contrast, colour and on screen display. You also get audio line-in and speaker out connections. Unit size 95 x 55 x 30mm, composite and S-video inputs, compatible with NTSC, PAL & SECAM. Very handy. [PCJM] Progressive scan TV convertors Devices to take conventional video signals and convert them for display on a computer display, LCD panel, Plasma screen or projector. AVT3300 video to XGA convertor A new low cost converter that enables composite or s-video to be routed to any SVGA or XGA monitor or TFT screen. Ideal for using low cost TFT monitors with items like VCRs, DVD players, games consoles & camcorders. It has passthrough connections for VGA video and soundcard audio from the PC, so it is easy to switch between video and PC signal on the PC monitor and speakers without moving around any cables. (Picture shows, from left to right, left panel, top view, right panel.) Composite video input via phono connector S-video input via 4-pin mini-din PC pass-through for the PC monitor Drives any computer monitor including LCD/TFT, plasma monitor or projector Output resolution: 800x600 and 1024x768 Output vertical refresh: 60Hz Soundcard pass-through for speakers VGA output direct to PC monitor Manual switch to select video or PC input NTSC and PAL compatible H-W-D: 1"x 4.5"x3 (25x112x75mm) Weight: 6 oz (170g) Power12V DC (UK power adaptor included) [AVT3300] AVT3800 IMAGEMAX PLUS VIDEO SCALER The imagemax PLUS is a high performance Video Scaler for up-converting standard analogue video for viewing on virtually any HDTV, Plasma, Digital or PC Display. By means of advanced frame buffer technology and line doubling, imagemax PLUS can transform your existing standard video from a DVD Player, VCR, Camcorder, Video Game, Satellite Receiver or virtually any other video source into a high quality picture on any display device with an RGBHV (PC-type) or YPbPr (3 RCA connectors) input. It even works with HDTV-ready TV Sets, resulting in dramatically improved video image quality. imagemax employs frame buffering technology, which can significantly increase the quality of images by doubling the standard video lines. It converts the standard NTSC or PAL analogue video signal from 15.75kHz up to 31.5kHz horizontal scan rate and provides 480p, 576p, 720p or 1080i line resolutions for HDTV-ready displays, as well as VGA, SVGA, XGA and SXGA for PC-compatible displays. The brightness will be significantly increased and the flicker dramatically reduced. In addition, its 3:2 Pull Down auto detection will ensure that video sources will perform smoothly flicker free and at the highest possible image quality. The unit can be controlled via front panel push buttons or Infrared Remote Control. imagemax features and specs Enjoy HDTV picture quality with anti-flicker technology Enjoy high resolution images with movie like quality Upgrades your standard DVD player to a high-end progressive scan model 3D Comb Filter for precise colour management Aspect Ratio of 4:3 or 16:9 3:2 Pull Down auto detection Compatible with any Display with RGBHV (VGA-type) or YPbPr Input Inputs: composite video, S-video, YCbCr Component video, PC Loopthrough PC-type outputs: VGA 640x480, SVGA 800x600, XGA 1024x768 and SXGA 1280x1024 HDTV-type outputs: 480p (576p in PAL), 720p, 1080i IR remote control (included) with on-screen display Front panel push button control Saturation, contrast, hue and brightness adjustments Better brightness & contrast function for large screen displays Compatible with virtually any VCR, camcorder, DVD, LD, video game, etc. Size: 1.75" High x 8.1" Wide x 6.2" Deep (45mm x 206mm x 157mm) V AC to 12V 1.25A universal power adaptor included YPbPr output cable assembly (HD15 to 3 RCA connectors) and RGBHV output cable assembly (HD15 to HD15) both included Composite and S-video input cables included [AVT3800]

55 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 VIVID VTB100 PROGRESSIVE SCAN VIDEO TO XGA SCALER Component Video, S-Video and Composite Video Inputs TV Tuner Nicam Stereo Fastext Teletext VGA & DVI Outputs The Vision VIVID VTB 100 TV BOX is a state-of-the-art built in DVI output TV to PC Video converter. With the VTB100 you can enjoy up to 125 channels of high-resolution (1024x768) TV at full screen in 24-bit colour with Fastext TeletexT and NICAM Stereo. The compact unit easily turns your LCD, CRT monitor, PLASMA display or projector into a multimedia centre with out sacrificing valuable desktop space. Easily switch from TV to computer as well as all other input sources with a convenient 53-key remote control handset supplied for your convenience. Features / Functions Stand-alone, Plug-n-Play. No software drivers required and no messy PC installation routines. PC Compatible Built-in TV tuner, support up to 125 channels with Fine Tuning function Provide user-friendly OSD (on screen display) to control functions Automatic source standard detection (NTSC/PAL/SECAM for Composite Video or S-Video) Auto-scan air/cable TV channels & channel memory/add/erase Full screen TV display, support VGA(640x480), SVGA(800x600) and XGA(1024x768) display resolution The DE-INTERLACE can provide high quality picture with sharp & stable image output to VGA. Support 60Hz & 75Hz Output Frequency Display function Compatible for multi-signal inputs: TV tuner, Video, S-Video, Component (Y,Cb,Cr) & VGA Loop-through Support Sleep Timer Setting Built-in Multi PAL/SECAM TV Tuner (PAL-I, B/G, D/K & SECAM LL) Remapping function for programming your favourite channels Fully functional infra-red remote control Supports 3:2 pulldown for film mode NICAM Stereo ( PAL). Supports 15pin D-Sub graphic card( VGA in); 15pin D-Sub monitor (VGA out) and DVI Monitor (DVI out) Fastext Teletext (PAL) Specification Input: RF Input: Type. 75 Coaxial cable Composite Video input with Stereo Audio S-Video input with Stereo Audio Input VGA input: 15pin D-Sub Component Video (Y, Cb, Cr) Output VGA output: 15pin D-Sub DVI output Stereo lines out Power Supply: AC adaptor with 12V DC output Dimension: 225 X 160 X 31 mm (L*W*H) Systems Require Any PC system VESA compatible VGA monitor Video Input device (e.g. DVD, VCD, VCR, V8, LD player, Game Console, Camcorder, etc.) [VTB100] VTB101 PiP PROGRESSIVE SCAN TV CONVERTOR The VTB101 provides an easy way to view TV and connect other video devices to LCD, CRT monitors, plasma displays or projectors. It has a built in TV tuner (analogue terrestrial) and also has a picture-in-picture function. This allows either the TV tuner or video input to be superimposed over the PC input. The PiP window can be adjusted for size and position. to a combines provides an adjustable and movable PIP screen. Supplied complete with remote control. Features / Functions Stand-alone, Plug & Play! No software drivers required and no need to open up the PC case. PC Compatible Built-in PAL-I TV tuner for UK use, support up to 125 channels with Fine Tuning function Provide user-friendly OSD (on screen display) to control functions Automatic source standard detection (NTSC/PAL/SECAM for Video or S-Video) Auto-scan air/cable TV channels & channel memory/add/erase Full screen TV display, support VGA(640x480), SVGA(800x600) and XGA(1024x768) The DE-INTERLACE can provide high quality picture with sharp & stable image output to VGA. Support 60Hz Output Frequency Display function Compatible for multi-signal inputs: TV tuner, Video, S-Video & VGA Support Sleep Timer Setting Built-in PAL-I TV receiver for UK terrestrial television broadcasts only Re-mapping function for programming your favourite channels Fully functional infra-red remote control Supports 3:2 pull-down for film mode Support input and MTS/Stereo output for NTSC Support 15pin D-Sub graphic card (VGA in); 15pin D-Sub monitor (VGA out). Support Picture in Picture (PIP) Stereo Works with all monitor and projector types including LCD/TFT Specification Input RF Input: Type. 75 Coaxial cable Composite Video input with Stereo Audio S-Video input with Stereo Audio Input VGA input: 15pin D-Sub Out put VGA output: 15pin D-Sub Stereo lines out Power Supply UK AC adaptor with 12V DC output Dimension 225 X 160 X 31mm (L*W*H) Systems Requirement No specific PC system required VESA compatible VGA monitor Video Input device (e.g. DVD, VCD, VCR, V8, LD player, TV game machine etc.) [VTB101] Post production Conversion, duplication & distribution Support Visitors are welcome at our showroom & warehouse. We have full demonstration facilities why not try before you buy? Monday Friday 9.00am 5.30pm, Saturday 9.00am 5.00pm Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year 53

56 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 PV200 PROGRESSIVE SCAN TV CONVERTOR Turn any monitor into a TV! A really useful device thatís ideal for use with screens and projectors with a 15pin HD (computer) input. Basically it is a video switchbox that can line double (output to SVGA) and also incorporates a terrestrial TV tuner (analogue). You can use it to turn your display into a true multimedia centre by linking it to your DVD player, VCR, Camcorder, Game Console, satellite receiver or simply using it as a TV with the built in tuner. Thereís also a pass-through connection for your PC. At time of writing 15î LCD monitors can be picked up for under just add this box and youíll have yourself a 15 LCD TV for less than 300! Features: PAL PLUS mode for sharp-edged smooth moving pictures Accepts Composite and S-Video signals from any video source Scales up to 1024x728 (XGA) at 60Hz or 75Hz refresh rate Accurate auto-scan and advanced channel search function Fine-tune setting, stored per individual channel Channel swap and channel label function Pull-down detection and correction for film-based sources Sport and Static video mode Plug and play easy set up with on-screen display Inputs: RF signal from antenna or cable (UK PAL I); composite video (RCA); Audio (L & R RCA); S video; VGA 15 pin D type connector ; audio - headphone jack Outputs: VGA 15 D type connector; audio headphone jack Power cable AC adaptor with 12Vdc output Dimensions: 32mm x 229mm 150mm. Weight: 450 gm WHATS IN THE BOX? PV200, UK mains power supply, remote control, AV cables: 1 x 15pin HD male to 15pin HD female, 1 x 3.5mm st jack plug to 3.5mm st jack plug, 1 x 2 phono plugs to 2 phono plugs and 1 x single phono plug to single phono plug( composite video). You might also need a 15pin HD VGA male to male output cable to connect the PV200 output to your display eg [15HDPP02] or similar PLEASE NOTE - the internal tuner is compatible with the UK PAL-I system only! [PV200] ZINWELL PV500 SCAN CONVERTOR The bigger brother of the PV200, adding quality Teletext and NICAM stereo sound. The stored channels can be named and sorted. A maximal 1024 x 728 (XGA) Resolution and a refresh rate of 60Hz make this unit especially suitable for high performance LCD and TFT Screens and can, of course, also be used with any other devices with VGA input, such as projectors. Features Independent picture control settings for TV and VIDEO signals Advanced Teletext Decoder with Fastext and TOP functions C-Video and S-Video from any PAL/NTSC/SECAM video source Scales up to 1024 x 728 (XGA) at a refresh rate of 60Hz. A2/NICAM728 stereo decoder with automatic mode detection TV Stereo sound can be selected in PC loop mode Accurate TV autoscan and advanced ìsearch new channelsî function Finetune settings stored per individual channel Channel swap and channel label function Motion adaptive noise reduction and de-interlaing VGA (RBG) input (looped to VGA output on standby mode) Infrared Remote Control with hot keys for most important functions Dynamic digital 2D Comb filter for excellent separation of Y/C signal Chrominance transience improvement Pull-down detection and correction for best viewing of film-based sources Specification Input signal Analogue: Composite Video (1Vpp) S-Video (Y:1Vpp, C:0.3Vpp) Accepts PAL, NTSC and SECAM video standards on composite and S- video inputs Stereo L/R Input connectors RF IN PAL-BG or PAL- I (from broadcast/antenna/cable/network socket) Composite video: RCA/Cinch (from video sources with only composite video output) S-Video: 4pin, mini DIN (from video sources with S-Video output) VGA IN (from computer output for looping computer video signals to monitor without processing) Audio IN: Stereo L/R RCA/Cinch (from external Video source) PHONE IN: Stereo Jack 3.5 (from computer) Output signal: 24 bit RGB (0.7Vpp) + H/V Sync (0.3Vpp), resolution: 640x480(VGA), 800x600(SVGA), 1024x768(XGA) Progressive Scan video, refresh rate: 60Hz Stereo Audio In ON mode: Broadcast TV, external Video source or PC sound (when looped with PC) In Standby mode: PC sound (when looped with PC) Output connectors: VGA (RGB): D-sub 15pin, female type; PHONE OUT: Stereo jack 3.5 Video processing Independent picture control settings for TV and VIDEO IN signals Low noise 9 bit AD (27MHz over sampling) and 24 bit DA conversion Adaptive 2D comb filter for Y/C separation 3D motion adaptive de-interlacing Philips SAA7118 chip Remote control / On screen display Hot key selection and adjustment of TV/PC switching, Resolution, Video Source, Finetune, Swap, Teletext, Sound, Mute, Mix, Fastext, TOP RED, GREEN, YELLOW, BLUE Power: Adaptor with 230V AC (50/60Hz) In and 12V DC 1.25A out. Power consumption: 14 Watts typical Dimensions: 216 x 152 x 41mm; weight about 410 g WHATS IN THE BOX? PV500, UK mains power supply, remote control, AV cables: 1 x 15pin HD male to 15pin HD female, 1 x 3.5mm st jack plug to 3.5mm st jack plug, 1 x 2 phono plugs to 2 phono plugs and 1 x single phono plug to single phono plug( composite video). You might also need a 15pin HD VGA male to male output cable to connect the PV500 output to your display eg [15HDPP02] or similar PLEASE NOTE - the PV500 internal tuner is compatible with the UK PAL-I system only ORDER CODE [PV500] We accept payment by Visa, Mastercard, Switch, Solo and Delta 54

57 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 iscanhd video scaling processor and hub The iscanhd is a high-resolution video scaling processor & hub that converts standard-definition video content from your DVD player, VCR, PVR, digital satellite receiver, game console, or PC to any output resolution between 480p and 1080p, including popular HDTV resolutions such as 720p and 1080i. Features Motion and source adaptive video deinterlacing for NTSC (3:2 and 2:2 pulldown; video) and PAL/SECAM (2:2 pulldown; video) sources Precision Video Scaling technology by Anchor Bay Technologies Flexible output video resolution from 480p up to 1080p, including 720p and 1080i Full Input and Output Aspect Ratio Control Rightrate high-performance framerate conversion AutoVFR Intelligent component video inputs with Automatic Video Format Routing Advanced source transition management provides seamless transitions between source types AutoCUE-C Automatic Chroma Upsampling error detection and correction 12 bit video digital-to-analog converters (DACs) Full-frame timebase correction High performance, multi-standard video decoder High-quality adaptive comb filter with 2D Y/C separation Flexible Digital Audio switching and routing - four audio inputs and two audio outputs Precision AV LipSync intelligent digital Audio Delay technology to match audio & video timing Technical Video Output Resolution Predefined resolutions Digital Television standards 480p, 576p, 540p, 720p, 1080i, 1080p PC standards VGA, SVGA, XGA, SXGA Plasma resolutions: 852x480, 1280x768, 1024x1024, 1366x768 DLP resolutions: 1280x720, 1024x576 DILA resolutions: 1400x1050, 1365x1024, 1400x788 CRT resolutions: 1280x960, 1440x960, 1440x1152 User customizable output resolution from 480p up to 1080p Inputs Eight video inputs Two Composite inputs accept standard NTSC, PAL, and SECAM signals Two S-Video inputs accept standard NTSC, PAL, and SECAM signals Two Component Video inputs (YPbPr or RGB/S) process 480i, 480p, 576i, 576p signals; pass-through 720p and 1080 High Definition signals: One VGA Analog Passthrough input VGA HD-15 connector; One DVI input DVI-I connector Four digital audio inputs - can be assigned individually to any of the video inputs: Two Digital Optical inputs; Two Digital Coaxial inputs Accepts S/PDIF Dolby Digital, DTS, 44Ksps to 96 Ksps, 16 bits to 24 bits Outputs One Digital Video Output DVI-I connector One Analog Video Ouput VGA HD-15 connector RGB or YPbPr colorspace Separate H&V sync, composite sync, or sync-on-video (bi-level or trilevel sync) Two digital audio outputs: One Digital Optical output; One Digital Coaxial output [ISCANHD] Home Cinema Choice Best Buy! ISCAN HD PLUS The iscan HD is not HDCP compliant and supports SD formats (480p, 576p) on its DVI input. The iscan HD will pass-through all HDCP signals regardless of resolution on its DVI input. The iscan HD+ is HDCP compliant and processes HD formats (720p, 1080i) as well as SD formats (480p,576p) on its DVI input. [ISCANHDP] Video scalers The input video can be Composite, S- Video or YCbCr Component. The output signal is selectable in a wide variety of presets in either RGBHV or YPbPr format. Model V1280HD (top mright) provides an analog output, while model V1280DVI (bottom right) provides a DVI output. The integral processor provides control over many signal parameters, such as: Contrast, Brightness, Hue and Color. Both are 5VDC. SPECIFICATIONS Output Resolutions VESA Resolution Refresh Rate VGA (640x480) 60, 72, 75, 85Hz VGA70 (720x400) 70Hz VESA85 (640x400) 85Hz SVGA (800x600) 60, 72, 75, 85Hz XGA (1024x768) 60, 70, 75, 85Hz Mac (1152x864) 70, 75Hz WXGA (1280x768) 60Hz 1280A (1280x960) 60Hz SXGA (1280x1024) 60, 75Hz 480i (852x480) 60Hz 480p (852x480) 60Hz 576i (852x576) 50Hz 576p (852x576) 50Hz 720p (1280x720) 60Hz 1080i (1920x1080) 60Hz Inputs Composite Video Via RCA S-Video Via 4-Pin Mini-DIN YCbCr Component Via 8-Pin Mini-DIN & 3-RCA Breakout Cable Output Format V1280PCHD Analog: RGBHV and YPbPr via HD-15 V1280DVI DVI: RGBHV, YPbPr via DVI-I Connector Picture Controls Input Signal Brightness, Contrast, Color, Red-Green-Blue Levels, Horizontal & Vertical Position Mechanical Size (H-W-D) 1.2"x5.25"x3" (30x133x76mm) Weight (Net) 10 oz (285g) [V1280HD] 259 [V1280DVI] 319 What Are Line Doublers, Scalers & Progressive Scan converters? A conventional (interlaced) video picture is made up of 25 full frames (for PAL) per second. Each frame consists of two alternating fields updated 50 times per second, with one field scanning odd and the other scanning even lines. A line doubler literally doubles the frequency with which these fields are displayed such that every frame contains both odd and even fields simultaneously. Such a signal is then referred to as progressive rather than interlaced. Progressive scanning alone doesnít increase picture resolution but does reduce flicker, and improve brightness. Conventional CRT televisions can usually only accept an interlaced video signal, whilst Computer monitors can only accept a progressive signal. Most projectors, Plasmaís and flat panel televisions can accept either. Scalers are capable of changing the resolution of the video signal as well. For example the input signal might be 768 x 576 pixels (normal PAL video) and your display might have a native resolution of say 1024 x 768 pixels. Many displays are capable of scaling the incoming picture to match their native resolution, although after market external scalers can often do a much better job, and they will often give you an increased range of inputs as well as picture tweaking options. Post production Conversion, duplication & distribution Support All prices are inclusive of VAT. 55

58 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 How do I watch my DVD/Sky/VCR in another room? This is an increasingly common problem that can be solved in a variety of ways. Option 1 - For watching Sky Digital (only) on other televisions All Sky digiboxes have an extra aerial output, designed specifically to connect to another TV in a remote location. All that's required is to connect this aerial output to the aerial input on the other TV and you're in business! Once connected you'd normally want to be able to control the digibox from the remote location and this is also easily catered for by adding a Skylink, a tiny "magic eye" that feeds the IR signal back to the skybox. You can also buy duplicate remotes to leave in the other rooms and special distribution amplifiers to allow viewing & control on up to seven other TVs! Shopping list Description Catalogue section Order code Coaxial aerial cable Home Installation and DIY Leads Components [KBL7] TV Cable clips Home Installation and DIY Leads Components [CC7] Aerial cable Plug Home Installation and DIY Leads Components [KLC7] Aerial cable socket Home Installation and DIY Leads Components [KLC8] Skylink Remote Controls and Extenders [SKYLINK] Sky remote control Remote Controls and Extenders [SKYREM] Skypack (Skylink plus remote) Remote Controls and Extenders [SKYPACK] Option 2 - For watching Sky/OnDigital, DVDs or VCRs in other rooms Distribution by aerial cable. In this option, all items of equipment have their aerial connection "daisy-chained" together, (that is, out of the aerial wall socket into the first VCR, out of that into the next device and so on). The end of this chain is then connected to an RF aerial distribution amplifier and the outputs connected to each television. You can get amplifiers with two, four or seven outputs. The amplifier itself can be located in the loft or wherever you find it convenient (it does need mains power). This solution is generally the cheapest, the only downside is that picture quality from RF is never quite as good as say a scart connection and the audio will always be mono. That said, if your remote TVs are typically 14" portables in bedrooms and kitchens, the audio and picture quality are more than adequate. You may also need an RF modulator to convert the AV output from devices like the DVD player into an RF signal. Shopping list Description Catalogue section Order code Coaxial aerial cable Home Installation and DIY Leads Components [KBL7] TV Cable clips Home Installation and DIY Leads Components [CC7] Aerial cable Plug Home Installation and DIY Leads Components [KLC7] Four way RF distribution amplifier This [A140] Eight way RF distribution amplifier This [A281] Wideband RF through modulator This [KRFTW] RGB to S convertor This [RGB2S] Cabling tips Aerial cable is weatherproof and can be run externally without problems. Its often easiest to drill out through an external wall then run the cable externally around and into the room containing the remote TV Option 3 - For watching Sky/OnDigital, DVDs or VCRs in other rooms Distribution by AV cables. In this solution the signal fed to each remote TV is separate audio and video. This requires an AV distribution amp and custom made cables at the appropriate length. Since the distribution amplifier will have only the one AV input, its usually best to connect this to the output of an AV amplifier, which can then be used to select which AV source is to be distributed. Failing this, a good quality AV switcher (say the BT941) would suffice. Shopping list Description Catalogue section Order code 4 way AV distribution amplifier This [KDA] 5 way scart distribution amplifier This [SDA 10 way Kramer distribution amplifier This [VM10YCXL] Five input auto AV switcher AV switchboxes and System connectors [BT945] Six input remote AV switcher AV switchboxes and System connectors [AVHUB] Custom length cables Leads & cables [LTGxxx] Scart to phono/s-video adaptor Adaptors & connectors [KA127SG] Cabling tips AV cable is not designed to be weatherproof so these cables should ideally be run internally (avoiding runs adjacent to mains cables wherever possible) and if they do have to be run externally they should be housed in protective conduit. Option 4 - For watching Sky/OnDigital, DVDs or VCRs in other rooms Wireless AV distribution. This option uses a matched transmitter/receiver pair. The transmitter is fed with the AV signal to be distributed (as in option 3 above) and this is transmitted as a radio signal. The receiver (by your other TV) turns this radio signal back into audio and video again. This is a quick and easy solution as there's no cables to be run, although it does require one receiver for each remotely located TV. Shopping list Description Catalogue section Order code Wireless video sender This [TR2450] Additional wireless receiver This [TR2450R] Five input auto AV switcher AV switchboxes and System connectors [BT945] Six input remote AV switcher AV switchboxes and System connectors [AVHUB] Scart to phono/s-video adaptor Adaptors & connectors [KA127SG] RF modulator (in case your remote TV has only an aerial input and not AV) This [KRFTW] Great - how do I control all this stuff from my bedroom? There's a number of solutions, depending upon which distribution route you opted for: Option 1 - Just add the Skylink and you've got easy remote control from a remote location. Options 2 & 3 - Adding a Powermid (Remote controls and extenders section) lets you take your remote with you and use it in the other location, although you'll need an additional transmitter for each remote TV. You could also opt for a Powermid Plus (Remote controls and extenders section) which gives you a multi device pre-programmed & learning remote that is radio based and will work from any of your remote locations. Option 4 - The TR2450 wireless video sender has built in IR feedback, (similar to the Powermid) so there's nothing else needed. Note that for all of these options you may find an IR distribution amplifier useful - full details in catalogue Remote controls and extenders section Installers and retailers please ask for our volume pricing catalogue 56

59 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Cat5Blaster AV distribution system DOES YOUR AV SYSTEM NEED: LONG DISTANCE? COMPONENT VIDEO? DIGITAL AUDIO? MANY ROOMS? Enter the easy way to distribute video and audio over long distances and to multiple locations, Keene Electronics new modular CAT5BLASTER system uses clever electronics to send high resolution video and audio over low cost CAT5 network cable. The CAT5BLASTER Uses low cost CAT5 cable (unshielded 4 twisted pair) Has three independent video channels can be configured for component video, s-video plus composite video, 3 x composite video or RGsB* video Can be configured for analogue stereo or digital audio Provides IR feedback to the transmitter from every receiver Can send stunning quality images up to 300 metres Consists of a Transmitter and Master receiver (for 1:1 distribution). Additional Slave receivers may be added as required for multi-room distribution. *Use an RGB2C or SyncBlaster Black Box to convert set top box RGB to correct format for use with Cat5Blaster. CAT5BLASTER: Transmitter module, UK mains (3 pin) fit power supply, Master receiver module, standard IR receiver, standard IR emitter wand [C5B] CAT5BLASTER: Transmitter module, European mains (2 pin) fit power supply, Master receiver module, standard IR receiver, standard IR emitter wand [C5BE] CAT5BLASTER slave receiver with UK (3 pin) mains fit power supply [C5BSR] CAT5BLASTER slave receiver with Euro (2 pin) mains fit power supply [C5BSRE] CAT5BLASTER master receiver power supply (for extending range to 300m+), UK mains (3 pin) fit. [KT5] 5.99 CAT5BLASTER master receiver power supply (for extending range to 300m+), European mains (2 pin) fit. [KT5E] 5.99 CAT5 network cable [KBL23] 10m+ 0.47/m; 305m reel ( 0.27/m) BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Specifications Transmitter Power: 12V DC 200mA Dimensions: 90 x 76 x 44mm Weight: 170g (exc. cables & supply) Master receiver Power: 12V DC 200mA (not required for cable runs >100m) Dimensions: 90 x 76 x 44mm Weight: 170g (exc. cables & supply) Slave receiver Power: 12V DC 200mA Dimensions: 90 x 76 x 44mm Weight: 170g (exc. cables & supply) Cat5Blaster or Cat5Blaster QC which is right for me? As a quick guide, the full Cat5Blaster system is the best choice if You need to send component or RGsB video You need to send digital audio You need to send the signal to multiple locations The distance is greater than 100m The Cat5Blaster QC is the best choice if You only need composite or s-video You only need analogue stereo audio You only need to send to one location The distance is less than 100m Cat5Blaster QC AV distribution system Like the look of the Cat5Blaster system (see left), but don t want all that functionality? What if you don't need multiple locations or three video channels? Then we have the CAT5BLASTER QC for quick and easy 1:1 distribution via CAT5 cable of s- or composite video plus stereo audio.the CAT5BLASTER QC will accept and distribute one or two composite video channels, or one s-video channel, and L & R audio. Requires no power supply, provides a good output signal at distances up to 100m cable run from the input. Specifications Power: n/a Dimensions: 69 x 67 x 28mm Weight: 120g CAT5BLASTER QC: 2 x QC Transmitter/Receiver modules + 2 x phono/s-video adaptors [C5QC] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Why use CAT5? It s cheap It s easy to install You can buy long pre-made cables It s flexible It s a low noise balanced cable It can handle wide bandwidth signals over distances of up to 300m Wall outlets and connectors are readily available Why choose Cat5Blaster? It can handle component video with stereo (or digital) audio and give you IR control all via a single Cat5 run It s a one-to-many solution It s low cost It s simple to install It s available now Why not use wireless solutions? Too slow for high quality wide bandwidth video Hassle to configure and maintain Macrovision Copy Protection Unfortunately, due to the implementation of the EUCD (European Copyright Directive) we can no longer tell you anything about the technical aspects of Macrovision. This is a shame as this form of copy protection can be the source of much frustration for Home Cinema enthusiasts. What we can tell you can be found on the web at If you are concerned about the EUCD legislation and its impact you might also wish to visit the campaign for digital rights at Post production Conversion, duplication & distribution Support 57

60 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Keene Phono Distribution Amplifier One input, five fully buffered outputs Wide bandwidth HDTV capable Broadcast quality high speed video buffers Use for component video, RGBs video, RGsB video or four x composite video plus stereo audio One video channel may be used for digital audio The KPDA is a high quality audio/video distribution amplifier, allowing one video and audio source to simultaneously supply up to five other devices. It uses very high quality high bandwidth ICs to ensure that each output is not discernible from the input, making it ideally suited to driving multiple displays or making multiple copies from one source. There are two stereo audio channels and four video channels, making it suitable for use with component video, RGBs video, RGsB video or 4 x composite video plus audio. Any of the video channels can also be used for digital audio if desired. Technical Specification Power requirements: by external supply to DC input socket, (2.1mm centre positive) 12-18v 300mA or greater. Video: 5 buffered video outputs bandwidth 50MHz Level - composite / luminance 1v pp, chrominance 0.3v peak to peak. Distortion components < 50db up to 10MHz Open circuit voltage gain is X2 (unity gain when correctly terminated) Back terminated series 75 Ohm outputs for reflection free performance DC coupled on all outputs Slew rate up to 500v/uS Audio: 5 buffered audio outputs Distortion <0.1% Bandwidth 20Hz 30kHz Output impedance, <1k ohm each output Input impedance >10K ohm Unity gain Dimensions: 220mm x 104mm x 43mm Weight: 780g (excluding power supply) [KPDA] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Note: The KPDA is an amplifier only. It will not convert from one video standard to another. New products, bargains and more on our web site SATELLITE FINDER DISH ALIGNMENT TOOL Affordable dish alignment tool for satellite installation and adjustment. Simply connect in-line between your receiver and LNB the adjust your dish until you obtain the highest reading. Signal strength is indicated by the analogue meter and there is also an audio signal. Once the signal is optimised, remove the meter and reconnect your receiver to the LNB. Very sensibly priced Compact design Backlit meter scale Backstand for freestanding operation Audible signal strength reading Adjustable level control Adjustable sensitivity Frequency range MHz [SLX] (If you don t have one handy you'll also need a short bridging cable, F- plug to F-plug code [KLD65] 2.99) MVS122 1:2 VGA SPLITTER The MVS122 is a high quality active 2 way VGA splitter, allowing for simultaneous connections to two VGA or YPbPr displays without any signal degradation. Features: Max. resolution 1920 x 75Hz No signal degradation Usable up to 1920 x 1440 Input signal detection to activate power-save mode LED for ìpowerî and ìactive Modeî indication Complete with CE / GS approved Power Supply Specifications VGA Input: D-Sub 15 Male, VGA Outputs: 2 x D-Sub 15 Female Power: 9vDC 200mA active 10mA standby Dimensions 85 x 60 x 20mm. Weight 175 g [MVS122] Kramer Line Transmitter/Receiver A pair of units designed to send high quality video and stereo audio over long distances. Using conventional twisted pair cables (Cat5) they can provide a video bandwidth of well over 64MHz. Also, the receiver features a termination switch allowing the receivers to be "daisy chained". This means one transmitter can feed multiple remote locations. The system uses removable terminal block connectors for fast and easy connection. Very nifty. Video connections = BNC Audio connections = RCA phono Video signal/noise ratio=better than 75db Audio s/n ration=73db Video bandwidth=64mhz at -3db Audio bandwidth=100khz at -3db Dimensions (per unit) 12 x 7.5 x 2.5cm Weight 0.28Kg Power requirement 12V DC 80mA (UK adaptor supplied) Transmitter (top right) [711XL] Receiver (bottom right) [712XL] Suitable CAT5 cable and installation components see Computer section Widescreen notes Until the 1950s most films for cinema release were shot and projected in a 4:3 (1.33:1 width:height) aspect ratio. At about that time the Fox Corporation, looking for a way to draw people to the cinema (home ownership of TVs was growing rapidly), developed Cinemascope, a unique widescreen film experience. The aspect ratio of this new picture format was 21:9 (2.35:1) width to height (although many others were experimented with). The results were achieved by clever use of lenses in a so called anamorphic process. A special lens on the camera squeezed the images onto the industry standard 4:3 35mm film stock, and a similar lens on the projector stretched the film back to its widescreen proportions for the cinema. The first Cinemascope release grossed $30m, convincing the financial backers that widescreen was worth developing. As well as Fox's Cinemascope there were many other systems and aspect ratios developed, and even now there's no universal standard. If you'd like to know more about the history of cinema it s well worth visiting to the National Museum of Photography Film and Television at Bradford. ( Widescreen, originally developed to get people back into the cinema, now seems to be applied to recreating the cinema experience back in your own home, with a 16:9 aspect ratio. Widescreen TVs and projectors are becoming commonplace. This time around though the powers at Hollywood don't seem so concerned, as they can often earn more revenue from DVD sales than from the initial theatrical release. Nowadays almost all TV manufacturers are switching production to widescreen 16:9 format and conventional 4:3 sets are getting increasingly difficult to buy new. It does get slightly complicated in that the material you can view isn't just 4:3 or 16:9, there are many in-betweens including pan and scan, letterbox, etc. We haven't space for a more detailed explanation here, but suffice to say that when you watch a widescreen DVD it won't necessarily fill your every inch of your widescreen TV. 58

61 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Distribution and line amplifiers See also Switchboxes, Input/output selectors section VM3 3-Way Video Distribution Amplifier Kramer VM3 Compact video only (no audio) distribution unit with one input to 3 fully buffered outputs> S-video model (pictured) [KRVM3S] Composite video model [KRVM3V] Keene distribution amp Distribution amplifiers take the audio and video signal from one device and split it into a number of different signals to feed to other devices. Internal electronics processing buffers the signal so that each output maintains the quality and clarity of the original input. The Keene KDA distribution amplifier has one set of inputs for composite video, s-video and stereo audio and four identical sets of outputs, each output being indistinguishable from the input. Uniquely, the Keene Distribution Amp also has a switchable line drive feature, giving the ability to send audio and/or video over much longer cable runs than normally possible (up to 100m dependant on cable). It works by applying a signal boost with emphasis on higher frequencies and use of wideband ICs with very low output impedance. The KDA may be daisy-chained, that is to say the output of one KDA may be fed into the input of another. Used in such a configuration, five KDAs may be used to provide up to 16 AV outlets from one AV input. This product is ideal for: Sending a an AV signal to multiple displays Sending an AV signal down a long cable run (up to 100m with the right cable) Making up to four simultaneous recordings from one source Sending line level audio to amplifiers in other rooms TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION Power: 12-18v 300mA or greater (mains adaptor included). Video bandwidth: 50MHz distortion: <50db up to 10Mhz Back terminated series 75ohm outputs for reflection free performance DC coupled on Composite video and Luminance outputs AC coupled on Chrominance output Slew rate up to 1000v/uS Audio distortion: <0.1% bandwidth: 20 30kHz Audio output impedance: 1K ohms each output Audio input impedance: >10K ohms Dimensions 144 x 111 x 64mm Weight 680g (exc supply & cables) (note that for the video signal only s-video OR composite video should be used, NOT both simultaneously) UK model with UK 3-pin mains plug, order code [KDA] Euro model with round 2-pin mains plug, order [KDAE] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on these products KE TBC1000 time base corrector and distribution amp Identical box to the VP299 above, but also contains a full frame 4:2:2 time base corrector for rock-solid copies. [TBC1000] VP way distribution amplifier Distributes a single source to up to four TV monitors or video recorders. Provides wide bandwidth with low noise and low distortion, giving affordable high quality results. Y/C and composite video connections together with stereo audio. [VP299] All prices are inclusive of VAT. Keene Scart Distribution Amplifier One input to five outputs, fully buffered using broadcast grade video amplification ICs. Pin 8 is routed through (if the input goes high all the outputs go high) and every pin connection is carried through making it suitable for composite, S-video, component or RGB. Supplied in a robust metal case this is ideal for displaying one signal on multiple TVs or for making up to five simultaneous copies from one source. Mains adaptor included TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION Power: 12-18v 300mA Video: 5 buffered video outputs Video bandwidth: 50MHz Video level: Composite / Luminance 1v pp, Chrominance 0.3v peak to peak. Video distortion: < -50db up to 10Mhz Back terminated series 75R outputs for reflection free performance DC coupled on all outputs Slew rate up to 500v/uS Audio: 5 buffered audio outputs Audio distortion: <0.1% Bandwidth 20Hz - 30KHz Audio output impedance: <1K ohms each output Audio input impedance: >10K ohms Unity gain Dimensions 219 x 115 x 37mm Weight 725g (exc supply & cables) UK model with UK 3-pin mains plug order [SDA] Euro model with round 2-pin mains plug order [SDAE] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on these products Kramer 5- & 10-Way AV Distribution Amplifiers The Kramer VM-5YCXL is a unique 1:5 distribution amplifier for s-video (Y/C), composite video, and audio stereo signals. It accepts a single input source and distributes the signal to five identical outputs designed to drive monitors, projectors, or other receiving devices. The VM-5YCxl is a dual format DA offering BNC connectors for composite video, and 4pin connectors for s-video. It is a true dual distribution amplifier, allowing for simultaneous distribution of composite video and s Video. In addition, it allows bi-directional conversion between Y/C and composite video, thus allowing, for example, one composite input to 5 composite outputs and 5 Y/C outputs. Similarly, the Y/C input can be distributed to the 5 composite and 5 Y/C outputs. The composite and Y/C inputs each have an extra converted output (an extra Y/C output for the composite video input and an extra composite video output derived from the Y/C input) so that, even when working as 2 unconverted DAs, there is an extra converted output for monitoring etc. Rear panel controls are also provided for selecting AC or DC coupling and for termination (to enable looping). Bandwidth exceeding 300MHz ensures transparent performance with typical video and audio sources. The VM-5YCxl is rugged, dependable, and housed in a professional 19 rack mountable enclosure, requiring one vertical rack space. Specifications: INPUTS: 1 composite video looping, 1Vpp/75Ω on a BNC connector; 1 looping (Y), 1Vpp/75Ω (C) 0.3Vpp/75Ω on a 4P connector; 2 audio stereo looping 1Vpp/50kΩ on RCAs. OUTPUTS: composite video, 1 Vpp/75Ω on BNCs Y/C, Y=1Vpp/75Ω, C=0.3 Vpp/75Ω on 4P connectors; 2x5 audio stereo, 1Vpp/100W on RCAs. VIDEO: BANDWIDTH 300MHz 3dB (composite to composite or Y/C to Y/C); CROSSTALK <58 5MHz; NON LINEARITY <0.05%; S/N 73.5 db; DIFF. GAIN 0.26%; DIFF. PHASE 0.11Deg; K-FACTOR <0.1%. COUPLING: DC or AC (video); AC (audio.) CONTROLS: Y/C to Y/C or composite, composite to composite or Y/C program switches. AUDIO: BANDWIDTH 100 khz 3dB; S/N 88dB. unweighted (1Vpp.); THD less than 0.04%; 2nd HARMONIC 0.015% POWER SOURCE: 230VAC 50/60Hz (115VAC U.S.A.), 12VA. DIMENSIONS: 19 (W) x 7 (D) x 1U (H) rack mountable. WEIGHT: 2.5 kg. (5.6 lb.) approx. ACCESSORIES: Power cord. [VM5YCXL] Way distribution amp. Everything as VM5YCXL above but 10 way [VM10YCXL] Post production Conversion, duplication & distribution Support 59

62 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 AV distribution (continued) RF DISTRIBUTION & AMPLIFICATION A range of high quality signal boosters and distribution units to both enhance the signal and enable routing to multiple TVs throughout your house. Pictured (clockwise from bottom left): [A110], [A120], [A260], [A281]. 1 set amplifier (1 input, 1 output, 20db gain) [A110] set amplifier (1 input, 2 output, 12 db gain) [A120] set amplifier (1 input, 3 output, 11db gain) [A130] set amplifier (1 input 4 output, 11db gain) [A140] set amplifier (2 inputs, 6 outputs, 12db gain, separate UHF & VHF outputs( [A260] set amplifier (2 inputs, 8 outputs with 12db gain plus one high 24db gain, separate UHF and VHF outputs) [A281] Note that distribution amps A260 and A281 use F connectors for input/output. you may find some [KA144]. adaptors useful RF signal attenuators Every time your aerial signal is passed through a VCR or satellite system, the equipment's internal modulator adds about 3dB of gain to the signal. If you daisy chain several devices, the signal can become too strong by the time it hits the TV. Use these in-line attenuators to remove over-modulation problems. 3dB attenuation [ATT3] dB attenuation (pictured) [ATT6] dB attenuation [ATT12] 2.99 Keene SVGA distribution amplifier The Keene SVGADA is a 1:4 distribution amplifier for VGA signals (picture shows front and rear views). The input is correctly buffered and then distributed simultaneously to four outputs using 15 pin HD connectors. Output no.1 is designated as "master" as this output also provides data communication such that the source may know the type of monitor is being used. The data connections are isolated on outputs 2, 3 and 4. Unused outputs do not require termination. The SVGADA is constructed using high quality high bandwidth components and should be transparent in operation. The SVGADA connectors are all female and it is supplied complete with a 1.8m male to male cable (PC output to SVGADA input). All that is required is to connect the monitor(s) to the SVGADA output Ideal for display purposes and for driving 4-up Plasma video walls. SPECIFICATIONS: BANDWIDTH: 120MHz DIFFERENTIAL PHASE: 0.05 DIFFERENTIAL GAIN= 0.05 DIMENSIONS: 90mm x 75mm x 43mm POWER SOURCE: 12v DC, 200mA. WEIGHT: 200g (exc cables & power supply) [SVGADA] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product KE Kramer 3 way VGA distributor A high performance 1:3 distribution amplifier for VGA signals. It accepts one input, provides correct buffering and isolation, and then distributes the signal to three identical outputs using highdensity 15 pin D connectors. Unused outputs do not require special termination. Video bandwidth exceeding 345MHz ensures that the VP-300 remains transparent even for high-resolution VGA modes like XGA. It is ideal for any professional display system requiring multiple outputs from a single VGA source.for example presentation systems requiring a local monitor and two projectors; can be used as a multi-channel video or component DA with BNC breakout cables. Typical Applications: Schools, Churches, Corporate applications, rental and staging systems. Technical Specifications: INPUTS: Analog Red, Green, Blue signals -0.7 Vpp/75Ω, H & V sync, TTL level, on HD15F connector. OUTPUTS: 3 Analog Red, Green, Blue signals -0.7 Vpp/75Ω, H & V sync, TTL level, on HD15F connectors. VIDEO BANDWIDTH: Exceeding 345 MHz. DIFF. GAIN: 0.06%. DIFF. PHASE: 0.13 Deg. COUPLING: AC. K-FACTOR: <0.05% S/N RATIO: 74 db POWER SOURCE: 12 V DC, 75mA (PSU included) DIMENSIONS: 12cm x 7.5cm x 2.5cm (4.7" x 2.95" x 0.98") WxDxH) [KVP300] RGB tips: Kramer 1:3 Y/C LINE AMPLIFIER The Kramer 103YC is a high performance line amplifier which combines the functions of a distribution amplifier and a line driver. It accepts a single s-video (Y/C) input and provides three identical buffered outputs which are affected by gain and equalisation controls located on the top panel. The gain and equalisation controls are designed to compensate for signal losses inherent in long cable runs. Separate overall gain controls for Y (luma) and C (chroma) are provided, and the EQ control boosts the upper frequencies of the Y component most susceptible to loss. Bandwidth exceeding 430MHz ensures that the 103YC remains transparent even in the most critical applications. A 12V power supply is provided. Technical Specifications: INPUTS: 1 Y/C, 1Vpp / 75Ω (Y), 0.3Vpp / 75Ω (c) on a 4p connector. OUTPUTS: 3 Y/C, 1Vpp / 75Ω (Y), 0.3Vpp / 75Ω (c) on 4p connectors. "Y" BANDWIDTH: 430 MHz -3dB. CONTROLS: -0.8dB / +6dB Gain (Y), 0.9dB/ +9.5dB (Y 5.8 MHz); - 0.5dB/ +4.3dB (C level). COUPLING: AC. DIFF. GAIN: 0.03%. DIFF. PHASE: 0.03 Deg. K-FACTOR: <0.05% (normal). S/N RATIO: >80dB. MAX. VIDEO OUTPUT: 2.5 Vpp. POWER SOURCE: 12 V DC, 40mA. DIMENSIONS: 12cm x 7.5cm x 2.5cm (4.7" x 2.95" x 0.98") WxDxH [103YC] See also Remote Controls & Extenders section: Keene IR distribution amplifier Poor TV picture? Some common aerial problems and their solutions Problem Possible cause Solution Thin rolling lines Over-driven signal Add attenuator(s) Snowy channels Damaged cable or poorly made connections Check end connectors and/or replace cable Herringbone patterns Interference from other channels Re-tune output channels of in-line devices (VCR etc). Picture ghosting (terrestrial analogue) Reflected signals Check aerial position/location Blocky (pixellated) picture (terrestrial digital) Weak signal Check aerial type, position and location. 60

63 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Wireless AV distribution Gigavideo 70 A very compact wireless AV sender in a smart silver casing. It features four channel operation, built in IR feedback path and a normal aerial coaxial output allowing easy connection to a TV without scart-input. SPECIFICATIONS Transmitter Power: 12V DC, 200 ma Transmitter: 4 channels Channel 1: Ghz Channel 2: Ghz Channel 3: Ghz Channel 4: Ghz Bandwidth: 18.0 Mhz Output: 10 mw max. IR Receiver (optional): Mhz A/V input: 3 x phono (2x Audio, 1x Video) Modulation: FM Video input: 1Vpp (typ) 75 Ohm Audio input: Vpp (typ) 600 Ohm Dimensions: 92x85x140mm with upright antenna Conversion Transferring other media to video Transferring cine film on to video It is not easy to do this electronically, in the same way as copying from one video to another, (unless you have access to thousands of pounds worth of gear anyway), so you will have to make use of your projector. All transfer units (see right) operate on the same basic principle. The unit contains a mirror set at 45 degrees to a fresnel screen. The film image is projected on to the mirror which reverses it for back projection on to the screen. The image is recorded from the front of the screen by your camcorder (the image will be not be reversed). Before ordering, it is a good idea to check how small a focussed image your projector can produce. If your projector can produce a sharp image of this size or smaller then the unit will work without problems. If not, then some of your picture will be cropped. When transferring cine film, a strobing effect is often seen. It occurs because cine film is usually shot at 18 or 24 frames/ sec, whereas the camcorder is running at 25fps, but can be overcome by careful adjustment of the projector transport speed and the camcorder shutter speed. It is also important to ensure that each piece of equipment is positioned exactly square to the convertor. Hama 3 in 1 Telecine convertor Deluxe version of cine to video transfer convertor, allows easy transfer of slides, cine film and also photographs (accepts prints up to 4"x 6"). Built in light source ensures even illumination for prints (uses 4 x C batteries not included). A built in lens shade improves contrast and it features a front surface mirror for better image quality. Projector needs to be able to focus on screen area 85mm x 65mm [H3018] Transferring photographs to video The key to good results is patience. Your main requirements are the means to hold the camcorder and the print steady and aligned square on to each other. Consider the light source carefully, as prints are designed to be viewed in natural daylight, and so indoor work can often produce unwelcome colour casts. If it s not raining or freezing, a good approach is to take a small table outside and use natural daylight. A table top tripod will come in very handy and you may find it useful to have a close up lens. Although your camcorder will have a macro facility for close focusing, it prevents you from using the zoom effectively and so you may be forced to film an unwelcome border around you photograph. A close up lens will enable you to actually zoom in or out of a photo, or indeed pan across it, and yet still keep everything in sharp focus. The Hama 3 in 1 Telecine unit meets most of the above requirements as it provides a) steady support, b) a close up lens and c) a good, even light source. Receiver: Power: 9V DC, 400 ma Receiver: 4 channels Channel 1: Ghz Channel 2: Ghz Channel 3: Ghz Channel 4: GHz A/V output: 3 x phono (2x Audio, 1x Video) Video Output 1 Vpp (typ) Audio Output 1 Vpp (typ) Dimensions: 92x85x140 mm with upright antenna RF Output PAL BG Channel 36 RF Output PAL I Channel 48 [GV70] Please note that Pace 1000 and 2000 series digital cable boxes used by NTL & Telewest use an infra red system called IRDA. Unfortunately these IRDA codes cannot be learnt by learning remotes and are incompatible with IR extender systems such are the Powermid, TR2450 and GV70 etc Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year Transferring slides (transparencies) on to video The same applies as cine film, in that this cannot readily be done electronically. There are two ways to transfer slides; one is to use your projector and do the process the same as if it were cine film (see left), and the other is to use a slide convertor which attaches to the camcorder itself (below). When using the slide duplicator method, best results are obtained with well exposed, low to medium contrast slides. A filter effect can be added by placing suitable filters between camera and duplicator. Create more drama in presentations by using the zoom lens to home-in on the centre of the slide, creating a sense of motion. Add sound to your photo presentation by using the Audio Dub feature on your camcorder. ÖHNAR Digital Slide Duplicator This digital slide duplicator can be adapted to screw into the filter thread of almost all SLR cameras, video cameras and still digital cameras. The built-in close-up optics allow you to make full use of your zoom and selectively crop the image if desired. Since most modern camcorders and digital movie cameras now have automatic white balance, you can virtually use any light source to illuminate the slides for copying. The lens of the Digital Duplicator can also be used as a +10 close-up lens. This device has a 52mm thread so you may also need an appropriate stepping ring to mount it on your camcorder's filter thread. (see Filters and Stepping Rings section). [SLIDE] Think about the sound It is important to consider the sound when copying photos, slides or cine film, as projector hum and other background noise (like your mumblings!) may well be recorded. The best approach is to deal with this when you come to transfer your footage onto your VCR. A simple solution is to deliberately leave off the audio connection when copying so that the end result is silent. Or, even better, you could use an audio mixer and add some suitable commentary or background music (see Audio section for more detail). Post production Conversion, duplication & distribution Support 61

64 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Camcorder and accessory supports Monopods, tripods & video heads Monopods, tripods video heads 62 Other camcorder supports 64 Accessory supports, brackets & shoes 65 Wall mounts for large displays 66 Monopods Considerably easier to transport than a tripod, they are very good at taking the weight out of holding the camcorder and minimising camera shake. Very handy for work within crowds of people as they are less likely to get accidentally kicked or knocked, and they make it very easy to change position and reframe. Not much good though, if you want to leave your camcorder running and get yourself in the picture. Monopods - do I need to buy a head? Not necessarily all monopods will screw directly into the tripod bush on your camcorder. It is really a matter of personal preference, some people prefer to leave it at that, others like to fit a tripod head onto the monopod itself. Bear in mind that you gain a fair degree of pan and tilt movement by just rotating and leaning the monopod anyway. MANFROTTO MONOPOD MN679 Three section Monopod featuring sure rubber grip, wrist carrying strap, quick action lever leg lock system with 45 flip, large 2.3" camera/head platform with plastic cover and dual 1/4-20" - 3/8" camera screw. (Replaces the 479 monopod) SPECIFICATIONS Material: Silver Aluminium Maximum Height: 162cm (63.8in) Minimum Height: 64 cm (25.2 in) Leg Sections: 3 Foot Type: Rubber Maximum Load Capacity: 22Lb Weight: 0.6 kg (1.3lb) [MN679] MANFROTTO UNIVERSAL FOLDING MONOPOD BASE MN678 Turn your monopod into a self supporting stand! This unique accessory allows the addition of a base made of three foldable high strength steel legs for monopods 679, 680, 681 and old style 479, 434, The legs can be folded and stored inside the bottom section of the monopod ready for use in just a few seconds. SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Load Capacity: 13.9 kg (30.8lb) Weight: 0.4 kg (.9lb) [MN678] MN676 MONOPOD Four section, lightweight monopod with rapid action extension locks. Suitable for compact and 35mm cameras and smaller min-dv camcorders. 1/4" camera fixing screw. SPECIFICATIONS Maximum height with extended centre column: 154 cm (60.7in) Closed length: 48 cm (18.9in) Maximum load capacity: 4.5 kg (10lb) Weight: 0.4 kg (0.9lb) Black finish [MN676B] Gamma 74 tripod Features 3 way pan & tilt fluid effect head, extendable panning handle, closed square section channel legs, spirit level, geared centre column with air damping, quick release head and integral carrying handle. Previously sold at 49.99, Keene price [G74] Spare QR plate for Gamma 74 tripod [HP74QR] 7.99 Slik U8000 tripod Ultra smooth three way fluid effect head makes this tripod ideal for both photo and video use. Geared centre column with tension adjustment, oversize quick action leg lock, quick release head, champagne bronze colour superb Slik quality at an affordable price. Height fully extended 150cm, folded 59gm. Weight (excl head) 1.5kg [U8000] Self-standing PRO monopod MN682 Robust three-section aluminium professional monopod with the handy addition of three retractable legs. The 682 features a sure rubber grip, wrist carrying strap, quick action lever leg lock system with 45 flip, large 2.3" camera/head platform with plastic cover and dual 1/4" 3/8" camera screw. SPECIFICATIONS Material: silver aluminum Maximum height: 172 cm (67.7 in.) Minimum Height: 74 cm (29.1 in) Leg Sections: 3 Foot type: rubber Maximum load capacity: 26.4 Ib Weight: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb) [MN682] Slik Mini tripod A beautifully made miniature tripod from Slik. Weighing just 320g it has two-section legs to provide a maximum operating height of 215mm. Ideal for table top work or can be used on car roofs, walls etc when out and about. Especially suited to compact cameras, digital cameras and Palmcorders this tripod really is small and light enough to be carried anywhere and should easily fit into most gadget bags [SMT] Libec TH 650 tripod Extremely high quality tripod from the Libec factory. The fluid head has a counterbalanced mechanism which compensates for the camcorders weight and holds it steady at any tilt angle. The head also has a 65mm claw ball which allows for quick and easy head levelling regardless of leg position. The legs are made from three section oval pipe which gives good rigidity and also have a transport lock to hold them in place when on the move. Expensive, but the best things in life generally are. Height, fully extended 150cm, folded 75cm Weight 3.2kg [TH650] LIBEC DL2 TRIPOD DOLLY For use with TH650 tripod. Equipped with braking system and 75mm wheels. [TL2] 5.99 LIBEC TH950 TRIPOD A great new video specific tripod from Libec. The bigger brother to the very popular Heiwa TH650, this tripod has an advanced fluid head with a unique two position counterbalance making it ideal for use with front heavy cameras as well as normal cameras. The removable camera quick release plate is fitted with a sliding screw for fine adjustment and is made from extraordinarily strong magnesium alloy. A disc calliper is used for the tilt brake to hold the head rock steady and a 75mm ball head makes levelling smooth and steady. Suitable for:all consumer camcorders, Digital and 35mm still cameras, Sony PDX10 / PD170, Canon XM2 XL1s, JVC GY-DV300 Streamcorder, Panasonic AG-DVX100 Specifications: Camera load capacity: 4Kg Ball base: 75mm Weight: 3.75Kg Max height: 1.55m Min height: 0.75m Tripod section: 2 stage Supplied with soft carry case The normal price for this tripod is 199 plus VAT ( ). For a limited time we're offering it at 199 including VAT, saving you 34.83! Order Code [TH950] Please note; if you intend to use this tripod with a Manfrotto LANC pan-handle such as the MN522 or 522C youíll need an adaptor to accommodate the variation in handle size: [MN522TH]

65 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Tripods and video heads (continued) Manfrotto MN055 Professional tripod series MN055A Lightweight portable and sturdy the 055A is a classic tripod, ideal for 35mm, medium format and video camera applications. The extra long centre column is reversible, allowing the camera to be supported underneath the tripod, ideal for macro & nature work. 3 section quick lock (twist type) legs with triangular centre column which eliminates rotation even when not fully locked. Like all Manfrotto kit the build quality is superb. Specifications Closed height: 61cm Minimum working height: 56cm Fully extended height: 137cm Fully extended with fully extended centre column: 181cm Weight: 2.2Kg Max rec. weight 6Kg [MN055] Also available in black finish [MN055AB] MN055CL CLASSIC Similar to the 055A but with rapid action lever locks (instead of twist) and four angles of leg spread, providing a working platform from 175cm down to an incredible 8cm. Specifications Closed height: 61cm Minimum working height: 8cm Fully extended height: 132cm Fully extended legs and centre column: 175cm Weight: 2.3Kg Max rec. weight 6Kg [MN055CL] Also available in black finish [MN055CLB] MN055 NATURE An MN055CL that has been tweaked specifically for wildlife and nature work, its supplied with olive green legs and a black centre column. (Special matching olive green version of the MN128 video head also available.) The top section of each leg is covered in a neoprene "leg warmer" which offer improved grip and make it easier on your hands in cold weather. The rubber feet also have retractable steel spikes. Specifications same as Classic [MN055NAT] MN055PRO A very versatile tripod from the 055 series in which the centre column can be attached laterally providing a horizontal extension arm (pic below left) - great for shooting directly overhead. Rapid action leg locks (below, middle) and four position leg angles (below right)make this an extremely useful bit of kit. Manfrotto video heads 128RC fluid video head Silky smooth genuine fluid action head. Quick release plate with secondary security pin, pans through 360, tilts through 90 with pan and tilt locks. Ideal for all camcorders up to 4kg in weight. [MN128] Option: Olive green version for use with the MN055 Nature tripod [MN128RCNAT] Spare quick release plate for MN128 video heads [MN128QR] 9.99 MN501 VIDEO FLUID HEAD Designed to support the latest range of small, professional digital cameras as well as cameras with longer lenses and spotting scopes. The head gives best-in-themarket value and performance for payloads up to an ample 6kg. The light but positive fluid movement provides exceptionally smooth control. It has added Teflon friction adjustment to increase drag and separate pan and tilt locks. Design practicality also features a quickrelease sliding plate with VHS pin, a single pan handle and flat base with 3/8" tripod fixing. Specifications Pan: 360 ; Tilt: Height (fully closed) 105mm; Weight 1.5kg Max load 6.0kg [MN501] Spares and accessories Additional pan handle [MN501LV] Spare quick release plate [MN501PL] Manfrotto super combo deals Buy any Manfrotto legs and video head at the same time and get 10% off the total price Bags for Manfrotto MNO55 tripod Tripod bag for MN055 legs and head. Internal dimensions 12 x 18 x 80 cm. Two versions: Standard [MNBAG] Padded Pro version [MNPBAG] Conversion Supports & mounts Bags & storage Specifications Closed height: 65cm Minimum working height: 11cm Fully extended (legs) height: 135cm Fully extended height legs and centre column: 176cm Weight: 2.4Kg Max rec. camcorder/camera weight 6Kg [MN055PRO] Also available in black finish [MN055PROB] Manfrotto The Manfrotto support system is the one most widely favoured by professionals on both video and still photography. We can supply any Manfrotto product, just let us know what you need and we ll confirm price and availability. Manfrotto tripod carry strap Wide rubberised fabric strap with spring loops for quick fastening and detachment [MN102] LANC remote camcorder function controllers are especially useful when used with a tripod-mounted camcorder see Remote Controls and Extenders section Tripod Bush Adaptor Converts a 1/4" thread into a 3/8" thread. [TBA] 1.99 Spirit level Neat compact shoe mount spirit level. Clear perspex body with twin spirit levels to aid horizontal and vertical alignment of your camcorder or SLR. [LEV]

66 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Camcorder & accessory supports Other camcorder mounts Camcorder car clamp Suction mounted camcorder platform that can be used on the passenger side window, or even on the outside the car for dynamic low shots. Very powerful suction cup will adhere to any smooth surface and safely support any camcorder up to 1.7kg. Two-way adjustable support arm allows easy alignment. Quick release platform for easy fitting and removal of camera. As used by councils for highway surveys. [HCC] Touring kit Very handy box of tricks that should solve camcorder support problems in almost any situation. Comprises: suction cup mount with ball and socket head; a ground spike; wood screw mount and a mini tripod that can be used alone or attached to any of the other devices as an extension bar. If bought separately, these items would total Kit price [TKIT] only Cullmann suction mount A versatile camcorder/camera support. A conventional 1/4 tripod thread connects to a fastadjusting ball and socket type head which has a suction cup mounting device. Simply place on to glass or any other smooth surface (car bodywork etc) and press the lever to create a very powerful vacuum mount which can stay firmly put for days on end. Another lever breaks the seal and releases the unit. Very handy, and opens up a lot of possibilities for shooting on the move or in places where a tripod just isn t practical. Supports up to 3kg load [CUSM] Pocket clamp Ball joint head to a G clamp style fixing for positioning the camera almost anywhere. Also includes two leg extensions which can be fitted to provide a flat surface tripod. Suitable for lightweight camcorders and compact still cameras up to 150g. [CLAMP] Cullmann Travel Pod Versatile little gadget. Can be used either as a very sturdy table top tripod or as a shoulder support to aid steady shooting. The shoulder brace section rotates making it equally suitable for both Palmcorders and larger camcorders. Features a quick release camcorder attachment [TRPOD] Universal sliding plate A great gadget from Manfrotto (although it can be used on any brand of tripod) this is a platform that is designed to easily alter the centre of gravity of the camera over the tilt axis of the tripod. Ideal for camcorders that have tripod mounting bushes in awkward places, meaning they always try to tilt forward or backward when locked in position. Its also useful for fine adjustments in macro photography, (sliding range 8cm). It s compatible with both 1/4" and 3/8" thread sizes. Top platform size is 14cm x 4.5cm. [MN357] MANFROTTO 241 SERIES SUCTION CUP This is a suction cup with a wide (150mm diameter) base and a unique ìpump-actionî mode. To attach it you simply hold it in place and pump the blue button several times until you can no longer see the red line. It will now safely support a load of up to 3kg. If the red line becomes visible again simply re-pump. We stuck one to a whiteboard in the office and couldn't shift it no matter how hard we tried. It wasn't until the end of the day that the red line began to appear again. It is ideal for fixing to windows, car windscreens, bodywork and er whiteboards. The Suction cup is available in three versions: MN241V (vehicle brace) This model is supplied with a swivel mount camera platform and has an added (detachable) long brace that is designed to go down to the car floor for added stability. [MN241V] MAGIC ARM WITH QUICK RELEASE PLATE A really versatile extension arm with quick lock clamps. Supplied with a quick release camera plate and secondary safety lock. 5/8" male stud on ball joint with 3/8" and 1/4-20" female thread. Works especially well with 035S Super Clamp. Max Load: 4kg [MN143RC] All prices are inclusive of VAT. MN241FB (flat base) This just has a single 3/8î male thread - onto which you could attach say MN143RC or MN155RC. (You could directly attach it to a camera tripod bush but you ld have no adjustment at all). [MN241FB] MN241 (swivel socket) As the FB model but with a swivel action socket for fast attachment and adjustment of MN143RC or MN155RC [MN241] SUPER CLAMP Truly a Super Clamp, this has thousands of uses and no camera bag should be without one. It holds just about everything: cameras, lights, umbrellas, hooks, shelves, plate glass, cross bars, even other Super Clamps! And they hold these items to just about everything: poles, posts, tripod legs, pipes, doors, stands, and beams - virtually any support you can get the Super Clamps wide jaws around. It can be securely mounted on any tube or object from 12 to 51mm. The attachment is a 5/8" hexagonal socket which will hold most lighting fixtures or camera fixtures like the MN155RC. Maximum load capacity 14.9 kg (33.1 lbs) [MN035] DOUBLE TILT HEAD WITH Q/R PLATE A very versatile camera platform with a quick release plate. There is a double ball joint that allows the platform to be easily rotated and positioned and a quick locking clamp to hold it secure. The base has a 3/8 female thread so it can be used in place of a conventional tripod head, and will also lock into place in the hexagonal socket of the superclamp MN035. Maximum Load Capacity 5.0 kg (11.1 lbs) Head height 15 cm (6 inches) [MN155RC] Additional QR plate [MN128QR] 9.99 MICRO POSITIONING PLATE Ideal for macro photography to make precise positioning movements to achieve the perfect framed shot, for QTVR and other precise copy/repro work, this plate has finger-tip control for ultra-fine positioning but with a simple lock-release lever for fast set-up. Two plates can be interlocked at 90 for full lateral/forward/ back movement (over 4.7"). In extruded aluminium, the plate has 1/4" and 3/8" holes and screws for tripod and camera mounting. Max load: 8kg [MN454]

67 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Choosing tripods The function of a tripod is something which will hold your camcorder or camera nice and steady, and so it follows that a big, heavy tripod will do this job pretty well. Unfortunately, if it s so big and heavy that you can t be bothered to lug it about with you, it will get very little use and so end up having been a fair old waste of money. Modern tripods have been designed to provide maximum strength and rigidity, whilst keeping weight to a minimum, and so make them an item that you will hopefully Manfrotto Lanc Remote Control Great film-making should be about finding the right frame, not finding the right button. The more features you come to expect from your video equipment (be it camera or support), the more controls you find yourself having to manage simultaneously. And if, like the rest of us, you only have two hands, your working life isn t getting any simpler framing the perfect shot, taking a test still, starting your recording, panning, tilting and tracking the subject across differently lit areas, zooming in and bringing up the focus then wrapping up the take without wasting precious tape has needed you to have the virtuoso fingertip sensitivity of a concert pianist. But devote your life to developing the level of Accessory supports and mounts manual dexterity you need, and where do you find the time to keep your visual skills as high as they need to be? Manfrotto s solution is the 522 LANC video camera remote control, which is mounted directly on the pan bar of your existing video head. At last you really can do it all with one hand tied behind your back, but both eyes on your subject. The 522 puts all the essential recording functions of your video camera within easy reach and well inside your sightline on the handle of the video head so you can pan, tilt, zoom and focus all at once: now you only have to worry about what to wear to the Oscars. There are four models of Manfrotto LANC remote control available at present: The 522 and 522A are compatible with the following SONY LANCenabled video cameras: DSR-250P, DCR-PC120E, DCR-PC110E, DCR- PC101E, DSR-PD150, DSR-PD100, DSR-PDX10, DCR-XV2000E, DCR- TRV950E and control the following camera functions: STBY, REC, ZOOM, FADER, FOCUS (manual/auto), PHOTO. * The following SONY cameras can also be controlled by the 522 and 522A, but with slightly reduced functions:dcr-vx100e (Backlight and Manual/Auto VSL3 Twin shoe bracket Smart U shaped bracket simply screws into the tripod mount on the underneath of the camera and gives you two shoes for lights, mics etc. Also provides an extra grip at the side to help steady shooting. Can be fixed either right or left. [TWINSHOE] Table-top microphone stand with standard microphone thread [MS90] 5.99 Butterfly clamp For use with MS90 table top mic stand if your microphone doesn t have a threaded holder [BC] 3.99 use more often. Before you buy, have a think about; The size and weight of your camcorder Your own height in relation to the fully extended height of the tripod How heavy it is (can you comfortably carry it?) How large it is. Is it mainly for studio type work, or will it need to fit in your gadget bag for holidays? focus functions not available, limited Photo/Capture function), CCD-TR918E (Manual/Auto focus not available), DCR-TRV530 (Manual/Auto focus not available), DSR-200AP - DVCAM (Backlight and Manual/Auto focus functions not available, limited Photo/Capture function) The 522C and 522CA are compatible with the following Canon LANC-enabled video cameras: XL-1, XL-1S, XL-1SE, GL- 1, GL-2, XM-1, XM-2 and control the following camera functions: STBY, REC, ZOOM, DISPLAY ON/OFF, REC SEARCH - and REC SEARCH + The 522A SONY & 522CA CANON remotes fit video heads with 13mm diameter pan handle (eg Manfrotto 700RC2, 128RC) The 522 SONY & 522C CANON remotes fit video heads with 19mm diameter pan handle (eg Manfrotto 501, 503, 505, 510, MK3, & Vinten PRO-9, PRO-5, PRO-130) Sony 19mm [MN522] Sony 13mm [MN522A] Canon 19mm [MN522C] Canon 13mm [MN522CA] GAMMA 80 LANC TRIPOD A new video tripod from Hama that features an integral LANC remote control built into the pan-handle.the LANC control has buttons for power on/off, zoom in/out, start/stop, focus and photo. The tripod itself is well built making this a very attractive package. Specifications: Folded height 67.5 cm Extended height 160 cm Weight 1700g Quick release platform Cranked column with air damping Integrated remote control for Sony/Canon camcorders 2D pan & tilt head Spirit level [G80] Spare quick release plate [HP74QR] 7.99 Modular suspension system Designed to completely eliminate unwanted handling noise, this is effectively a "cats cradle" which suspends the microphone inside an array of clips and bands. The modular construction makes it easy to adjust to your particular mic, and its supplied with both pistol grip and a boom adaptor. Very useful (ideal for the K6 system). [RMSS] Hot Shoe Shock Mount Designed to completely eliminate unwanted handling and transmitted mechanical noise, the Beyer EA86 simply fastens to your microphone shoe and suspends your mic within a cats cradle of elastic. The shoe base is also threaded (3/8 & 5/8 ) for conventional mic stand or tripod use. Very effective and great value for money (max diameter of mic body 30mm). [EA86] Conversion Supports & mounts Bags & storage Visitors are welcome at our showroom/warehouse. We have full demonstration facilities why not try before you buy? Monday Friday 9.00am 5.30pm, Saturday 9.00am 5.00pm 65

68 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Accessory supports and mounts (continued) Mic Stand Shock Mount A professional shock mount from Audio Technica. A butterfly type spring clip will hold most cylindrical or tapered microphone bodies (16-28mm) and the suspension system eliminates all handling noise. 5/8 screw threaded for use on mic stand or boom arm. [AT8410] TILTING SHOE ADAPTOR Simply attaches to your existing shoe mount to provide a tilting shoe mount. Great for bouncing video lights and tweaking the tips of microphones back out of view on wide angle shots! (overall height approx 45mm). [TSM] 9.99 SCREW-IN SHOE ADAPTOR A great little problem solver, this just screws into any 1/4î tripod bush to allow the equipment to be fixed onto a std shoe type mount. [SM] 8.99 Accessory shoe Standard accessory shoe with a very strong self adhesive base. Simply sticks on to the camcorder (or why not on to the battery?) to allow fitting of external microphones, video lights etc [SHOE] 3.99 LIGHTING STANDS Unomat No.2 stand, 3 section, max extended height 2.15m, closed 64cm (pictured) [LSUN2] Unomat No.3 stand 4 section, max extended height 3.1m closed 90cm [LSUN3] NEW: Projector ceiling mounts Close coupled A flush to the ceiling ball joint bracket with a steel safety wire for extra security. The 90 degree tilt and 360 degree swivel facility is easily adjusted by using the brake screw and allen key provided. Attractive plastic cover plates hide the fixing screws. Only 9cm drop, 360 degree swivel at mount 90 degree tilt [BT880CC] (Must be used in conjunction with either BT880UN1 or BT880UN2) Medium & long arm These ceiling mounting plates have a tilt facility at the plate making them suitable for both angled or flat ceilings. The length can be adjusted by a lever which allows for the projector to be mounted at a drop of 50cm to 75cm (BT880M) or 75cm to 122cm (BT880L). The projector mount can also be rotated allowing for a 360 degree swivel. The outer tube diameter is 42mm. [BT880M] (50-75cm) [BT880L] (75-122cm) (Must be used in conjunction with either BT880UN1 or BT880UN2) Projector cradle A universal projector mount of which the width, length and depth of the cradle can be easily (thumbwheel) adjusted for the perfect fit. Cradle dimensions: Length 255mm 391mm, Width 95mm 230mm, Height 52mm 101mm [BT880UN1] (Must be used in conjunction with either BT880CC, BT880M or BT880L) Carousel mount This mount is designed to virtually all projectors with mounting holes within a diameter of 335mm. Supplied with a round Carousel disc, and eight arms (4 short and 4 long), it caters for many different mounting variations and is also provided with a good selection of commonly needed M4, M5 and M6 screws. The thumbwheels make it easy to loosen the arms and move the Carousel disc to replace the projector bulb without having to taking the whole projector off the mount. [BT880UN2] (Must be used in conjunction with either BT880CC, BT880M or BT880L) Universal plasma and large flat screen supports PLASMA TROLLEY A trolley designed specifically for plasma screens and large non-vesa LCD screens. A heavy duty base (available in either silver or graphite black finishes) supports two 60mm chrome poles, on which the adaptor plate is mounted (using two collars). 4 high quality, non-mark braked castors make movement quick and smooth, and help make the unit ideal for use in boardroom presentations, colleges and schools or for display purposes. Castors may be changed for feet (included). Trolley dimensions: height 167cm (inc wheels), width 70cm, length 100cm [BT8004KG] (graphite) [BT8004KS] (silver) Optional DVD/VCR shelf that conveniently fixes to one of the trolley uprights (support collar required) Shelf [BT7040] Support collar [BT7060] 9.99 Ceiling mount bracket This is a kit consisting the universal mount, 2 special heavy duty collars for fixing to 60mm diameter poles, a heavy duty ceiling mount and either a 0.5m or 1m ceiling pole. The ceiling mount bracket is 200mm x 200mm with an adjustable angle of up to 45 degrees. Available in either chrome, silver or graphite finish* [BT8016KC] CEILING MOUNT KIT 0.5m CHROME [BT8016KC1] CEILING MOUNT KIT 1.0m CHROME [BT8016KG] CEILING MOUNT KIT 0.5m GRAPHITE [BT8016KG1 CEILING MOUNT KIT 1.0m GRAPHITE [BT8016KS] CEILING MOUNT KIT 0.5m SILVER [BT8016KS1] CEILING MOUNT KIT 1.0m SILVER (*note that the universal mount is always a metal finish, only the pole and ceiling bracket are coloured) 66

69 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Wall mounts for plasma and large flat screens A new range of simple-to-install, universal mounts designed specifically for plasma screens and large LCD screens. We supply each mount together with a universal fixing kit, one specifically for Plasma screens, the other specifically for large (23 or larger with VESA 100x100, 100x200 or 200x200 mount) LCD screens. Suitable for all screens up to 70Kg in weight. Flat wall bracket for concrete & brick walls Plate dimensions are 280mm x 500mm. Distance from wall 40mm. Supplied complete with wall fixings and locking security screws. [BT8000] (for plasma displays) [BT8000L] (for large LCD displays) Wall bracket for stud walls Designed specifically to cover three 16" studs which is ideal for use in installations where dry walling is predominant, but can equally be used on concrete or brick walls too. It is supplied with unique locking screws for a secure installation. [BT8001] (for plasma displays) [BT80001L] (for large LCD displays) Wall bracket with tilt Designed for mounting plasma or large LCD screens including all major brands, on concrete, brick or 16" stud walls. It can be mounted flat to the wall or with a variable downward tilt of up to 20 degrees. Wall fixings and security screws provided [BT8002] (for plasma displays) [BT80002L] (for large LCD displays) Articulated wall bracket with tilt and swivel Three pivot points (one at wall, one "elbow" and one at the screen make this bracket the most flexible on the market. There are five mounting positions on the wall bracket offering full flexibility when mounting. It can be mounted on concrete, brick or stud walling and includes holes for cable management. As with all B-Tech large screen mounts, the BT8003 is supplied with the unique locking screws for a secure installation. To help the installer, or end user, a special pitch adjustment feature is included (shown on right). This enables the screen to be positioned without horizontally even if the wall bracket is a little wonky. The BT8003 has a variable downward tilt of up to 20 degrees, be extended to up to 780mm from the wall, or be folded flat for storage. * 3 pivot points for maximum swivel * maximum extension 780mm * variable downward tilt of up to 20 degrees * pitch adjustment * Max screen weight 70kg * finished in black or silver [BT8003] (for plasma displays black finish) [BT8003S] (for plasma displays silver finish) [BT8003L] (for large LCD displays black finish) [BT8003SL] (for large LCD displays silver finish) LCD display wall mounts These mounts are designed to fit the VESA standard Flat Panel Monitor mount. As long as your monitor has this standard mount (either 75x75mm or 100x100mm) and is within the weight limit all of the mounts listed here will work with it. To check if your monitor conforms look for inserts in a 4 hole pattern as shown in the drawing. The 4 hole pattern is usually located in the middle of the Monitor. You may have to remove the stand or remove the plastic cover panels. FLAT WALL MOUNT For screens up to 21, max weight 14Kg Distance from wall 20mm, locking screw for added security. Finish: Silver. Supplied with BOTH 75mm and 100mm VESA Mounts [BT7510] WALL MOUNT WITH TILT For screens up to 21", max Load 14Kg. Tilt of 17 up and down. Finish: Silver. Supplied with BOTH 75mm and 100mm VESA Mounts [BT7511] WALL MOUNT WITH TILT & SWIVEL This mount allows the screen to be mounted either flat to the wall, or extended up to 280mm (11") from the wall. The BT7512 can swivel 180 degrees at the wall and 240 degrees at the end of the arm. For screens up to 23", max Load 20kg. Tilt of 17 up and down. Finish: Silver. Designed for BOTH 75mm and 100mm VESA fixings [BT7512C] (chrome finish) BT7512S] (silver finish) WALL MOUNT WITH ARTICULATED SWIVEL ARM This mount allows the screen to be mounted either flat to the wall, or extended up to 450mm (17.75") from the wall. This makes it the ideal space saver by allowing the screen to be folded away when not in use. The BT7513 can swivel 180 degrees at the wall, 240 degrees at the end of the double arms, and a further 240 degrees at the joint between the VESA plate and arms. For screens up to 21", max Load 20kg. Tilt of 17 up and down. Finish: Silver. Designed for BOTH 75mm and 100mm VESA fixings [BT7513C] (chrome finish) BT7513S] (silver finish) All prices are inclusive of VAT. Conversion Supports & mounts Bags & storage 67

70 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Bags, camcorder covers, media storage Camcorder, camera and accessory bags Videotape, CD, Minidisc, DVD etc storage Raincovers and underwater housings What should I look for when buying a bag? The best starting point is to list all of your equipment, and then consider which of it you would normally want to carry around with you. Your needs would obviously differ between a day trip and a fortnights holiday (which is why many people actually have two bags!). A common list would include: Your camcorder - of course A couple of spare batteries A battery charger (car and/or mains) A spare blank tape A lens cleaning tissue or cleaning kit Silica gel sachets Some connecting leads and perhaps an RF modulator A telephoto or wide angle lens Filters A car power cord Other considerations are in the material - does it need to be water resistant - and the construction - does it need to be very well padded (do you bungee jump?). If you d like some help choosing why not give us a call, we ll do our best to help you decide. Samsonite DV camcorder bags A superb range of DV camcorder cases from the Samsonite "Trekking Digital" range. Features throughout the range include: Durable showerproof polyester material with leather trim Good interior protective padding Detachable shoulder strap and belt loop Heavy duty quick access zips Address label inside front pocket All bags are finished in black with blue trim. DFV1 External dimensions 130 x 100 x 155mm, internal dimensions 110 x 55 x 130mm. Suitable for Canon MV3/I, JVC DVX4,7,8,9,10, Panasonic DS35, DS55, Sony PC4,5 [DFV1] DFV2 External dimensions 170 x 120 x 130mm, internal dimensions 150 x 105 x 70mm. Suitable for Canon MV30/I, Panasonic DS99,DS990, Sharp VLPD3,5,6, [DFV2] DV1 External dimensions 225 x 155 x 150mm, internal dimensions 205 x 100 x 125mm. Suitable for JVC DVL100,108,109,200,300,308,309, Panasonic MX1,5,7,12,15,25,150,300, Sony TRV900 [DV1] DV2 External dimensions 125 x 90 x 140mm, internal dimensions 105 x 60 x 110mm. [DV2] DV DUO Features a detachable base unit, ideal for transportation of chargers and accessories that don't need to be carried on a daily basis. Interior dimensions (upper) 170 x 85 x 110mm, (lower) 170 x 50 x 115mm, overall exterior dimensions 190 x 135 x 210mm [DVDUO] Comfort straps Very smart camera/camcorder straps with a wider than average band to spread the load and make carrying more comfortable. Available branded: Canon [CSC], Nikon [CSN], Minolta [CSM] or Olympus [CSO] or just plain black [CSB] Each 9.99 Bags for Manfrotto N055 tripod Tripod bag for MN055 legs and head. Internal dimensions 12 x 18 x 80 cm. Two versions: Standard [MNBAG] Padded Pro version [MNPBAG] Media storage VHS/S-VHS Library case VHS library case, clear plastic. Each [LC] 3.99 Pack DVD cases Standard size (190 x 135mm) replacement cases for DVDs, with a clear polythene outer to trap the cover and inner clips for booklet and disc. Pack of three cases. [DVDC] 3.99 CD storage wallets Zip up folder type wallets with soft protective CD holders. 24 CD capacity (pictured) [CD24] CD capacity [CD48] CD capacity [CD96] Mini DV storage drawer From the same family as the other tape storage systems this neat unit provides storage for Mini-DV cassettes and/or Minidiscs. Holds up to 30 Minidiscs or 15 MiniDV cassettes. [STORMDV] Memory card storage cases Mini DV jewel boxes Supplied in packs of 3 Film Safe (HAMA) Smart protective canister for up to four 35mm camera films. Protects against possible harm from airport X-ray machines and also guards against sand, dust, water splashes and sunlight. Ideal for beach bags [SAFE] 6.99 Smart Media/Compact Flash card box [CFBOX] 1.99 Multimedia/Secure Digital card box [MMCBOX] 1.99 Combi box (pictured), holds up to four Compact Flash cards or up to 8 SmartMedia cards plus 1 PCMCIA card. [PCMBOX] 5.99 Digital still camera accessory case Smart zip fastening case with elastic hoops to hold memory cards, set of 4 AA batteries etc. [DCASE] 9.99 [MDVJB] (pack of 3)

71 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Rain covers, underwater housings EWA Marine TV Cape For professional shoulder mount camcorders, eg Betacam SP etc, the TV Cape offers excellent protection against splash water, rain and snow. The reinforced material can be used in conditions from 18 to +70 C and the seams are welded to remain watertight even in constant driving rain. Features a unique glass lens port which is attached to the camcorder via the filter thread. Suitable for all camcorders 54 68cm long, the TV Cape comes complete with adaptor rings for lens threads 77mm, 82mm, 95mm and 105mm. [RCTV] Scubacam raincovers Purpose made to fit specific models, these high quality raincovers are made from lightweight anti-rot PVC with 100% watertight welded seams. All ties and pickups are made from antirot polypropylene. The flexible material fits snugly around the camcorder whilst the adjustable lens strap holds the cover over the lens hood. The sides are long enough to allow for hand held or tripod mounted operation. Access tubes are provided where needed to allow access to viewfinders, microphones and lens controls, and each access tube can be sealed with its own drawstring. A clear panel is also positioned such that you can see the cameras main LCD screen. Great rain covers made by people that understand the needs of videographers. Available to fit:- Canon XM1 (GM1) (pictured) [SCXM1] Canon XL1 [SCXL1] Sony PD1 [SCPD1] Sony PD100 [SCPD100] Sony PD150 [SCPD150] Sony VX1000 [SCVX1000] Sony VX2000 [SCVX1000] Electronics for the frightened You make several references in your catalogue to volts and amps etc. I m afraid this was never my strong suit at school - what does it all mean? Direct current (DC and Alternating current (AC) Direct current is that which flows through a circuit in one direction only, either steadily or in pulses. A battery, for example, would provide DC current. Alternating current, on the other hand, is that which flows through a circuit in both directions. This is the type of current you find available at a mains socket (240V AC). On the basis that we want to understand a little more about video camcorder batteries we will deal with DC from now on. Current (symbol I) Strictly speaking this is the quantity of electrons passing through a given point. This is useful to know, as you can relate current needed by an item to the current available from your battery. The unit of measurement is the Ampere, commonly abbreviated to Amp, or even just A. Voltage (symbol V) This is the electrical force or pressure and is expressed in volts. Resistance (symbol R) This is the resistance within a circuit to the flow of current, and is expressed in Ohms (Ω). EWA Marine Rain capes Raincover for larger shoulder mount camcorders up to 46cm long (eg Panasonic MS1/2/4/5, M40, Sony V5000, V6000 etc). Provides excellent protection against rain, snow, spray and dust. Front port made from optical glass. High quality construction. [RCVCL] Rain cape to RCVCL specification above, but designed specifically for the Sony VX1000 [VC1000] Rain cape to RCVCL specification above, but for camcorders between 220 and 280mm in length [RCMC] VC-PC Raincape for upright mini-dv camcorders, e.g., the Sony PC series. Optical glass port attaches to the lens by means of an adaptor screwed in to the filter ring. [VCPC] VC-PC100 As VC-PC above but for SONY PC100, PC110, PC120 [VCPC100] Ewa Marine underwater camcorder housings Add another dimension to your videos and take your camcorder on to - or into the water in complete safety. Ewa Marine housings provide optimal protection against water, humidity, dust, sand and dirt. Each housing is individually tested for tightness, and will allow you to enjoy underwater shooting up to a depth of 10 metres. Brilliant for snorkelling, diving, sailing, surfing, rafting etc.there is a Ewa Marine housing to fit practically every model of camcorder, but space does not permit the full list here. Please quote your camcorder make and model with your order and we will ensure you receive the correct item. (Due to the wide range available, we cannot guarantee to hold stocks of every model, so please allow 7 10 days for delivery on this item.) To fit most popular palmcorder/ mini-dv type camcorders [EWA] To fit most medium size camcorders [EWA] from Order code (all models) [EWA] don t forget your camcorder make and model. Larger sizes and older models, price on request "Going deeper" We can supply from a much wider range of professional diving housings, Just tell us which make/model of camcorder you have and how deep you want to dive with it and we'll quote you for a suitable housing. We can also supply underwater lighting equipment and monitors please ask for a separate brochure. Power Watts (symbol W) are a measure of power. In a DC circuit the wattage W = the voltage x the current So if you like, you know that your 6 volt video light is 20W From the above W= I x V, which, when the values for your light are substituted, becomes 20=I x 6. Divide both sides of the equation by 6, giving I = 20/6, or 3.33 Amps How is this useful? Well If for example you had a 3.33 Amp Hour battery then the battery would supply 3.33 amps for 1 hour, or in other words would run your light for 1 hour. Ohms Law States that a potential difference of 1 volt will force a current of 1 ampere through a resistance of 1 ohm. This might sound dull, but its incredibly useful, for as long as you know two out of the three units, you can calculate the third, eg. V (voltage) = I (current) x R (resistance), or (transposed): I (current) = V(voltage) R (resistance) and also: R (resistance) = V(voltage) I (current) Potential Difference This is the difference in voltage between the two ends of a conductor through which a current flows. Also referred to as voltage drop. Supports & mounts Bags & storage Leads & cables 69

72 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Commonly used AV connections Phono Sometimes called RCA connection, colour conventions are yellow for video, white for mono audio and an additional red for stereo audio. Most manufacturers usually, but not always follow this colour coding. BNC Used to carry composite video only. Becoming less and less common as most manufacturers use phono sockets throughout. One of our most popular adaptors, KA115, can be used to turn a BNC socket into the more conventional phono socket. 5 pin DIN A convention adapted from the earlier tape recorders, this connection caters for both audio in and audio out. Unfortunately, different manufacturers used different pin wiring configurations and so connection usually involves a little trial and error. If you want to connect a camcorder to a VCR with one of these, the best option is to use a 5 pin DIN plug to four phono sockets, and then try each socket in turn until you find the correct audio in. Once found, the others can be disregarded. (There are a few VCRs which have a 7 pin DIN socket marked as audio in/out. The 5 pin plug can be used on these as well, as the 2 extra pins do not need to be connected.) Another and perhaps the easiest option is to convert the 5 pin DIN socket to a phono socket by an adaptor. Scart The scart socket has been fitted to most videos and TVs manufactured since the mid 1980s. The advent of High band, or S-video means that the scart is now no longer a fixed standard, but can be wired differently. On a TV, assume that it is wired normally (for composite video) unless it is specifically labelled otherwise. 1 Audio out R 2 Audio in R 3 Audio out L 4 Audio Gnd 5 RGB blue Gnd 6 Audio in L 7 RGB blue 8 12V 9 RGB green Gnd 10 Data line 2/V sync VHS/8mm Scart connections wired for: 11 RGB green 12 Data line 1/H sync 13 RGB red Gnd 14 Data Gnd 15 RGB red 16 Blanking 17 Video Gnd 18 Blanking Gnd 19 Video out 20 Video in 21 Common Gnd 1 Audio out R 2 Audio in R 3 Audio out L 4 Audio Gnd 5 RGB blue Gnd 6 Audio in L 7 RGB blue 8 12V 9 RGB green Gnd 10 Data line 2/V sync S-VHS/Hi-8 11 RGB green 12 Data line 1/H sync 13 Chrominance Gnd 14 Data Gnd 15 Chrominance I/O 16 Blanking 17 Luminance Gnd 18 Blanking Gnd 19 Luminance out 20 Luminance in 21 Common Gnd S-video or 4 pin mini DIN Found exclusively on high band equipment (Hi- 8mm or S-VHS,C) This enables the video signal to be sent as its separate component parts of luminance (brightness) and chrominance (colour). See notes on connection later. 8 pin mini Found on some VHS & VHS-C camcorders. It combines the composite video and mono (or stereo) audio connections into one tiny socket. Sanyo 8 pin mini DIN As normal 8 pin mini, but unique to Sanyo camcorders (most Sanyo camcorders also have conventional phono connections as well). IEEE1394 Mini-DV digital connector Also called Firewire, found exclusively on digital camcorders and VCRs (and some DV compatible edit controllers), this is a means of transferring a digital signal without converting it to analogue. Digital Visual Interface (DVI) is a specification originally developed to digitally connect PCs to flat panel monitors and is increasingly common in Home Cinema applications. There are three types of DVI: DVI- D digital only, DVI-A analogue only and DVI-I digital and analogue 1 TMDS Data2 2 TMDS Data2+ 3 TMDS Data2 Shield 4 No connection 5 No connection 6 DDC Clock 7 DDC Data 8 No connection IEEE1394 CONNECTOR PINS 1 Power: Unregulated DC; 30V no load 2 Ground: For power and inner cable shield 3 TPB : Twisted pair B, differential signals 4 TPB+: Twisted pair B, differential signals 5 TPA : Twisted pair A, differential signals 6 TPA+: Twisted pair A, differential signals Shell: Outer cable shield 9 TMDS Data1 10 TMDS Data1+ 11 TMDS Data1 Shield 12 No connection 13 No connection 14 +5V power 15 Ground (for +5V) 16 Hot Plug detect 17 TMDS Data0 18 TMDS Data0+ 19 TMDS Data0 Shield 20 No connection 21 No connection 22 TMDS Clock shield 23 TMDS Clock + 24 TMDS Clock< If your display input is rated as DVI-I then you can connect as digital or from analogue without problems. If the input is DVI-D then you must have a DVI-D device at the other end. Cables are readily available to connect say 15pin HD to DVI but as 15pin HD is analogue the DVI input must be DVI-A or DVI-I. DVI connectors can also be rated as single link or dual link. This only matters in DVI-D signals and the dual link provides an ultra high bandwidth data transfer. For Home Cinema applications single link DVI is still fast enough for HDTV (1920x1080). A successor to DVI, the High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI), is gaining in popularity. HDMI is being pushed as a digital scart and adds audio support to the DVI specification. It is possible to connect DVI to HDMI with an appropriate cable or adaptor, (although of course without audio!) It is worth noting though, that the driving force behind HDMI is the need for secure copy protection for digital media, (HDCP) and not, as you might think, the need for better picture quality. USB stands for "Universal Serial Bus" and the connection was designed to provides an easy means of connecting peripheral devices, for example scanners, printers, keyboards, digital cameras etc to a computer. It's fast the data is transferred much quicker than with either a conventional serial port (com1 etc) or a parallel port. Secondly, it doesn't tie up your system resources (you no longer need a free IRQ for every new device) meaning that you can easily attach up to 127 devices to your system. Not only this, but you can attach and remove USB products whilst your system is running without the need to reboot! There are two types of USB end connectors. Type A is usually used for peripherals connections, type B for motherboard connections. USB CONNECTOR PINS 1 VBUS +5V DC 2 D Data 3 D+ Data + 4 GND Ground 15 pin HD connector aka VGA connector (VGA =Video Graphics Adaptor or Video Graphics Array). Found on PC graphics cards & monitors, plasma screens and projectors. Carries an analogue signal, usually RGB or sometimes component video. The sync for the RGB is usually at 5v (TTL) level. 1 Red video (75Ohm 0.7V p-p) 2 Green video (75Ohm 0.7V p-p) 3 Blue video (75Ohm 0.7V p-p) 4 Monitor ID Bit 2 5 Ground 6 Red Ground 7 Green Ground 8 Blue Ground 9 KEY (no pin) 10 Sync Ground 11 Monitor TD Bit 0 12 Monitor TD Bit 1 13 Horizontal (or composite) Sync 14 Vertical Sync 15 Monitor ID Bit 3 70

73 Leads and Cables Quoted lengths of leads are correct at time of printing, but may change within the life of the catalogue. If length is critical, check with us before ordering; also carefully check the length you actually need. A lead returned for exchange with one of another length will incur an additional charge. Audio Leads and Cables 2 phono plugs to 2 phono plugs, 1.2m long. [KLD9] m long version of above [KLD95] m long version of above [KLD910] phono plugs to 2 phono sockets extension lead, 5.0m [KLD41] phono plugs to 3.5mm stereo jack plug. Connect personal cassette player or home computer and audio mixer (for sound dubbing) or hi-fi, 1.2m [KLD26] 2.99 As KLD26 above, 3m GOLD [KLD26G] phono plugs to 3.5mm stereo jack socket, 1.2m [KLD26X] phono plugs to 1/4 stereo jack socket [KLD63] phono plugs to 4 phono plugs, 1.2m [KLD27] mm stereo jack plug to 3.5mm stereo jack plug, 1.2m [KLDE6] pin DIN plug to 4 phono plugs (stereo audio in and out), 1.2m [KLD10] pin DIN plug to 4 phono sockets, 0.5m [KLD11] 2.99 Microphone & headphone leads. 3.5mm stereo jack plug to 2 x 3.5mm mono jack sockets (line adaptor to use a crossed pair of mono microphones for stereo recording). Length 0.1m [KA131] 2.99 In the wonderful world of XLR, the connector with the pins in is the plug. It s sometimes called the female plug, but it s still the plug. The connector without any pins is the socket PLUG SOCKET For more audio leads see also Sterling Gold AV leads and Leads to Go custom AV leads Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Audio leads 71 Video, video + audio leads 72 RGB leads 76 Other ready made leads 78 Leads to Go superior quality custom leads mm stereo jack plug to 3.5mm stereo jack socket extension lead, 3.0m [KLD40] m version of above [KLD405] m version of above [KLD4010] 8.99 Line adaptor, 3.5mm stereo jack plug to line 3.5mm mono jack socket. For connection of mono microphones to stereo microphone sockets. [KLD29] /4 stereo jack plug to 1/4 stereo jack socket. Headphone extension lead, black, 1m coiled extends to 6.0m [KLD52] /4 mono jack plug (90 angled) to 1/4 mono jack plug (straight), coiled 1.2m lead extends to 3.5m. Many uses including electric guitar connecting lead [KLD53] 4.99 XLR 3-pin male to female microphone extension lead, 6m low noise cable [KLD54] Microphone lead, 6m low noise cable, XLR 3- pin female to 1/4 mono jack plug. [KLD55] pin XLR plug to 3.5mm mono jack plug (2m long) [KLD70] pin XLR plug to 3.5mm stereo jack plug (2m long) [KLD69] m XLR mic joiner/splitter cable, 1 XLR male to 2 x XLR female [KAX4] m XLR mic joiner/splitter cable, 1 XLR female to 2 x XLR male [KAX5] Line adaptor. 2 x 3.5mm mono jack plugs to one 3.5mm stereo line socket for connecting stereo mics to camcorders and equipment with separate inputs for L and R channels. [KA141] Attenuated leads Reduce line level audio signals by a factor of 100 to 1. All leads hand built using HQ cable and Switchcraft gold plugs. 1/4 Mono jack plug to 3.5mm st jack plug (Audio Technica Liberator AF out to camcorder mic input) [KAT1] mm st jack plug to 3.5mm st jack plug (headphone output to camcorder mic input) [KAT2] phono plugs to 3.5mm st jack plug (audio line out to camcorder mic input) Allows use of walkmans, & CD players to be connected directly to a camcorders microphone input [KAT3] VCR/TV to Hi-Fi audio leads Scart >>>> 2 phono plugs. Stereo audio out, for feeding Nicam TV or VCR out to Hi-Fi. 1.0m long [KLD51] m long [KLD515] 6.99 Scart plug >>>> 3 x phono sockets adaptor. Achieve the same connection as above (plus video if required) but using your own phono leads. [KA127] 4.99 Selecting the right lead To make life easier when choosing leads, first establish the type of connection on (a) the device you want to send the signal from, and (b) the device you want to receive the signal. Then scan the list until a suitable match is found. If the lead you require has two different types of connection then look at all the appropriate sections, eg scart to 2 phono is listed under leads with phono connections. In the descriptions of leads with scart connections, arrows <<<< and >>>> (1-way) or << >> (2-way) show the signal direction unless shown as being 2-way all scart terminated cables are wired 1-way (signals cannot be sent in the reverse direction). Leads that include GOLD in their description have gold plated end connector terminals If you can t find the lead you re looking for, give us a call. We are happy to help whenever possible Bags & storage Leads & cables Home installations & DIY leads 71

74 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Audio Leads (continued) Optical leads Square (Toslink) connector to square (Toslink) connector 1m [KLDO21] m [KLDO225] m [KLDO25] Toslink connector to Toslink connector, STERLING GOLD 1.0m [SG91] m [SG93] m [SG94] Square (Toslink) connector to 3.5mm (Minidisc) plug 1m [KLDO11] m [KLDO125] m [KLDO15] Video and video + audio leads AV Leads with phono connections Description Length Order code Price 1 phono plug to1 phono plug, low loss co-ax cable 1.2m [KLD39] 1.99 Phono plug to BNC plug, low loss co-ax cable 1.5m [KLD56] phono plugs >>>> scart (mono audio + co-ax video) 1.2m [KLD5R] 3.99 KLD5R 3 phono plugs to 3 phono plugs (stereo audio plus co-ax video) 1.2m [KLD25] phono plugs to 3 phono plugs (stereo audio plus co-ax video) 5.0m [KLD255] phono plugs to 3 phono plugs (stereo audio + co-ax video) GOLD 1.2m [KLD25G] 8.99 KLD25 AV leads with Scart connections 1 phono plug + 3.5mm stereo jack plug >>>> scart (video + stereo audio). Ideal for Canon E110 and similar 1.5m [KLD22R] 6.99 Scart >>>> 2 phono plugs (mono audio + video) 1.2m [KLD5] 3.99 Scart << >> 2 phono plugs (mono audio + video switchable in/out of scart) 1.2m [KLD5S] 4.99 Scart >>>> 3 phono plugs (stereo audio + video) 1.2m [KLD3] 4.99 KLD1 Scart << >> 3 phono plugs (stereo audio + video switchable in/out of scart) 1.2m [KLD3S] 5.99 Scart << >> 4 phono plugs (mono audio + video in and out) 1.2m [KLD2] 5.99 Scart << >> 6 phono plugs (stereo audio + video in and out) 1.2m [KLD1] mm (Minidisc) plug to 3.5mm (Minidisc) plug 1m [KLDO31] m [KLDO325] Optical audio cable with universal connections. Unique, flip over end connections allow connection from either TOSlink or 3.5mm optical to either TOSlink or 3.5mm optical. Very useful. Length 1.5m [KLDOU] 9.99 Optical signal extender for long cable runs see Audio section BT jack to BT line socket extension cables 3.0m (pictured) [BT3] m [BT10] 4.99 Coaxial digital audio connections can t I use just any old phono cable? Well yes, you could, but you won t be doing it justice. The digital signal has bandwidth far higher than an ordinary analogue audio cable was designed to cope with. The best bet is to use a proper video grade AC3 cable designed for this type of signal. KLD5 Scart to Scart leads Description Length Order code Price Scart << >> scart all 21 pins connected 0.5m [KLD60.5] 4.99 Scart << >> scart all 21 pins connected 1.2m [KLD6] 4.99 Scart << >> scart all 21 pins connected GOLD 1.5m [KLD6G] 9.99 KLD6 Scart << >> scart all 21 pins connected 5.0m [KLD7] 6.99 Scart << >> scart all 21 pins connected, low loss cable 10.0m [KLD610] Scart plug << >> Scart plug plus 2 phono plugs. Allows connection of VCR to TV via Scart, with additional phono plugs for connection to hi-fi to duplicate the audio signal. Scart to scart length is 1.5m, phono leads an additional 5m length from one plug 1.5m [KLD23] 5.99 Scart plug <<<< 2 scart sockets (switchable). Scart plug on 1.2m lead to moulded box KLD8 containing two scart sockets. Push switch selects input from either socket one or socket two. Not wired for s-video or RGB 1.2m [KLD8] 7.99 Unidirectional (low crosstalk) scart to scart cables These days many scart sockets are wired for both input and output and can loop video signals back out again. There are circumstances where this is useful, but it can also cause problems, for instance where the TV will loop its tuner signal back down your scart cable, where it ends up superimposed on your DVD picture! We now supply these high quality scart to scart cables wired in one direction only to completely eliminate this sort of cross-talk and interference. The cables (with gold plated end connectors) can carry composite video, s-video, RGB, or component video, all plus audio. 0.75m length [SG51LC] m length [SG52LC] m length [SG53LC] m length [SG54LC] m length [SG55LC] NEW! SECURE SCART CABLES Traditional scart cables can cause loss of picture or sound if the plug is tilted within its socket by as little as 3 degrees. This usually happens when the device the lead is connected to is moved for cleaning. Upon first glance it can often appear that plug and lead are still connected normally but may have moved so slightly that the eye cannot see the difference. The solution to this problem is a specially engineered scart plug with four sprung latches in the metal shroud, increasing the force required to remove the SCART plug from the socket. When these plugs are correctly inserted they grip the scart socket so tightly that they will never dislodge under normal use and will always ensure that good contact is made. In fact they grip so well you could even pick your DVD player up with one (not that we recommend you try or course!) Originally developed in standard grade for Sky installers they are now available for home cinema use with gold plated pins and high quality screened flame retardant cable. Secure scart/secure scart cable 1.0m [SSC1G] m [SSC15G] m [SSC3G] m [SSC5G] All prices are inclusive of VAT. 72

75 Camcorder mini 8-pin leads 8 pin mini plug to 3 phono plugs (stereo audio + video) 1.2m [KLD16] pin mini plug >>>> scart plug (stereo audio + video) 1.2m [KLD18R] pin mini plug to Audio (L) and Audio (R) KLD18R phono sockets 0.2m [KLD45] 5.99 Sanyo 8 pin mini DIN plug to 2 phono plugs (mono audio + video) 1.5m [KLD20] 6.99 Sanyo 8 pin mini DIN plug >>>> scart plug (stereo audio + video) 1.5m [KLD21R] 6.99 S-video and Hi-8mm leads Description Length Order code Price S-VIDEO plug to S-video plug 2.0m [KLD13] 7.50 S-video plug to S-video plug GOLD 10.0m [KLD1310G] KLD13 S-video plug to S-video plug 5m 5.0m [KLD135] 9.99 S-video plug to S-video socket 1.5m [KLD14] 7.50 S-video plug + 2 phono plugs to S-video plug + 2 phono plugs 1.5m [KLD34] 8.99 KLD15R KLD34 (above) with gold plated connectors 2.0m [KLD34G] S-video plug + 2 phono plugs >>>> scart 1.5m [KLD15R] 7.99 Scart >>>> S-video plug + 2 phono plugs (signal out of scart) 1.5m [KLD15] 7.99 Other AV leads BNC plug to BNC plug, low loss co-ax 1.5m [KLD42] pin DIN TV plug to 2 phono plugs (mono audio + video) 1.5m [KLD38] pin DIN TV plug to 3 phono plugs KLD42 (stereo audio + video) 1.5m [KLD43] pin DIN TV plug >>>> scart plug 1.5m [KLD37R] 6.99 F plug to F plug 1.0m [KLD65] 2.99 Hitachi 20 pin square plug (camcorder front) to 2 phono plugs [KLD66] KLD43 3.5mm 4 pole mini jack to three phono plugs (composite video and stereo audio). Ideal for digital still cameras and some camcorders 1.5m [KLD68] 9.99 Help! how do I connect up my camcorder? In camcorder terms there are generally four ways that a signal can be sent: 1) The RF modulator This is the device which sometimes comes with your camcorder and converts the signal into an RF signal, the same as that which comes from your TV aerial. To use it you simply plug the cable end into the place where the TV aerial normally goes, and then tune it in on a spare TV channel. The modulator is actually a transformer which takes the separate video and audio signals from the camcorder and "scrambles" them together so that they can be sent down one single cable. At the other end of the lead (TV or video) the signal then has to be unscrambled again. There is inevitably some loss in this process, and so this method of transfer is best avoided if possible. The tiny jack plug on some units which goes into a socket in between the video and audio connections is actually there to provide power to the adaptor. It does not need to be used for any other method of connection. (nb Even if your camcorder and TV/video are both stereo, the RF adaptor will only ever work in mono as it does not contain a NICAM encoder! 2) Composite video and audio This is the most common method of connection, but also the one which seems to cause a lot of confusion. The key to this is to clearly identify a) what connections are available on the camcorder, and b) what connections are available on the destination equipment, be it TV or VCR. Lets do a worked example: Take for instance a Sony 8mm camcorder and a Panasonic VHS VCR. The Sony is a stereo machine, and so there are three phono sockets available; one yellow for video, one white for left channel audio, and one red for right channel audio. We now know that we need three phono plugs at one end of our cable. Next we look at the back of the Panasonic VCR and find that it has a Scart socket. We now know that we need a Scart plug to 3 phono plugs to connect the two and enable transfer. The last thing to consider is the signal direction; the lead can be wired as either signal into scart (ie coming in from the phono plugs), or signal out of scart (going out from the Scart plug to the phono plugs). Fortunately, our example is straightforward, we want to go from the camcorder (phono) to the VCR (scart) and so we want????, signal into Scart. nb in all our scart lead codes "R" stands for record which denotes the most common "into scart" application. 3) S-VHS-C, Hi-8mm transfer This is easy to get wrong. If you own a high band camcorder, either Hi-8mm, S-VHS or S-VHS-C then you need to think very carefully about what you are connecting it to. If you have an S-VHS VCR or a TV which has a scart socket which is specifically marked as "S-Video", then straightforward transfer is no problem. It can be done as either 4 pin mini S plug to S plug for the video and Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 NICAM Stands for Near Instantaneous Companded Audio Multiplex. Means ability to decode stereo audio transmissions. Does NOT have anything to do with S-video. Even if you have both a Nicam stereo VCR and Nicam TV, if you make only an RF connection between the two then when a tape is played back the audio will be MONO. Although Nicam VCRs and TVs can decode stereo information from the RF signal, they do not re-encode it as Nicam during play back. The only way to ensure stereo audio during playback is to use the appropriate AV leads. Special leads: Link three items Input signal from Camcorder, VCR, Satellite etc VCR TV or VCR These leads are designed to route an input signal (from, for example, a camcorder, VCR or satellite installation) to both a VCR and a TV or second VCR, so you can record the incoming signal, and view it on the TV at the same time, or make two recordings at once. To choose the correct cable, just determine whether the equipment you want to connect needs Scart plug or socket connectors. Scart SOCKET >>> Scart PLUG >>> Scart SOCKET [SAT1] 6.99 Scart PLUG >>> Scart PLUG >>> Scart PLUG [SAT2] 5.99 Scart SOCKET >>> Scart PLUG >>> Scart PLUG [SAT3] 5.99 separate stereo audio cables, or with KLD15R, a 4 pin mini plug plus two phono plugs wired to a scart plug. If however your destination machine is a conventional VHS VCR or non S-video TV, then you CANNOT use the 4 pin S plug to send the video signal. Quite simply, the destination machine will not be able to receive the signal you are sending. If you do attempt it, the end result will actually be a black and white picture because the chrominance (colour) part of the signal cannot be received. If your VCR does not support S-video connection then the solution is to use the yellow phono socket and send the signal as composite video. But, I hear you cry I bought a high band camcorder for better picture quality. Have I wasted my money? Most definitely not. If you look at the following list, you will see that the resolution drops marginally, but still shows a significant improvement over low band formats. Format Resolution Conventional VHS, VHS-C, 8mm 250 lines S-Video (S-VHS, S-VHS-C, Hi8mm) 400 lines S-Video sent as a composite signal 360 lines 4) DV camcorders. These usually have a small mini-jack for AV connections (composite video plus stereo audio), an s-video connection and of course the DV connection. Unless you're connecting to a device which supports the DV (aka firewire aka IEEE1394) connection then connect as for s-video or composite video examples above. Bags & storage Leads & cables Home installations & DIY leads Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year 73

76 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Connecting up a Surround Sound or AV system So now you've bought yourself a Surround Sound AV (Audio Video) amplifier. The next step is to connect everything together. Let's assume that you have a VCR, a CD player, a DVD player, a satellite receiver and of course a TV. First, in order to remain reasonably user (family!) friendly, it's best to maintain the RF connections. So that's aerial into satellite receiver, satellite receiver out to VCR in, VCR out to TV in This completed, normal transmissions from BBC, ITV etc will be viewable on TV and recordable on the VCR. Perhaps you didn't know that when a satellite receiver receives a signal, or a VCR plays back a tape, the audio signal is available in stereo at the scart socket only. The RF aerial signal is mono, so if you watch a satellite channel on TV via the RF connections, the sound will be in mono, even if you've got a Nicam stereo TV! In order to get everything working in stereo or Surround Sound, the easiest approach is usually to use your AV amp as the heart of the system. The leads required. Typical leads for connections would be: 2 phono plugs to 2 phono plugs (eg Sterling Gold SG21/2/3/4), stereo audio link CD player to AV amp. If supported by both player and amp you could also make digital audio connections, either optical or coaxial SG91/92 or SG11/12 etc. Scart to 6 phono plugs, eg SG71/2/3/4, Scart on VCR to AV amp connection, stereo audio and video to and from VCR; 3 phono plugs to 3 phono plugs eg SG31/2/3/4, stereo audio plus composite video connection DVD or other AV source to AV amp. If supported by both player and amp you could alternatively use s-video connections SG42/42 etc; Scart plug (signal out of scart) to 3 phono plugs, eg SG61/2/3/4, stereo audio plus video connection satellite receiver to AV amp; 3 phono plugs to scart plug (signal into scart), eg SG61/2/3/4, stereo audio plus video connection AV amp to TV. If supported by amp and TV you could alternatively use s-video connections SG42/42 etc. It is worth using good quality cable, particularly on longer runs, and screened scart leads. Keene Sterling Gold cables are designed specifically for this sort of application. Their gold plated end connectors also stop the connection deteriorating with age. Note that this approach assumes that your TV has only the one AV (scart) input and so uses your AV amplifier as the hub of the system making for easy AV switching between devices. It is increasingly common for TVs to have multiple scarts and other AV sockets, and also for the devices themselves to have multiple outputs. This being the case we still advocate making the initial connections via the AV amp and then making whatever additional direct connections you are able to the TV, for example Satellite RGB scart to TV. It is also worth remembering that there is no strictly "correct" way to connect this equipment if you've come up with a different wiring method that works (ie you can view, hear and record what you like when you like) then great problem solved! If you'd like some help we will work out the leads you need. We need to know what connectors are on each piece of equipment, and the length each lead needs to be. Equipment model numbers are not much use for this it is the type of connector that is important (see page 70 for description of connector types). Now to actually make the connections: Connect the speakers to the AV amp (see Home Installation and DIY :leads components section for speaker cable). Connect the remainder of the equipment together using the cables as outlined above. Phono connections are usually colour coded yellow for video, red for right audio and white for left audio although sometimes red and black are used for the audio. The lead from AV amp to TV might only use the yellow video connection at the amp end; this doesn't matter as the main speakers will provide the sound, although it is worth noting that you could route the centre (dialogue) audio channel from the AV amp to your TV using this same cable, thus making use of the TV speaker instead of having to buy a separate unit. Using the system: As the TV has an aerial connected, it can be used as normal, but to get the best results use the AV amp. Set the TV to the correct source to match the scart socket, eg AV1. Turn down the TV volume. switch on the amp etc and choose the source, let's say a movie channel on satellite. Now (assuming the movie is suitable) proper stereo or Surround Sound should be heard through the AV speakers. Now switch the video to AV mode, and start recording. The video will record the satellite programme with the soundtrack in stereo or Surround Sound. Stop recording, set VCR to play and set the amp's source to VCR. What has been recorded should play back in stereo/surround Sound. TV AERIAL SATELLITE DECODER SPEAKERS RF connection AV stereo audio AV video Signal direction VIDEO RECORDER CD PLAYER AV AMPLIFIER DVD PLAYER TV SPEAKERS RF Connections Help! I've got three TVs, two videos and a satellite system. What do I do with the aerial lead? An increasingly common situation, which fortunately has a relatively simple solution. First, take the TV aerial downlead and feed it into the satellite decoder. Then take the RF output from the decoder and feed to the first VCR, then the output from that goes to the second VCR. Connect the output from the second VCR to the input of an RF amplifier. Finally take a separate RF lead from each output of the RF distribution amplifier to each TV outlet as required. This should now allow viewing of terrestrial TV, satellite or either VCR on any TV fed from the distribution amp. Important things to note when attempting this: Location It is normal (but not essential) to locate the distribution amplifier in the loft space. The distribution amplifier will require a mains power connection to work. The power consumption is usually extremely low (2 3W) so the unit can be left permanently connected. RF channel It is common for each VCR and satellite receiver to be factory tuned to output their signal of the same RF channel number. Since you will be connecting several devices together on the same cable, it follows that there will be a clash of signals. The answer is to adjust the RF channel for each device (sometimes by means of a small screwdriver adjustable preset located near the RF output socket, or sometimes via the on-screen setup menu, consult your equipment manuals for more details). What is required is to re-tune each device to a different RF channel, making sure that they don't clash with a terrestrial TV channel. Signal gain Each time you add a device to the RF chain, 3dB of signal gain is introduced. In some cases this can overload the distribution amplifier, resulting in poor signal quality. This can be overcome by adding a small attenuator (signal reducer) immediately before the distribution amplifier. The signal MUST be verified good before it is connected to the videos, and then level corrected before the distribution amplifier. A good test is to temporarily feed a TV directly from a VCR, which removes the distribution amp from the chain. The results can be enlightening. If the signal reaching the satellite receiver is weak, then a one in one out booster should be used to improve the signal quality. This should be located as near to the antenna as possible in the loft or even on the chimney. With some satellite systems, TV interference can occur whenever the satellite has power connected. This can be reduced by routing the satellite LNB downlead away from the TV aerial downlead and by using good quality low-loss cable for all connections. RF aerial leads Description Length Order code Price RF plug to socket, standard cable with nickel connectors 1.0m [KLD46] 1.99 RF plug to socket, high quality with gold plated connectors 1.0m [KLD46G] 2.99 RF plug to socket, high quality with gold plated connectors 2.0m [KLD28G] 3.99 RF plug to socket, standard cable with nickel connectors 4.0m [KLD47] 3.99 RF plug to socket, high quality with gold plated connectors 4.0m [KLD47G] 4.99 RF plug to socket, high quality with gold plated connectors 10.0m [KLD471G] 5.99 RF plug to plug, high quality with gold plated connectors 1.0m [KLD481G] 2.99 RF plug to plug, standard cable with nickel connectors 2.0m [KLD48] 2.99 RF plug to plug, high quality with gold plated connectors 2.0m [KLD48G] 3.99 RF plug to plug, standard cable with nickel connectors 4.0m [KLD49] 3.99 RF plug to plug, high quality with gold plated connectors 4.0m [KLD49G] 4.99 RF plug to plug, standard cable with nickel connectors 10.0m [KLD50] 4.99 RF plug to plug, high quality with gold plated connectors 10.0m [KLD50G] 5.99 Ferrite interference suppressor Designed to reduce the effects of RF interference that can sometimes affect long cable runs. Simple, click together design suitable for cables up to 8mm [FIS] 3.49 For more RF leads see also Sterling Gold AV leads and Leads to Go custom AV leads RF modulators and RF through modulators see Conversion section RF distribution amplifiers, RF signal attenuators see AV Duplication and Distribution section 74

77 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Home Cinema & high-end user leads the STERLING GOLD collection The Sterling Gold collection is designed to provide exactly the right lead you need for a safe and tidy connection in any home cinema or high end application. All leads (low loss RG59 co-ax for video, fully screened Oxygen Free Copper for audio) have gold plated end connector terminals. Scart to Scart cables are individually screened. See also Leads to Go (page 78) for custom high-end leads. KE Description/ Order Typical applications Length code Price 1 phono plug to 1 phono plug 0.75m [SG11] 9.99 for digital AC3 or composite video 1.5m [SG12] m [SG13] m [SG14] m [SG15] phono plugs to 2 phono plugs 0.75m [SG21] 9.99 Stereo audio link 1.5m [SG22] eg VCR to TV or AV amplifier 3.0m [SG23] m [SG24] m [SG25] mm stereo jack plug to 2 phono 1.5m [SG202] plugs 5.0m [SG204] m [SG205] phono plugs to 3 phono plugs 0.75m [SG31] Stereo audio plus video link 1.5m [SG32] eg VCR to VCR or AV amplifier 3.0m [SG33] m [SG34] m [SG35] S-video plug to S-video plug 0.75m [SG41] 9.99 Hi-8mm or S-video link 1.5m [SG42] eg Camcorder VCR to TV 3.0m [SG43] or AV amplifier 5.0m [SG44] m [SG45] Scart plug to Scart plug 0.75m [SG51] eg VCR to VCR or TV, 1.5m [SG52] satellite to TV 3.0m [SG53] m [SG54] m [SG55] Scart plug to Scart plug 0.75m [SG51F] Straight entry, flat cable 1.5m [SG52F] m [SG53F] m [SG54F] Scart plug to 3 phono plugs 0.75m [SG61] (switchable in/out of Scart) 1.5m [SG62] eg VCR to AV amplifier 3.0m [SG63] m [SG64] Scart plug to 6 phono plugs 0.75m [SG71] eg VCR to VCR 1.5m [SG72] m [SG73] m [SG74] Scart plug to S-video plug plus 2 phono 0.75m [SG81] plugs, wired signal OUT of scart 1.5m [SG82] eg DVD player to AV amp, 3.0m [SG83] S-video VCR to TV 5.0m [SG84] m [SG85] Scart plug to S-video plug plus 2 phono 0.75m [SG81A] plugs,wired signal IN to scart 1.5m [SG82A] eg DVD player to AV amp, 3.0m [SG83A] S-video VCR to TV 5.0m [SG84A] m [SG85A] Scart plug to S-video plug plus 2 phono 0.75m [SG81S] plugs, signal switchable IN/OUT of scart 1.5m [SG82S] eg DVD player to AV amp, 3.0m [SG83S] S-video VCR to TV 5.0m [SG84S] m [SG85S] CoAx plug to coax plug, with ferrite 1.5m [SGA2] 6.99 interference suppressors. RF aerial lead 5.0m [SGA4] 9.99 CoAx plug to coax socket, with ferrite interference suppressors. RF aerial lead 1.5m [SGA2A] m [SG91] Toslink to Toslink optical 2.5m [SG93] m [SG95] Bags & storage Leads & cables Home installations & DIY leads 75

78 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 RGB & Component video cables Scart 3 x phono plugs. Application: RGsB or component video. 2.0m [SBB72] m [SBB74] m [SBB75] Scart 3 x phono plugs (Vivanco). Application: RGsB or component video. 2.0m [KLD160] m [KLD161] m [KLD162] Scart 3 x BNC plugs. Application: RGsB or component video. 2.0m [SBB32] m [SBB34] m [SBB35] Scart 4 x phono plugs. Application: RGBs composite sync. Note: Supplied as signal OUT of scart for other options see Leads to Go page m [SBB62] m [SBB64] m [SBB65] Scart 4 x BNC plugs. Application: RGBs composite sync. Note: Supplied as signal OUT of scart for other options see Leads to Go page m [SBB22] m [SBB24] m [SBB25] Scart 4 x phono plugs. Application: RGBs TTL sync output (SyncBlaster Black Box or RGB2C output. 2.0m [SBB52] m [SBB54] m [SBB55] Scart 4 x BNC plugs. Application: RGBs TTL sync output (SyncBlaster Black Box or RGB2C output. 2.0m [SBB12] m [SBB14] m [SBB15] Scart 5 x phono plugs. Application: RGB + Hsync & Vsync. 2.0m [SBB82] m [SBB84] m [SBB85] Scart 5 x phono plugs. wired for component video + stereo audio, with audio signal output from scart 2.0m [SBB602] m [SBB604] m [SBB605] Scart 5 x phono plugs. wired for component video + stereo audio, with audio signal input to scart 2.0m [SBB602A] m [SBB604A] m [SBB605A] Scart 5 x BNC plugs. Application: RGB + Hsync & Vsync. 2.0m [SBB42] m [SBB44] m [SBB45] Scart 15 pin HD male wired for RGsB (3 core). 2.0m [SBB92] m [SBB94] m [SBB95] SCART 15 PIN HD MALE RGB WIRED RGBs FOR SANYO. Suitable for use with Sanyo PLV- Z1 projectors, chassis numbers Z1xx onwards. The connections are as follows Scart pin VGA pin Blue Screen 5 8 Blue signal 7 3 Green Screen 9 7 Green signal 11 2 Red screen 13 6 Red signal 15 1 Composite Video screen 17 5 Composite Video signal m [SBB92S] m [SBB94S] m [SBB95S] Scart 15 pin HD male wired for RGB + Hsync & Vsync (5 core). 2.0m [SBB92H] m [SBB94H] m [SBB95H] x phono plugs 3 x phono plugs. Application: RGsB or component video. 2.0m [SBB102] m [SBB104] m [SBB105] x phono plugs 3 x phono plugs (Vivanco). Application: RGsB or component video. 2.0m [KLD150] m [KLD151] m [KLD152] m [KLD153] Budget COMPONENT VIDEO CABLE Colour coded (RGB) triple phono video grade cable, ideal for connecting colour separated Y-U-V or RGB connections on DVD players to video projectors and other devices with colour separated Y-U-V or RGB inputs. Gold plated connectors. 2.0m [KLD67] m [KLD675] m [KLD6710] m [KLD6715] x phono plugs 3 x BNC plugs. Application: RGsB or component video. 2.0m [SBB202] m [SBB204] m [SBB205] x BNC plugs 3 x BNC plugs. Application: RGsB or component video. 2.0m [SBB302] m [SBB304] m [SBB305] x BNC plugs 5 x BNC plugs. Application: RGBHV connections. 0.9m [SBB701] m [SBB702] m [SBB703] m [SBB704] m [SBB705] m [SBB706] m [SBB707] m [SBB708] m [SBB709] What no audio? That s right these cables are wired for video only. Typically you would use these cables as the video feed, routing the audio via an AV amplifier. RGB and YUV connections are NOT directional as far as a scart is concerned, so you can use them as either input or output cables (providing of course that the scart socket is compatible please check your equipment for compatibility before ordering a cable). Please note that these cables alone do NOT convert RGB to component video; you need a separate device such as the Keene [APT1] (page 49) to do that. 15 pin HD male (SVGA) 3 x phono plugs. Application: RGsB or component video. 2.0m [SBB402] m [SBB404] m [SBB405] pin HD male (SVGA) 3 x BNC plugs. Application: RGsB or component video. 2.0m [SBB502] m [SBB504] m [SBB505] pin HD male 5 x BNC plugs. Application: 15 pin HD RGB + Hsync & Vsync. 2.0m [15HDPBNC02] m [15HDPBNC05] m [15HDPBNC10] m [15HDPBNC20] pin HD male 15 pin HD male. Application: 15 pin HD connection cable. 1.8m [15HDPP02] m [15HDPP05] m [15HDPP10] m [15HDPP20] pin HD male 15 pin HD female. Application: 15 pin HD extension cable. 1.8m [15HDPS02] m [15HDPS05] m [15HDPS10] m [15HDPS20] RGB info: RGB & component video quick connector guide 15 pin D sub (SVGA): Depending on the equipment can be used for RGB (pins 1 = red, 2 = green, 3 = blue, 13 =H/HV sync and 14 = Vsync) OR for component video (pins 1= Pr, 2 = Y, 3 = Pb, 13 and 14 not connected). RCA phono or BNC: 3 plug connections can carry component video (colour codes green = Y, red = Pr and blue = Pb) or RGsB (RGB sync on green) signals. 4 plug connections can carry RGB with combined H & V sync. 5 plug connections can carry RGB with separate H & V syncs. Scart: Can carry component video (pins 15= Pr, 11 = Y, 7 = Pb) OR RGB (pins 15 = red, 11 = green, 7 = blue) OR RGB with composite sync (pin 19) OR RGB with separate H sync (pin 12) and V sync (pin 10). (Some scart devices do not give out all signals.) 76

79 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 SyncBlaster RGB cables Keene Electronics SyncBlaster cables give you the power to easily connect RGB scart equipment directly to Plasma and LCD screens, and projectors. Most of these screens struggle to work with the paltry 0.3V sync provided from an ordinary RGB scart socket. Enter SyncBlaster. These fiendishly clever cables incorporate a fully functional sync separator and amplifier, providing the TTL level sync required for correct screen operation. To avoid the need for yet another black box we ve managed to cram all the essential electronics inside the actual scart plug body. Not only that, the cables can draw the required operating power directly from the scart socket (pin 8) so for most applications there s no additional power supply to worry about either! Keene SyncBlaster so useful it s almost scary. SyncBlaster scart plug to 15 pin HD (SVGA) plug Length Order Code Price 1.5m SGB m SGB m SGB m SGB SyncBlaster scart plug to 5 BNC plugs (RGB plus Hsync &Vsync) Length Order Code Price 1.5m SGB m SGB m SGB m SGB SyncBlaster scart plug to 5 RCA phono plugs (RGB plus Hsync &Vsync) Length Order Code Price 1.5m SGB m SGB m SGB m SGB SyncBlaster cables are not suitable for use with monitors designed solely for computer use (the screen must support a horizontal scan rate of KHz most projectors, plasma and LCD panels do whereas most CRT monitors don t). DVI-D digital cables HDMI CABLES DVI-D DIGITAL CABLE 25 PIN MALE TO 25 PIN MALE 2m long [DVID02] m long [DVID05] m long [DVID10] A successor to DVI, the High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI), is now becoming more commonplace amongst highend Home Cinema equipment. Essentially a digital scart, HDMI combines the digital picture signal of DVI and adds audio capability. Games console leads and accessories Commodore Amiga 23 way D plug plus 2 phono plugs >>>> scart (wired RGB),1.5m [KLD36] Phono plug to co-ax plug [KLD64] 2.49 Sony Playstation, PS1, PS2 Sony Playstation (Original, PS1 and PS2) joypad extension cable [PSXEXT] 5.99 Sony Playstation (Original, PS1 and PS2) to scart, all 21 pins connected to include RGB, 1.8m [PSXS] 7.99 Sony Playstation (Original, PS1 and PS2) to 3 x phono plugs, 1.5m [PSXP] 5.99 Playstation link, allows two Playstations or PS1s to be linked together for multi-player games, 2.0m [PSXL] 5.99 Sony Playstation (Original, PS1 and PS2) to S-video plug plus 2 x phono plugs, ultimate picture quality, 2.0m [PSXSV] 9.99 Sony Playstation (Original, PS1 and PS2) to scart plus light gun connector, 2.0m [PSXG] 9.99 HDMI/DVI Adaptors HDMI plug to DVI-D socket [KA169] 9.99 HMDI to HDMI cable assembly 1m [HDHD1] m [HDHD2] m [HDHD3] m [HDHD5] m [HDHD10] HDMI to DVI cable assembly 2m [HDDV2] m [HDDV3] m [HDDV5] m [HDDV10] DVI-D plug to HDMI socket [KA170] 9.99 We accept payment by Visa, Mastercard, Switch, Solo and Delta Adjustable secure vertical stand for the PS2, also provides storage for up to 4 memory cards and 2 CDs [PS2S] 9.99 PS2 remote control for easy remote operation of DVD/CD/VCD playback. [PS2R] Game pad for Playstation and PS1 [PSG] 8.99 Dual shock gamepad for Playstation original, PS1 and PS2. Internal force feedback, switchable analogue or digital, remappable buttons. [PSDSG] Microsoft XBOX XBOX RGB scart cable 1.8m [XSC] 8.99 XBOX power controller with twin vibration motors and twin expansion slots. Extra long 3.0m cable [XPC] Bags & storage Leads & cables Home installations & DIY leads 77

80 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 DV leads (aka I-Link or Firewire leads) Cable specified at 200MHz bandwidth 4 pin to 4 pin, 2m long (pictured) [KLFW1] pin to 4 pin, 3m long [KLFW13] pin to 4 pin, 4.5m long [KLFW2] pin to 6 pin, 2m long [KLFW3] pin to 6 pin, 3m long [KLFW33] pin to 6 pin, 4.5m long [KLFW4] pin to 6 pin, 0.75m long [KLFW6] pin to 6 pin, 2m long [KLFW5] 9.99 Ultra long DV cables These high quality IEEE1394 / FireWire cable with 200Mbps capabilities means that you can now easily send digital data over longer distances whilst still maintaining both the quality and integrity of the information. 10m Firewire cable [DDV10] m Firewire cable [DDV20] m Firewire cable [DDV40] What is Firewire? Apple developed the Firewire standard as a high speed serial bus for data exchange between digital devices. It was later ratified by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), and included in reference classification number IEEE1394 is the rule book that defines a whole family of data exchange protocols, each with different data rates, compression ratios etc. Sony was the first manufacturer to include the Firewire interface on its range of digital camcorders and it is now rapidly becoming the norm for DV (digital video) connectors. Remember that Firewire is not exclusively a video connection, but could also be used for example to connect a modem or scanner to a computer. To make it easier for the video user, all pieces of equipment marked with the I-Link logo will be compatible with each other. A Firewire cable has six conductors, two screened co-axial data cables and two power cables. For its camcorders Sony omitted the power connectors (the camcorder has its own power) and used a four pole connector. Computers and peripherals use mainly the six pole connector. Bridging leads are available to go from a four pin mini-dv to six pin computer connector. For the technically minded the Firewire standard allows for data transfer rates at up to 400Mb/s with a maximum cable length of 4.5m. Currently the camcorders only use 100Mb/s. Loose cable for home installations and DIY leads see Home Installations and DIY leads Components section DC and AC power leads Car cigarette lighter 12V power leads Car cigarette lighter plug to socket extension lead. 12ft long, 3A. Allows use of car power cords etc at greater distance [KLD32] sturdy crocodile clips on a length of cable to car lighter socket type connector. Useful in situations where 12V power available, but no cigarette lighter socket, eg caravan, boat. [KLD33] 3.99 Car cigarette lighter plug to 2.1mm DC jack plug. Power for your nicad charger [KLD103] mm DC plug to car cigarette lighter style plug, 0.15m [KLDC2] 6.99 DSM battery belt/ camcorder connections 1.2m XLR4 Male to XLR4 Female [XLR4FM] m XLR4 Female to cigar plug [XLR4cigar] CIGAR PLUG TO OPEN ENDED CABLE High quality cigar plug with approx 1.5m of coiled cable to open ends. Use to connect to your own cigar socket, croc clips or similar. Fused at 10A. [KLC4PL] 0.99 Please remember to quote product order codes when placing your order Mains power leads Moulded UK 3-pin plug (fused 5A) to IEC 3-pin (Euro, kettle etc) plug. Black 2.0m [KLDM1] 4.99 Moulded UK 3-pin plug (fused 3A) to figure 8 (cassette) plug. Black, 2.0m KLDM Moulded Euro (2 pin) mains plug to open end. Black 1.0m [KLDM4] 2.99 DC power adaptor/ discharger/gp leads 2.1mm DC plug to PP3 type snap-on connector, 0.15m [KLD101] mm DC plug to 2 x miniature crocodile clips, 0.15m [KLD102] mm DC plug to 2.1mm plug, 0.15m [KLDC1] mm DC plug to 2 x crocodile clips, 0.15m [KLDC3] mm DC plug to 2.1mm DC plug, 2m [DCH21L] mm DC plug to 6 different DC plugs (2.1, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0 x 1.7, 2.35 x 0.75, 4.8 x 1.7mm), 2m long [DCH21M] 2.99 Why not fax your order through?

81 Computer cables Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 LANC/edit leads Printer leads PC printer lead, 25 pin male to 36 pin male. Fully assembled screened, 1.8m [KLDP1] 1.99 Null modem cable Printer cable with thumbscrews, 5.0m [KLDP2] 1.99 Monitor splitter cable 15 PIN HD male plug to 2 x 15 pin HD female. Allows the monitor output from one PC to be simultaneously displayed on two PC monitors. Also useful for maintaining the display on a PC whilst using a video scan convertor such as the ETVUSB. 2m from the male to each female. [KLD71] 7.99 Null modem cable for use with laplink and similar, 9 pin or 25 pin female to 9 pin or 25 pin female serial 1.8m long [KLD72] 3.99 USB Data link and networking cables see Computer section Panasonic DV-in enabler cable/replacement PC data cable for Marantz RC5000i/Philips Pronto see Editing section USB cables There are two types of USB end connectors, pictured above. Type A is usually used for peripherals connections, type B for motherboard connections. A to A cables 1.8m [USBAA] m [USBAA3] m [USBAA5] 8.99 A to B cables 1.8m [USBAB] m [USBAB3] m [USBAB5] 8.99 B to B cables 1.8m [USBBB] m [USBBB3] m [USBBB5] 8.99 USB extension cable An unpowered 3m extension cable, USB type A plug to USB type A socket [USBXT3] 4.99 USB mini USB connector cables Type A USB plug to mini USB plug, ideal for connecting digital cameras and camcorders to your PC. High quality fully screened cable. 1.5m long [USBMIN] m long [USBMIN3] USB 2.0 certified cables A neat USB 5m extension cable You could use an ordinary cable to connect a USB 2.0 device to a USB 1.1 device, but the transfer speed will be limited by the slower USB1.1 device. If you connect two USB 2.0 devices together then you'll need one of these certified cables as they are better screened to cope with the higher bandwidth. A plug to B plug 2m long [USB2AB2] 5.99 A plug to B plug 3m long [USB2AB3] 6.99 USB ACTIVE EXTENSION CABLE A neat USB 5m extension cable incorporating a chip that allows safe transmission of the USB signal over this distance. The cable acts as a transparent hub and buffers all downstream and upstream data. Several of these cables may be joined together to provide USB transmission up to 20m. The chip s power is drawn via the USB port so no external power supply is required. [USBXT5] Universal USB connection kit A 1.8m USB cable with interchangeable ends, enabling connection to the most popular mini USB sockets used on digital cameras, camcorders, printers and scanners. Ideal if you ve lost or damaged the cable supplied with your device or just want another as a spare. The kit is high quality (gold plated connections) the cable is USB 2.0 rated and is supplied with a handy storage case for all the bits and pieces. [50037] mm stereo plug to 2.5mm stereo plug,lead Control L. Length 1.5m [KLDE1] m long version of above [KLDE1A] mm stereo plug to 2.5mm stereo line socket, LANC extension cable. Length 5.0m [KLDE1X] 9.99 LANC extension cable, 2.5mm angled stereo plug to 2.5mm stereo line socket. Length 2m [43340] mm stereo plug to 5 pin mini DIN plug. Length 1.5m [KLDE2] mm stereo plug to 3.5mm stereo plug Control S. Length 1.2m [KLDE6] mm stereo plug to to Panasonic 5 pin mini plug. Length 1.5m [KLDE7] 5.99 Sony 5 pin mini DIN plug to 2.5mm line socket adaptor, for connecting edit equipment with 2.5mm LANC plug to older Sony equipment with a 5-pin edit socket. Length 0.2m [KLDE9] 8.99 Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year Bags & storage Leads & cables Home installations & DIY leads 79

82 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Keene Leads to Go KE Made-to-measure leads for professional and high end domestic use Hand assembled made to measure leads constructed from the highest quality end connectors and cables and using all soldered connections. In the table below, the End connectors used and Cable used columns give, for each Lead to Go option, a brief description of the connectors/cable used, and the code of the connector/cable. For a fuller description of these components, please refer to the Home Installation and DIY Leads Components section of this catalogue. See information at end of table on how to order Leads to Go Lead description Typical applications End connectors used Cable used Code Base cost Cost/m [LTG3L] Phono plug phono plug Phono plug phono plug AC3 digital audio or composite video link Analogue audio only eg subwoofer Gold clamp type phono plugs [KLC39] Gold bullet type phono plugs [KLC40] + [KLC41] URM70 digital coaxial [KBL12] Noiseless neoprene [KBL11] [LTG3AL] mm stereo jack plug RCA phono plug Digital audio from PC sound card to AV amp. [KLC12GS] + [KLC40] Keene noiseless S-Video [KBL13 [LTG36] Phono plug phono plug Long (50m+) composite video runs Gold bullet type phono plugs [KLC40] + [KLC41] Digital satellite [KBL10] [LTG4L] phono plugs 2 phono plugs Audio interconnects Gold bullet type phono plugs [KLC40] + [KLC41] HQ blue twin audio [KBL9] [LTG1L] phono plugs 3 phono plugs Composite video + stereo audio Gold bullet type phono plugs [KLC40/41] Prof OFC2 [KBL15] [LTG14L] phono plugs 3 BNC plugs Component video or RGsB Gold bullet type phono plugs [KLC40/41] + gold BNC [KLC55B] Special RGB [KBL29] [LTG phono plugs 3 phono plugs RGB RGB enabled phono inputs/outputs Gold bullet type phono plugs [KLC40] Special RGB [KBL29] [LTG26] phono plugs 15 pin HD plug RGB phono to projector or plasma screen (not PC monitor) Gold bullet type phono plugs [KLC40] + [KLC56] Special RGB [KBL29] [LTG25] phono plugs 15 pin HD plug RGB HV uses Gold bullet type phono plugs [KLC40] + [KLC56] RGB [KBL30] [LTG30] F plug F plug BNC plug BNC plug 3 BNC plugs 3 BNC plugs 3 BNC plugs 15 pin HD male 5 BNC plugs 15 pin HD male 4-pin s-video plug 4-pin s-video plug Satellite to F type wall outlet plate Composite or single component video Component video or RGsB Component video or RGsB RGBHV uses Standard F plugs [KLC10] BNC plugs [KLC36] Digital satellite [KBL10] [LTG2L] URM70 digital coaxial [KBL12] [LTG6L] Gold BNC plugs [KLC55x] Special RGB [KBL29] [LTG31] Gold BNC plugs [KLC55x] + HQ HD plug [KLC56] Gold BNC plugs [KLC55x] + HQ HD plug [KLC56] S-video interconnect Gold S- plugs [KLC6G] Keene noiseless S-Video [KBL13] Scart plug scart plug VCR TV, VCR DVD etc Gold scart plugs [KLC3G]* Scart plug scart socket Scart extension Gold scart plug + socket [KLC3G]* + [KLC5] Scart plug 3 phono plugs signal IN to scart Scart plug 3 phono plugs signal OUT of scart Scart plug 3 phono plugs signal switchable IN/OUT of scart Audio + video (VCR TV, VCR DVD, editor processor etc) Audio + video (VCR TV, VCR DVD, editor processor etc) Composite video + stereo audio Gold scart plug [KLC3G]* + gold bullet type phonos [KLC40/41] Gold scart plug [KLC3G]* + gold bullet type phonos [KLC40/41] Gold switchable scart plug [KLC50] + gold bullet type phonos [KLC40/41] Special RGB [KBL29] [LTG32] RGB [KBL30] [LTG33] [LTG7L] Screened scart [KBL14] [LTG8LP] Screened scart [KBL14] [LTG8LS] Prof OFC2 composite video + stereo audio [KBL15] Prof OFC2 composite video + stereo audio [KBL15] Prof OFC2 composite video + stereo audio [KBL15] [LTG11R] [LTG11] [LTG11S] Scart plug 3 phono plugs Scart RGB (sync. on Green) Gold scart plug [KLC3G]* + gold bullet type phonos [KLC40/41] Special RGB [KBL29] [LTG15L] Scart plug s-video plug signal IN to scart Picture only TV VCR, DVD AV Amp etc Gold scart & s-plugs: [KLC3G]* + [KLC6G] Keene noiseless S-Video [KBL13] [LTG13R] Scart plug s-video plug signal OUT of scart Scart plug s-video plug + 2 phono plugs signal IN to scart Picture only TV VCR, DVD AV Amp etc VCR DVD, DVD processor etc Gold scart & s-plugs: [KLC3G]* + [KLC6G] All gold plugs, bullet type phonos: [KLC3G]* + [KLC6G] + [KLC40/41] Keene noiseless S-Video [KBL13] Keene noiseless S-Video + HQ blue twin audio: [KBL13] + [KBL9] [LTG13] [LTG12R]

83 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Lead description Typical applications End connectors used Cable used LTG Code Base cost Cost/m Scart plug s-video plug + 2 phono plugs signal OUT of scart VCR DVD, DVD processor etc All gold plugs, bullet type phonos: [KLC3G]* + [KLC6G] + [KLC40/41] Keene noiseless S-Video + HQ blue twin audio: [KBL13] + [KBL9] [LTG12] Scart plug s-video plug + 2 phono plugs signal switchable IN/OUT of scart Scart plug s-video plug plus 3.5mm stereo jack plug Scart plug 3 BNC plugs Scart plug 4 BNC plugs (supplied signal OUT of scart unless otherwise specified at time of order) Scart plug 5 BNC plugs Scart plug 4 phono plugs (supplied signal OUT of scart unless otherwise specified at time of order) Scart plug 15 pin HD male RGsB (3 core) Scart plug 15 pin HD male RGBHV (5 core) 1/4 mono jack plug 1/4 mono jack plug 1/4 stereo jack plug 1/4 stereo jack plug 3.5mm stereo jack plug 3.5mm stereo jack plug 3.5mm stereo jack plug 3.5mm stereo jack socket 3-pin XLR plug 3-pin XLR socket 4-pin XLR plug 4-pin XLR plug 4-pin XLR plug car cigar lighter plug TOSlink connector TOSlink connector S-video + stereo audio PC video/audio out to TV Scart RGB (sync. on Green) Scart RGB + composite (for sync. only) Scart RGB + H sync & V sync Scart RGB + composite (for sync. only) Scart (RGB) to projector or plasma screen (not PC monitor) Scart (RGB) to projector or plasma screen (not PC monitor) Mono audio patch Gold plugs [KLC14G] Neoprene noiseless [KBL11] Stereo audio patch Gold plugs [KLC15G] Keene noiseless S Video [KBL13] Stereo audio patch Gold plugs [KLC12GS] Keene noiseless S Video [KBL13] Stereo audio extension Gold plug/socket Keene noiseless S Video [KLC12GS] + [KLC42] [KBL13] Balanced mic Neutrik plug/socket Keene noiseless S Video cable/extension [KLC19] + [KLC20] [KBL13] Camcorder/light power lead Camcorder/light power lead Optical digital audio connections All gold plugs, bullet type phonos: [KLC50] + [KLC6G] + [KLC40/41] All gold plugs : scart [KLC3G]*, s-video [KLC6G] 3.5mm stereo jack [KLC12GS]) Gold scart plug [KLC3G]* + gold BNC [KLC55B] Gold scart plug [KLC3G]* + BNC [KLC36] Gold scart plug [KLC3G]* + gold BNC [KL55B] Gold scart plug [KLC3G]* + gold phono plugs (4 x clamp type [KLC39]) Gold scart plug [KLC3G]* + [KLC35] Gold scart plug [KLC3G]* + [KLC35] Neutrik plugs [KLC28] Neutrik plug [KLC28] + [KLC4P] TOSlink connectors [KLC45] Keene noiseless S-Video + HQ blue twin audio: [KBL13] + [KBL9] 2 x Keene noiseless S- Video [KBL13] Special RGB [KBL29] [LTG15BNC] RGB [KBL30] [LTG16BNC] RGB [KBL30] [LTG35] x URM70 digital coaxial [KBL12] Special RGB [KBL29] [LTG17] RGB [KBL30] [LTG17HV] Amp power cable [KBL22] 15 Amp power cable [KBL22] To order a custom Lead to Go 1. Choose (with regard to end connector and cable options) the lead you require, and hence the LTG code of the lead 2. Decide on the length required (remember, lead length is measured connector tip to connector tip) 3. Give us the order code (the LTG code followed by the length) The cost of a lead is the sum of the lead s Base Cost and its /m cost x the length of the lead (in metres) required. For example: If you wanted a 6 metre phono to phono lead for video, phono to phono video is lead LTG code LTG3L, the order code for a 6 metre version would be LTG3L6 and the cost would be ( Base Cost plus 6 x 1.10/m). *Scart plugs: Leads to Go with scart plugs are normally constructed using the [KLC3G] plug (gold plated pins and metallised shell). If you'd like to upgrade your lead to the all-metal scart plug [KLC47], please add 2.00 per plug and add the suffix "M" to the order reference. [LTG12S] [LTG34] [LTG16L] [LTG9LM] [LTG9LS] [LTG27] [LTG28] [LTG10L] [LTG18] [LTG19] Optical cable [KBL21] [LTG24] Should you require a cable/connector combination not listed here, we will happy to meet your requirements, but please write them down and post/fax to us Special terms and conditions relating to made to measure leads We will do our best to supply your lead quickly but it may on occasion take up to 14 days. We can only work to the nearest half-metre. We haven t as yet found a way to shrink or stretch a lead so it is essential that you measure correctly. Faulty leads may of course be returned for repair/replacement but leads ordered in error will be subject to a 50% re-stocking charge. To avoid confusion please use order codes as per the example above. We will attempt to manufacture leads to other combinations but you may be asked to send confirmation of the connection details. Leads correctly supplied to your connection details may not be returned for credit or replacement. Bags & storage Leads & cables Home installations & DIY leads RGB Leads To Go : We're happy to make RGB wired scart cables to any configuration you like, and will connect them either as per your instructions, or via the most common method. We must point out that there is a lot of variation in the way the scart socket on the equipment itself can be configured. Similarly, the equipment you wish to connect to might be happy with the signal your scart socket delivers or it might require different or stronger sync levels. These results can be difficult to predict so please double check the configurations and specifications on each item before ordering a custom lead. 81

84 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Home installation and DIY leads components Loose cable 80 End connectors 82 Wall outlet plates 83 Modular switch & connector panels 84 Loose cable for home installations and DIY leads Cable description/application Order Reel /m /m /reel code length (m) (singles) (10m+) (equals /m) Audio interconnects HQ screened stereo Core thickness 2 x 0.14mm2, Core composition=2 x 18 x 0.1mm, colour=black, screening=individual, dimensions 3.0 x 6.0mm [KBL5] (1.10) URM70 low loss 75 Ohm coaxial 7 x 0.19mm copper conductor with high density polythene insulation, copper braided sheath and black PVC outer, overall diameter 5.8mm, capacitance 67pF/metre. Uses: video, digital audio. [KBL12] (0.77) Budget audio mono Single screened cable for general audio use, 7/0.2mm copper core, overall diameter 3.1mm, grey PVC sheath [KBL17] (0.50) Budget audio stereo Stereo screened cable for general audio use, 13/0.2mm copper conductor, overall 2.5 x 5.5mm grey PVC sheath [KBL18] (0.58) Speaker cable HQ blue twin audio 2-CORE COLOUR CODED WITH FOAM PE PLUS MYLAR WRAP & 96/0.12MM SHIELDING & DIRECTIONAL ARROWS 5.8MM X 13.6MM [KBL9] (1.77) NEOPRENE NOISELESS SINGLE CORE INSIDE SOLID PE PLUS PVC JACKET & 64/0.12MM SHIELDING NEOPRENE JACKET diameter 6.7MM [KBL11] (1.05) Optical cable Single sheathed plastic optical cable with black sheath, overall diameter 2.2mm [KBL21] (1.58) Speaker cable 189 strand Core thickness 2 x 1.5mm2 Core composition 189 x 0.1mm, colour= transparent, core type=copper, capacitance=19.85pf/m, resistance=13.3mohm/m/core, dimensions 6.8 x 2.7mm [KBL1] (1.23) Speaker cable 336 strand Core thickness 2 x 2.5mm2 Core composition=336 x 0.1mm, colour= transparent, core type=copper, capacitance=27.85pf/m, resistance=7.98mohm/m/core, dimensions 9.5 x 2.5mm [KBL2] (2.49) Speaker cable 651 strand Core thickness 2 x 2.5mm2 Core composition=651 x 0.07mm, colour= transparent, core type=silver coated, capacitance=28.15pf/m, resistance=7.98mohm/m/core, dimensions 8.5 x 3.3mm [KBL3] (3.75) Speaker cable, bi-wire Core thickness 4 x 1.5mm 2 Core composition=4 x 129 x 0.1mm OFC, colour white with polarity markings, overall dimensions 3.0 x 15mm [KBL4] (1.92) RF cable Video cable Speaker cable 79 strand 79 STRAND FIG '8' STYLE WITH RIBBED POLARITY LINE, DIAMETER 4mm x 8mm black sheath [KBL24] (0.59) Speaker cable 79 strand OFC OFC 79 STRAND FIG '8' STYLE WITH RIBBED POLARITY LINE DIAMETER 4mm x 8mm clear sheath [KBL25] (0.66) Speaker cable 79 strand ultraflat OFC SUPER FLAT CABLE WITH METRE & POLARITY MARKINGS, Dimensions 1.7mm x 10mm [KBL26] (0.51) TV aerial coaxial High quality TV aerial cable, 1.0mm copper conductor with air spaced dielectric, 48 x 0.12mm copper braid, brown PVC sheath, overall diameter 6.4mm [KBL7] (0.23) Digital satellite coaxial Screened cable suitable for digital satellite, 64/0.12mm braid over 1mm copper conductor plus 5 cell air space plus copper foil, black PVC sheath overall diameter 6.5mm (meets BS EN50117) [KBL10] (0.43) RG59 coaxial High quality very thin video grade 75 ohm coaxial cable. 1/0.4mm solid tinned copper conductor with braided sheath and grey PVC outer. Overall diameter just 2.8mm [KBL6] (0.64) Screened scart 21 core, six coaxial screens plus overall screen, overall diameter 11mm [KBL14] (2.55) FLAT SCART Blue casing (use with KLC49 connectors) [KBL27] (2.46) 82

85 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Loose cable for home installations and DIY leads (continued) Cable description/application Order Reel /m /m /reel code length (m) (singles) (10m+) (equals /m) Spiral cable wrap Coaxial cable clips Nail-in securing clips for coaxial aerial cable, box of 100 [CC7] 2.99 Flexible split tube cable sheathing For cables approx 12mm dia, 1.5m [CWSP2] 3.49 For cables approx 19mm dia, 1.5m [CWSP3] 3.49 Prof OFC2 composite video+stereo audio 1 x 3C2V VIDEO 0.5MM SOLID CENTRE PLUS 2 x AUDIO16/0.12MM Dimensions 6.3mm x 13.9mm [KBL15] (0.60) Keene noiseless S-Video 2-CORE WITH COTTON & OVERALL BRAIDING 65/0.12mm. SOFT PVC JACKET, OVERALL DIAMETER 6mm, 75 ohm [KBL13] (1.31) URM70 low loss 75Ohm coaxial 7 x 0.19mm copper conductor with high density polythene insulation, copper braided sheath and black PVC outer, overall diameter 5.8mm, capacitance 67pF/metre. Uses: video, digital audio. [KBL12] (0.77) RGB cable Perfect for RGB signals, the cable is composed of 5 mini coax cables carrying: red, green, blue, horizontal sync and vertical sync. Each conductor is 26 AWG, 75?, and wrapped in an individual color coded jacket. Includes an internal rip cord for easy ripping of the jacket before termination, and sequential numbering printed each meter for quick cable length measuring while installation. Specifications: Conductor: 26 AWG tinned copper (0.48mm, 0.019''); Impedance: 75Ω; Insulation: foam polyethylene 2.1mm thickness; Inner shield foil/mylar tape + tinned copper braid. Inner jacket PVC, as color code. (Red, Green, Blue, Black & Yellow); Outer jacket: Gray PVC, 10.0mm diameter. Conductor resistance: 148Ω/km. Capacitance: 57pF/m (Coaxial cable at 1 KHz). Velocity of propagation: 81%. Attenuation (db/100 ft.): 1MHz MHz. ( MHz, MHz, MHz, MHz MH). [KBL28] (2.40) New RGB cable A special cable for RGB signals, with 3 coaxial cores plus 2 twisted pairs. Ideal for RGsB, VGA, s-video, s-video plus composite or component video. Specifications: Construction: 3 x75ohm coaxials laid up around 2 x twisted pair conductors with overall screen and outer jacket. Outer Jacket PVC 8.9mm overall diameter, metre marked. Coaxes inner conductor 7 x 0.16mm; dielectric foamed polyethylene; screen tinned copper braid 96% optical coverage; Jacket PVC 3.3mm. Capacitance 62pf/m nominal Impedance 200MHz nominal; Attenuation 2 db/10m MHz. Twisted Pair: Inner conductor 7 x 0.16mm tinned copper wire 0.42mm; dielectric polyethelyne 0.85mm. Screen aluminium polyester tape with drain wire [KBL29] (3.09) RGB cable A special cable for RGB signals with 5 coaxial cores. Ideal for RGB plus H & V sync. Can also be used for VGA, component, composite or s- video applications. Specifications: Each conductor is a 26 AWG, 75 ohm, coaxial conductor, colour-coded, and wrapped in a single jacket. Features Doubleshielded foil and copper serve to reduce interference, a ripcord to reduce cable damage during installation, stranded filler to maintain tight bundle & eliminate shift and twist and 5 colour-coded 26 AWG stranded coax conductors for easy identification of RGBHV. Capacitance 54.8pF/m nominal, impedance 75ohm@ 200MHz nominal, attenuation 17.6dB/100m 100MHz. Overall outer diameter 9.17mm bend radius 3.7cm. [KBL30] (7.00) GP screened cables for mic extensions, LANC extensions, IR wands etc Screened stereo audio Stereo screened cable for general audio use, twin 7/0.2mm copper conductors with lapped screening and cotton insulation, overall diameter 4.8mm, black PVC sheath [KBL19] (1.04) See also Budget screened mono [KBL17] and budget screened stereo [KBL18] GP non screened Network Extraflex power cable, black Very flexible single core wire, 55/0.1mm copper, overall 2.8mm, max current 6A. Black sheath [KBL20B] (0.26) Extraflex power cable, red Very flexible single core wire, 55/0.1mm copper, overall 2.8mm, max current 6A. Red sheath. [KBL20R] (0.26) 15 amp power cable TWO CORE 15 AMP CAPACITY WITH SOFT PVC JACKET, 3.3mm x 6.6mm [KBL22] (0.39) CAT5 network cable CAT5E Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable 4 twisted pairs of 24AWEG solid conductor cable, conforms BS EN50173 [KBL23] (0.21) Spiral wrap to keep all your cables tidy and secure. Length 3m. [CWSP] 3.49 Coaxial cable stripper Makes stripping co-axial satellite and aerial cables a doddle! [CSR] Some quick soldering tips DO: Tin both the wire and the connector first Apply heat to the joint, not the solder Wear eye protection DON T: Blow on the joint to cool it quicker Move the wire or the connector before the solder sets Leave the iron in contact for any longer than is necessary Use too much solder Leads & cables Home installations & DIY leads Adaptors & connectors 83

86 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 End connectors for DIY leads Many of these end connectors are used in the manufacture of our Sterling Gold and Leads to Go high end AV leads Audio Phono plug, bullet type, 7mm cable entry, white [KLC40] 2.99 Phono plug, bullet type, 7mm cable entry, red [KLC41] 2.99 Phono plug, gold contacts, with 4mm cable entry [KLC54] 2.99 RCA phono plugs, 1 red and 1 black, the pair [KLC2] 0.49 Gold plated phono plugs. High specification, with cable strain relief spring. Suitable for 5 7mm diameter cable. 1 red plus 1 black, the pair [KLC22] 4.99 Gold plated phono plugs. Larger size, for cable up to 9mm dia. Twist-on locking action. Pair, red and black coded [KLC23] 8.99 Phono plug clamp type suitable for URM70 type 6mm diameter cable [KLC39] 2.99 Phono line sockets, colour coded red & white, pair [KLCPLS] 4.99 Phono line sockets, gold, colour coded black band [KLCPLSB] 2.49 As KLCPLSB above but red band [KLCPLSR] mm mono jack plug [KLC13] mm mono jack plug, gold [KLC13G] mm stereo jack plug Video mm (1/4") mono jack plugs. Gold plated, pair (red and black) [KLC14G] mm (1/4") mono line socket, gold. [KLC43] mm (1/4") stereo jack plug [KLC15] mm (1/4") stereo jack plug. Gold plated [KLC24] mm (1/4") stereo jack plug. Gold plated (Red) [KLC15G] mm (1/4") stereo line socket, gold. [KLC44] 4.99 XLR 3-pin plug. Metal body [KLC19] 2.99 XLR 3-pin socket Metal body [KLC20] 2.99 XLR 4-pin plug. Metal body [KLC28] 4.99 XLR 4-pin socket Metal body [KLC29] 4.99 Gold plated 4mm banana plugs. 1 red, 1 black, the pair [KLC21] 4.99 Optical (TOSlink) plugs, pair [KLC45] pin scart plug, solderable connections [KLC3] pin scart plug, solderable connections. Gold pins, silver metallised plastic shell [KLC3G] 3.99 S-video plug (4-pin mini DIN) [KLC6] 1.99 S-video plug, HQ series gold plated pins, accepts up to 7mm dia cable [KLC6G] 3.49 S-video line socket [KLC6S] 2.99 BNC plug, clamp type for 75Ohm RG59 [KLC36] 2.99 BNC plug, twist on type [KLC37] 2.99 BNC plug, gold, with solder contacts and coloured flexible boot Green [KLC55G] 2.99 Black [KLC55B] 2.99 Blue [KLC55BL] 2.99 Red [KLC55R] 2.99 Grey [KLC55GY] pin DIN plug [KLC51] pin DIN plug [KLC52] pin DIN plug [KLC53] 2.99 Co-Ax aerial plug [KLC7] 0.99 Co-Ax line socket, white plastic [KLC8] 0.99 F-connector, all metal twiston (for satellite) [KLC10] pin HD D plug [KLC35] 2.99 [KLC12] mm stereo jack plug, gold [KLC12G] mm stereo jack plug gold Switchcraft [KLC12GS] mm tripole AV jack plug [KLC38] mm tripole AV jack plug, angled [KLC38A] mm stereo line socket, gold [KLC42] mm (1/4") mono jack plug [KLC14] mm (1/4") mono jack plug. Gold plated [KLC25] pin scart plug, solderable connections. Gold pins, solid metal shell [KLC47] pin scart plug, flat cable rear entry. Gold plated contacts, silver finish body [KLC49] pin scart plug, solderable connections. Gold pins, silver metallised plastic shell. Switchable in/out [KLC50] pin scart line socket, solderable connections [KLC5] pin HD male with cover, high quality. [KLC56] 6.99 High quality 15 pin HD female plug. Black metal shell with solderable connections. Complete with twist-lock thumb-screws. [KLC56F] 6.99 Other 2.1mm DC power plug, short reach [KLC16] mm DC power plug, long reach [KLC17] mm DC power plug [KLC18] mm DC power plug [KLC1]

87 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 End connectors (contd) Computer Cat 5E networking components see Computer section [KLC4P] 1.99 In line car lighter socket [KLC4] 1.49 In line car lighter plug, superior quality. Face plates & pattresses Speaker outlet plate with 2 x 4mm sockets designed to accept standard 4mm banana jacks Sockets coded red and black [HCP1] 3.99 Speaker outlet plate TWIN version of [HCP1] [HCP18] 3.99 Wall outlet plate with 1 x F connector for satellite downleads [HCP2] 3.99 Wall outlet plate with TV type coax socket [HCP3] 3.99 Wall outlet plate with twin TV type coax sockets [HCP4] 4.99 Loudspeaker Connection Plates Wall outlet plates with colour coded gold plated binding posts. Fit a standard 1 gang pattress. (Solder tag rear connection) Single pair [HCP5] 3.99 Double pair [HCP20] 4.99 BNC face Plates Wall outlet plates with BNC socket outlet(s). Gold plated inner conductor. Solder connections Single socket [HCP7] 2.99 Double socket [HCP8] 3.99 RCA phono face Plates Wall outlet plates with RCA phono socket outlet(s). Gold plated conductors. Solder connections Double socket [HCP9] 2.99 Four sockets [HCP10] pin Bulgin type mains plug, fits the switched AC outlet socket on many Yamaha AV amps. Use to connect a distribution block and you can use the remote standby option to supply power to other Hi-Fi components [BMP] 3.49 Wall outlet plate which fits a standard UK single pattress and provides a scart socket. Note that the rear of the sockets have solder type connections. [HCP11] 2.99 Wall outlet plate which fits a standard UK single pattress and provides an s-video socket and two RCA phono sockets. The rear of the sockets have solder type connections. [HCP12] 4.49 Multi outlet wall plate has composite video, s- video, 3 x RCA phono (RGB/ component video) and aerial sockets. [HCP13] 5.99 Wall outlet plate with 2 x s-video sockets and 4 x RCA phono sockets in two red + black pairs. [HCP14] 5.99 Wall outlet plate Composite video and stereo audio (3 x RCA phono sockets). [HCP15] 3.99 Loudspeaker connection plate. Wall outlet plate with one pair spring clip terminal loudspeaker connections. [HCP16] 2.99 Loudspeaker connection plate. Version of HCP16 with two pairs spring clip terminal loudspeaker connections. [HCP17] 3.99 Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year Wall outlet plate. three x RCA phono coloured red, green & blue for component or RGsB video [HCP22] 2.99 Standard size white wall single outlet plate with a 15pin HD female connector. The rear of the plate also has a 15pin female socket making it easy to connect to premade 15pin HD cables. [HCP21] 9.99 CUSTOM BUILD FACE PLATES We will drill and fit your choice of chassis mount sockets to the HCP6 standard facia plate. Cost is cost of parts plus 2.00 per socket fitted. For example a plate fitted with 1 x s-video socket and 2 x phono sockets (see picture) would cost 8.47 in parts (1 x HCP6, 1 x CMSVS and 1 x CMPS) plus 6.00 fitting ( each) total We will try to make all custom face plates quickly but on occasion they may take up to 14 days. Blank face Plates Blank plates to fit standard single gang pattress. Ideal for DIY cabling applications and for use with chassis mount AV sockets. White plastic (pic) [HCP6] 1.49 Polished steel [HCP6S] Stainless steel [HCP6SS] Georgian Brass [HCP6GB] 4.99 Victorian Brass [HCP6VB] 4.99 Surface mount 87mm x 87mm x 16mm deep pattress, white plastic [PAT] 1.99 Flush mount metal pattresses, accept all 87 x 87 wall plates 16mm deep [MPATS] mm deep (required for F connector) [MPATL] 1.99 Chassis Mount Sockets NEW Neutrik colour chassis mount phono sockets. Gold plated with solder contacts to rear, isolation washers and double lock nuts. Black [CMPSNB] 1.99 Red [CMPSNR] 1.99 Yellow [CMPSNY] 1.99 Green [CMPSNG] 1.99 Blue [CMPSNBL 1.99 White [CMPSNW] 1.99 Phono sockets. Gold plated, Single 8mm hole fixing with Teflon insulation, fixing nut, tag and washer. Supplied in pairs, one red and one black. [CMPS] 3.99 Phono socket Single gold phono socket, colour coded yellow (for composite video) [CMPSV] 1.99 S-video socket Oval style, requires 10mm diameter hole plus 2 fixing holes at 19.5mm centre to centre [KLC6CM2] 1.99 S-video socket Single 10mm diameter fixing hole [KLC6CM] 2.99 BNC socket 75 Ohm insulated chassis mount socket [CMBNC] 4.99 RF (coaxial) socket 9.5mm fixing hole [CMRF] 1.99 Gold Binding Posts Ideal for making your own speaker in/out wallplate connections. Supplied in pairs of one each red and black, they are gold plated and accept 4mm banana plugs from the front or will clamp 3mm cable from the side. Requires a 5mm mounting hole, and is OK in material up to 9mm thick [KLC26] 4.99 Leads & cables Home installations & DIY leads Adaptors & connectors 85

88 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Modular electrical installation components Ideal for use with X10 DIN modules, these modular panels can be assembled to meet your requirements; Single gang single socket fascia plate (white) [2200] 1.99 Single gang double socket fascia plate (white) [2201] 1.99 Double gang triple socket fascia plate (white) [2202] 3.99 Double gang four socket fascia plate (white) [2203] 3.99 Single gang single socket fascia plate (brass) [2270] 7.99 Single gang double socket fascia plate (brass) [2271] 7.99 Double gang triple socket fascia plate (brass) [2272] Double gang four socket fascia plate (brass) [2273] Yokes (essential for securing the switch to the pattress prior to attaching the fascia plate). They can be used with either flush or surface mount pattresses Single gang single socket yoke [2100] 1.99 Single gang double socket yoke [2101] 1.99 Double gang 3 or 4 socket yoke [2102] 2.49 Momentary action rocker switch [2004] 6.99 TV Coaxial socket [2071] 5.99 RJ- 45 socket (CAT5 networking) [2050] BT slave socket [2055] BNC (75ohm) socket [2074] 5.99 Blank [2060] 1.99 Example custom modular panel assembly, using double gang triple socket face plate [2201], a double gang three/four socket yoke [2102] and one each TV coaxial socket [2071], BT slave socket [2055] and momentary action rocker switch [2004]. CABLE INSTALLATION TOOLS A range of tools designed specifically to help with installing cables in inaccessible locations. The Cable-Rod products are a sets of screw together flexible lightweight rods that join together and help you push or pull cables through ceiling spaces, partition walls, under floor joists etc. Standard set Four one-metre x 5mm GRP rods complete with Tuff Hook, Push-Pull Ring and durable Carry Tube. The most popular Cable Rod set - perfect for domestic installations. [CRSS] Super Six set Four onemetre 5mm GRP rods and two one-metre 4mm GRP rods complete with tuff hook, 175mm flexi-head, domed bullet and mini-eye. Designed to provide an allround flexible solution [CRS6] DeLuxe Set Ten one-metre x 5mm GRP rods complete with Tuff Hook, Push-Pull Ring, Mini Eye, Flat Bullet, Domed Bullet, Gender Changer and durable Carry Tube. A comprehensive set ideal for larger installations. [CRSD] Handy Set Four 350mm GRP rods complete with 330mm Flexi Lead, Domed Bullet, Mini Eye, Mini Hook and toolbox size Carry Tube. Can be taken anywhere. [CRHS] Accessory Tube A selection of seven ingenious Cable Rod attachments. Includes a 150mm flexi lead, an incredibly strong magnet, a mini eye, mini hook, gender changer, domed bullet and flat bullet. A great value pack. [CRAT] Magnet & Chain A fantastically useful attachment set. A lifesaver when you are unsighted or only have a small access hole, the chain will literally jump onto the magnet. [CRCM] 8.49 MAG-COM For easy rod end location and tracing. The MAG-COM is ideal for working blind in studwalls or over solid ceilings. [CRMC] Rod Pair Two one-metre x 5mm GRP rods for extras or replacements. [CRSR] Thick Rod Pair Two one metre x 6mm GRP rods that are more rigid than standard rods. Perfect for working over long distances where extra control is required. [CRST] Thin Rod Pair Two one metre x 4mm GRP rods that are more flexible than standard rods. These rods can be used in more confined areas and around sharper curves. [CRFF] Whisk Friction reducing fins allow the whisk to glide over rough uneven surfaces [CRWHISK] Super Beam Micro LED torch attachment screws onto the end of the rod, perfect for seeing into cavities [CRSB]

89 Adaptors and connectors Plug/socket adaptors Example: If you want to plug your lead into a BNC socket, but it s got a phono plug on the end, then you need KA115 BNC plug to phono socket Audio & AV plug/socket adaptors 3.5mm mono jack Fibre optic plug to 6.35mm adaptor. Toslink (0.25") stereo jack socket to 3.5mm socket plug [KA106] 0.89 [KATA] mm mono jack plug to 3.5mm Fibre optic adaptor. 3.5mm socket stereo jack socket to Toslink plug [KA105] mm mono jack [KATM] 2.99 plug to TV co-ax ANGLED PHONO socket ADAPTOR [KA133] 2.99 Gold plated right 3.5mm stereo jack angled phono plug to 6.35mm adaptor pair (1 x (0.25") stereo jack red band, 1 x black socket band). [KA107] 0.89 [48744] mm stereo jack Phono plug to s- plug to 5 pin DIN video socket. socket Useful for [KA156] 2.99 converting s-video to composite video. (If you need to convert 3.5mm stereo jack plug to 3.5mm composite to s-video we mono jack socket recommend the Keene STOC (p 51) which has passive filtering for [KA158] 1.49 better results.) 3.5mm stereo jack plug to 2 x [KA162] mm mono Phono plug to sockets (line 3.5mm jack adaptor) socket [KA131] 2.99 [KA101] mm stereo jack Phono plug to BNC socket plug to 2 x phono sockets [KA113] 1.89 [KA134] 1.99 Phono plug to 6.35mm (0.25") stereo jack socket 6.35mm (1/4 ) mono jack plug to 3.5mm mono jack socket [KA108] 0.89 [KA132] 1.99 Phono plug to SO239 (UHF) 6.35mm (1/4 ) socket) mono jack plug to 3 pin XLR [KA110] 1.10 socket S-VIDEO PLUG TO [KLC30] x PHONO LINE 6.35mm (1/4 ) SOCKETS, wired mono jack plug for separate to 3pin XLR plug Luma & Chroma connections. As supplied with [KLC32] 2.99 Cat5Blaster QC to send 2 x Audio adaptor. composite video signals via the s- 3.5mm mono line video socket. socket to XLR male adaptor. [KLD73] 2.99 Allows (say) an 2.5mm mono jack plug to 3.5mm mono jack socket MKE300 microphone to be used on a camcorder with XLR mic inputs. [KA103] mm stereo jack plug to 3.5mm stereo jack socket [KAX3] XLR adaptor. XLR female to 3.5mm stereo jack plug, 12cm long. [KA142] mm mono jack [41908] 9.99 plug to phono XLR adaptor. XLR socket male to phono line socket, 12cm long. [41906] 9.99 [KA120] mm mono jack plug to 6.35mm (0.25") mono jack socket [KA100] 1.49 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Plug-plug, plug-socket and socket-socket adaptors Couplers, multipliers (splitters) jack socket 6.35mm (1/4 ) stereo jack plug to 3.5mm stereo [KA124] mm (1/4 ) stereo jack plug to 3 pin XLR socket [KLC31] mm (1/4 ) stereo jack plug to 3 pin XLR plug [KLC33] mm (1/4 ) stereo jack plug to 5 pin DIN socket [KA157] 2.99 Line adaptor 5 pin DIN line socket to 4 x phono plugs [KA140] 4.99 Line adaptor 2 x 3.5mm mono jack plugs to single 3.5mm stereo line socket for connecting stereo mics to camcorders and equipment with separate inputs for L and R channels [KA141] Line adaptor Scart socket to 6 x phono plugs [KA145] mm (1/4 ) stereo jack plug to 2 x phono sockets [KA137] 1.99 BNC plug (metal) to phono socket [KA115] 1.49 BNC plug to phono socket, gold [48745] 3.99 BNC plug (metal) to SO239 (UHF) socket [KA111] 1.49 PL259 (UHF) plug to BNC socket [KA112] 1.99 PL259 (UHF) plug to phono socket [KA114] 1.39 HDMI plug to DVI-D socket [KA DVI-D plug to HDMI socket [KA170] 9.99 End connectors for DIY lead assemblies see Home installation & DIY leads Components section Scart plug to 3 x phono sockets. Composite video and stereo audio. Ideal for connecting phono only camcorder leads into a scart socket. Wired INTO scart. For mono camcorders, use left channel audio only [KA127R] 4.99 Scart plug to 3 x phono sockets. As KA127R above, but wired OUT of scart [KA127] 4.99 Scart plug to 3 x phono sockets plus S-video socket, switchable in/out of scart [KA127S] 7.99 Scart plug to 3 x phono sockets plus S-video socket as above, gold plated connectors [KA127SG] 8.99 Scart to component adaptor. Scart plug to 3 phono sockets wired for component or RGsB. [KA150] 4.99 Scart to four phono plug adaptor wired for RGB plus switchable composite in/out. High quality construction with gold plated components. [KA150S] 5.99 F plug to TV coaxial socket [KA144] 1.49 LANC ADAPTOR 3.5mm stereo plug to 2.5mm stereo socket [KA147] 2.49 Mains & DC power plug/socket adaptors 1.3mm DC power plug to 2.1mm DC power socket [KA116] mm DC power plug to 2.5mm DC power socket [KA117] mm DC socket to car cigarette lighter socket [KA125] 3.99 Terminology: plugs are male and have the pins in them; the female sockets have the, erm, sockets in them. Home installations & DIY leads Adaptors & connectors AV switchboxes 87

90 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Plug/socket adaptors (continued) UK 3-pin mains socket to European (round pin) mains plug [KAM1] 2.99 UK 3-pin mains socket to universal overseas (incl USA) (flat pin) mains plug [KAM2] 2.99 UK mains plug to 3 x Euro/USA sockets [KAM4] 9.99 Audio input and mic adaptors see Audio section Firewire adaptors Converts the 4 pin IEEE1394 socket (usually found on cameras and some laptops) to the more common 6 pin IEEE1394 socket. [43100] 7.99 Sister to the above, this converts a 4 pin IEEE1394 socket to a 6 pin IEEE1394 plug. [43200] 6.99 Computer plug/socket adaptors Gender changer. D male at each end 9 way [KAC3] 3.49 Gender changer. D female at each end 9 way [KAC5] 3.49 Mouse adaptor, converts a 9 pin D female to to a 25 pin D male. Thumb screw locks [KAC1] way D female to 25 way D male with thumb screw locks [KAC2] 2.99 Keyboard adaptor AT to PS2, 5 pin DIN socket to 6 pin mini DIN plug [KAC7] 3.49 Keyboard adaptor PS2 to AT, 5 pin DIN plug to 6 pin mini DIN socket [KAC8] 3.49 USB plug/socket adaptors USB A female to B male [USBAFBM] 3.99 USB A male to B female [USBAMBF] 3.99 USB A female to B female [USBAFBF] 3.99 REAR PANEL EXTENDERS Simple but very effective, these adaptors make it easy to connect to your VCR/Casablanca/PC/ DVD/ Games console etc without having to reach round the rear. Just plug the cable into your rear panel sockets and fasten the panel on top (or wherever you find convenient, cable length 1m, Velcro fastening supplied). You now have front AV connections! Two models are available; With 3 x phono sockets for stereo audio & composite video (top right [RPE] 3.99 With 3 x phono sockets plus s-video socket (bottom right) [RPES] 4.99 High quality scart adaptors All using gold plated connectors with a silver finish scart body. All wired signal INTO scart. 3 phono (composite video plus audio) to scart [42788] 7.99 S-video plus 3 phono (composite video plus audio)to scart. [42789] 9.99 S-video & 2 phono (stereo audio) to scart [ DVI ADAPTORS To adapt and connect an analogue 15 pin HDD interface to an analogue wired DVI connection (aka DVI-I). Useful if your display has both 15pin and DVI-I as it effectively gives you a second means of signal input without external switching or unplugging. Available as a cable or as an in-line adaptor. Adaptor DVI analogue male to 15pin HD female [45073] 6.99 Adaptor DVI analogue female to 15pin HD male [45074] Cable DVI analogue male to 15pin HD male 1.8m [45075] 9.99 Couplers : Allow cables with the same end connectors to be joined Computer cable coupler, D male at each end 25 way [KAC4] 3.49 Computer cable coupler, D female at each end 25 way [KAC6] 3.49 Scart coupler. A nifty adaptor with back-to-back scart sockets [KA146] 3.99 Phono coupler. Back to back phono sockets [KA119] 0.79 Phono coupler. Back to back phono sockets, gold plated contacts [KA119G] 1.25 Twin phono coupler. 2 x back to back phono sockets, gold plated contacts [KA119T] 1.49 Triple phono coupler. 3 x back to back phono sockets, gold plated contacts [KA1193] x phono sockets plus s video socket back to back coupler, gold plated connectors [KA149] 5.99 Fibre optic coupler. Back-toback Toslink female. [KATC] mm optical coupler [35C] 2.99 S-video coupler. Back to back S-video sockets [KA139] 4.99 BNC coupler. Back to back BNC sockets [KA159] 1.99 Co-Ax aerial coupler (female female) [KLC9] 0.99 F-coupler, female socket female socket [KLC11] 0.99 XLR coupler/gender changers. 3 pin plug to 3 pin plug [KAX1] pin socket to 3 pin socket [KAX2] 5.99 USB coupler A female to A female [USBAFAF] 4.99 USB coupler B female to B female [USBBFBF] 4.99 SVGA adaptor 15 pin DIN female to 15 pin DIN female [KA160] 3.49 SVGA adaptor 15 pin DIN male to 15 pin DIN male [KA161]

91 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Adaptors & connectors: Plug/socket multipliers aka splitters/combiners INTELLIGENT MAINS SUPPLY PANELS FOR COMPUTERS At last a genuinely useful intelligent mains distribution panel for your PC. Simply plug the PC into the designated socket and then use the five remaining sockets for your monitor, printer, cable modem, LAN equipment, amplified speakers, in fact anything at all that you normally switch on and off at the same time as your computer! The mains panel constantly monitors the amount of current drawn by the PC and as soon as it detects it has been switched off (or gone into 'sleep' mode) the power to the other outlets is automatically switched off. As soon as the PC is switched on again (or wakes from sleep) all the peripherals are powered again. It also includes a 10 second delay to allow for peripherals such as printers and scanners that need to "park" when the computer is switched off. Not only that, it includes full surge protection circuitry. A brilliant device that saves you time and money! [IMPCA] FOR AV AMPLIFIERS A great product for anybody whose home cinema amplifier features a switched AC outlet. This clever unit acts as a switched six way mains distribution block. It detects the presence of power from your amplifiers outlet and relay switches full mains power to all six outlets. When the amp is switched off, power is removed again. This means that just the one power button on your amplifier can now switch your CD player, DVD player, Tuner, Sub-woofer, games console, television, plasma screen, projector - in fact anything you like! Not only does this save time, it also saves power and gives you peace of mind. A great innovative product. Two versions are available: For amplifiers with a 3 pin (Bulgin) type mains outlet [IMPBP] For amplifiers with 2 pin (euro type) IEC type outlets [IMPEP] Please note: if your AV amp does not have either of the above types of switched outlet you can still achieve the same results by using the current sensing mains panel [IMPCS]. With the AV amp plugged into the computer outlet the IMPCS will control the supply to the other outlets as and when the amp is switched on. Mains distribution blocks UK 13A 3-pin plug to 4 outlet 3-pin socket block with neon. White, 2.0m [KLDM3] 9.99 UK mains extension lead 6 way with antisurge and RF interference suppression. Ideal for computers and sensitive devices. 2m cord. [KLDM6] way "upright" style mains distribution block. Inbuilt surge and spike protection makes it ideal for computers, fax machiness, scanners etc. [KLDM10] Quad LNB Universal quad output LNB. provides a feed for up to four receivers each of which can operate independently with horizontal or vertical polarization. 0.6dB typical noise figure. Ideal for SKY+ installations. [GQLNB] LNB relay switch Connect two satellite receivers to one dish. Ideal for combined digital/analogue systems. [SPS1] Aerial splitter/combiner with DV pass through Suitable for use with Skylink and Triax IR control systems. Picture: KA121DC. Female/Male/Male [KA121DC] 3.99 Male/Female/Female [KA121DCF] 3.99 Scart extenders A means of providing multiple input/ output sockets from one socket. They are one Scart plug to a moulded box containing either two or five sockets. (They are wired parallel so don t feed more than one signal at once into the scart sockets, but all can output simultaneously.) 2-Way extender[kld-ext2] Way extender [KLD-EXT5] Keene DC HUB Provides 5 DC outputs from 1 DC input. Fuller description page 16 [DCHUB] Also available c/w Keene KT4 worldwide 110/240V AC 13.8V 2500mA DC transformer. KE [DCHKT4] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Phono plug to 2 x phono sockets [KA102] mm stereo jack plug to 2 x 3.5mm stereo sockets [KA109] mm mono jack plug to 2 x 3.5mm mono sockets [KA104] 1.49 Toslink Y splitter [TLS] mm (1/4 ) stereo jack plug to 2 x 6.35mm (1/4 ) stereo jack sockets [KA135] 1.99 RF aerial 2-way splitter. Balanced impedance, 1 incoming aerial lead can feed 2 TVs [KA121] 1.49 Car cigarette lighter plug to 2 x car cigarette lighter sockets [KA130] 3.99 UK 3-pin mains plug (13A fuse) to 3 x UK 3-pin mains sockets [KAM3] 2.99 USB & IEEE1394 multi port hubs see Computer section Multi-way AV distribution amplifiers see AV Duplication & Distribution section Home installations & DIY leads Adaptors & connectors AV switchboxes New products, bargains and the most up-to-date prices all on our web site 89

92 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 AV switchboxes & system connectors 3 way phono switchbox Each of 3 banks of RCA inputs (composite video plus stereo audio) can be switched to two (parallel) RCA phono outputs. [BT25] Phono switch box A handy switchbox for interconnecting three AV devices all via RCA phono. Each of the three device inputs has a bank of six phonos (video in/out & stereo audio in/out) and there are two (passively split) banks of outputs, each with video and stereo audio. Push button switch selectors determine which input is connected to the outputs and which device is connected which record (device) output. Gold plated sockets throughout. [PSB] Four way video switchbox The answer to your prayers (well it was to ours, anyway) this is an incredibly simple yet incredibly useful item. The back panel sports four inputs (each with S-VHS, composite video and stereo audio options) and one output. Four manual pushbuttons on the front select which of the inputs is routed to the output. No power needed. No matter what your AV set-up, this is bound to eliminate some of that endless unplugging and plugging. Brilliant! [SVS14] Pro s-video switchbox A versatile low cost switchbox that allows any of four inputs to be routed to either of two selectable outputs. Features simple push button operation, gold plated contacts throughout and housed in a silver finish metal case. Each input and output has sockets for s-video, composite video and L/R stereo audio. Overall dimensions 340mm x 135mm x 38mm. Order code [BT943] Pro S-video switcher A smart slimline manual video switchbox with four inputs (each with s-video, composite video & phono for stereo audio. There are actually two outputs, although as they're passively split (i.e. it s not a powered unit) Keene only recommend using one at a time to avoid signal degradation. On the front panel there's a push button to select which input is routed to the output, plus a head-phone jack for audio monitoring. Dimensions 340mm x 36mm x 135mm [BT942] Professional s-video intersert A useful adaptor, allowing you to "tap into" an existing scart connection and connect another device either by phono or S-video. The sockets can be switched as either "in" to feed through to the scart, or "out" to take the scart signal back out to something else. This model with s-video connections solves a lot of problems, particularly with DVD players. [DIS] RGB assistance: Loudspeaker selectors and switches see Audio section Audio switchboxes, source selectors see Audio section Computer data, monitor switchboxes see Computer section The AV-HUB Another nifty problem solver, this device allows you to connect up to six different audio/video devices and select which is connected to the output via remote control. The output connection and four of the input connections are via conventional s-video and phono sockets with a further two inputs via scart socket. Inputs are selected by front panel switches, or by an infra-red remote control (supplied). Uniquely, the AV Hub can also be "taught" to respond to most popular IR codes allowing you to control switching with your existing remote control. Tech spec Dimensions 290 x 185 x 53mm, weight 1.2Kg Power 220/240 mains (UK plug fitted) Input connections 1 4 = 1 s-video 4 pin socket, 1 composite video RCA socket and two RCA stereo audio sockets Input connections 5 and 6 = scart sockets Output connections = 1 s-video 4 pin socket, 1 composite video RCA socket and two RCA stereo audio sockets Order Code [AVHUB] Kramer Matrix Switcher The Kramer VS-808XL is a high performance 8x8 vertical interval matrix switcher for composite video and stereo audio signals. It is a true matrix, allowing the user to route any input to any or all outputs simultaneously. Since the machine switches during the vertical interval, transitions are glitch-free when sources share a common reference sync. There are many updated features on this popular design including audio breakaway, which enables audio switching independently of video. Eight preset memory locations are provided for quick access to common configurations. Also, the TAKE button allows the user to place multiple switches in a queue, and then activate them with one touch of this button or a single serial command. Kramer s new K-Switch control software is included for applications where a Windows-based PC is used to control the VS-808XL. There are three ways to control the machine: frontpanel buttons, RS-232, and RS-485. The VR808XL is dependable, rugged, and fits in two vertical spaces of a standard 19 rack. Video bandwidth of 200MHz ensures that the machines remain transparent in even the most critical applications. Technical Specifications Inputs: 8 composite video, 1Vpp/75ohm on BNCs. 1 sync/video genlock 1Vpp/75ohm with sync select switch. 8 audio stereo, + 4 dbm/33 Kohm on RCAs. Outputs: 8 composite video, 1 Vpp/75ohm on BNCs. 8 audio stereo, +4dBm/50ohm (24 Vpp max.) on RCAs Video bandwidth: 200MHz. -3dB Audio bandwidth: 100kHz. -3dB Non linearity: <0.1% Video cross-talk: 5MHz Video S/N: 74 db Audio S/N: 88 db unweighted (1VPP) Control: Manual, RS-232 or RS-485 Audio THD: 0.01% (1V, 1kHz) Switching: Vertical interval Diff. Gain: 0.05% Diff. Phase: 0.03 Deg. K-Factor: <0.05% Dimensions: 19" (W) 7" (D) 2U (H) rack mountable Power source: 230V AC, 50/60 Hz, (115V AC, USA) 11VA Weight: 3.5kg (7.8lb) approx Accessories: Power cord, windows 95/98 control software, Null modem adaptor.. [VS808XL]

93 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Firewire 8 port switchbox A useful product, this is not a conventional hub but a true switchbox. The VS81FW is a high quality mechanical eight port switcher for Firewire (IEEE 1394) signals, using six-pin Firewire connectors. It is designed for applications requiring a compact desktop unit for routing Firewire signals (Digital Video, Data, etc.) between any two of eight sources and eight output devices. The machine allows connection of up to 8 bi-directional sources/destinations and to select a link between any pair of machines. This allows for simple wiring in small DV production studios. Note that the VS-81FW can only provide one signal path at any given time (one active crosspoint) - it cannot distribute a signal to multiple outputs simultaneously. The unit switches over the power as well, thus allowing the powering of one Firewire device from another, which is connected to the switcher (for example, powering a hub/distributor from a Firewire card). High quality switching components and carefully designed circuits provide excellent isolation between inputs, and make the VS-81FW ideal for high frequency signals up to 400 MB/s. No external power required. DIMENSIONS: 18.8 cm X 10.2 cm X 4.4 cm [VS81FW] Scart switching box A really useful box which solves a lot of common connection problems. Consists of four Scart sockets, one of which is always an output (usually TV) and the other three are switched inputs. Interconnects any 3 devices VCR, satellite, camcorder, video games, DVD player etc. Push button selection for recording and viewing. Very versatile. Also features parallel phono sockets for extra audio connections to Hi-Fi etc. S-VHS compatible, with pin 8 (auto switching) preserved, and now with RGB. [SSB] Pro Scart Switchbox A high quality manual AV switchbox housed in an all-metal case. You get three scart inputs (each of which can carry composite & s-video or RGB) plus a fourth AV input with composite video, s-video & audio. The output is (passively) split into both scart and separate AV sockets. Push buttons select view any input and also switch input 2,3 or 4 back to input 1 for recording. [BT921] VIVANCO SBX94SE SCART SWITCHBOX A very neat manually operated scart switchbox. It has three scart inputs (all of which are s-video & RGB compatible) and a captive lead (1.5m) to scart plug for the output. Push buttons select which input is routed to the output and also which input is routed to AV1 (VCR) for recording purposes. There is an additional pair of audio phonos at the outlet for easy connection to an amplifier. Silver finish case, dimensions 174 x 92 x 54mm, weight 0.7kg [SBX94SE] VIVANCO SBX95SE SCART SWITCHBOX A very compact electronic scart switchbox, successor to the popular SBX95. It has four scart inputs (all of which are s-video & RGB compatible) plus a front AV (s-video,composite & audio) socket all of which can be routed to the scart output (on a captive 1.5m lead). Push buttons can be used to manually select which input is routed to the output and also which input is routed to AV5 (VCR) for recording purposes, or it can be left in AUTO mode for automatic scart switching. There is an additional pair of audio phonos at the outlet for easy connection to an amplifier. Digital audio is also supported by coaxial phono sockets. Silver finish case, dimensions 260 x 126 x 57mm, weight 0.95kg [SBX95SE] Quinttro Scart Control Centre The 'Quinttro' switchbox really will solve most scart headaches. Connect up to five scart devices and control all the signal routing from your armchair. Here's what it can do in detail: Five scart inputs Four scart inputs support RGB Can route RGB to the VCR output as well as the TV this makes it ideal for use with digital recorders that can accept an RGB input. All scart inputs support s-video All scart inputs support composite video All scart inputs support widescreen (pin 8) switching LOCK function for uninterrupted recording S-Video from ALL inputs Composite video from ALL inputs Stereo audio from ALL inputs Front AV inputs (composite & stereo audio, override rear AUX input when in use) Intelligent auto signal switching with manual override Remote control operation Make two different recordings at the same time Make up to five simultaneous recordings Front LEDs indicate which source is selected for viewing and recording All housed in a smart silver case (335mm x 245mm x 60mm). 220/240v mains operated - yes, a proper mains cable, not yet another adaptor! Treat yourself to one of these, stop scrabbling around with cables and just enjoy the viewing. [BT945] Please note that the rear scart sockets on the Quinttro are fairly close together which means you cannot use conventional (side entry) scart cables for every connection. We recommend that where possible you use Sterling Gold "F" series flat scart cables as these have a straight cable entry. 2 way manual Scart switcher Either of the A or B input scarts can be switched to the output scart, plus A and B are interconnected to allow recording of either A to B or B to A. Wired for stereo audio, comp, RGB and s-video. [BT22] 9.99 Electronic scart switcher Three input scarts to one output. The inputs are automatically switched (using pin 8 detect) to the output, if more than one device is on then a priority system operates (1 over 2 & 3, 2 over 3). LED indication of signal routing. Wired for stereo audio and composite (not RGB os S-) video only. [BT201] Scart switching box A three way scart switch box like the SSB but with the phono interface replaced by a switched parallel interface. This provides s- video, composite and stereo audio connections with the option to switch the connection into or out of the TV scart socket. Finished in silver. [BT21S] VIVANCO SBX99SE SCART SWITCHBOX An automatic electronic scart switchbox. It has four scart inputs (all of which are s-video & RGB compatible) plus a front AV (svideo,composite & audio) input all of which can be routed to the scart output (on a captive 1.5m lead). You can use the supplied remote control to manually select which input is routed to the output and also which input is routed to the VCR for recording purposes, or it can be left in AUTO mode for automatic scart switching. There is an additional pair of audio phonos at the outlet for easy connection to an amplifier. Silver finish case, dimensions 333 x 240 x 58mm, weight 2.0kg [SBX99SE] Adaptors Switchboxes & system connectors Security & surveillance 91

94 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 AV switchboxes and system connectors (continued) HSR1000 SCART SWITCHBOX An advanced scart switchbox with some interesting features; the HSR1000 is effectively a home cinema friendly 7x3 matrix switcher. There are seven inputs in total (six scart plus front AV), any of which can be independently routed to one of four outputs (three AV plus one audio only). For example you could have your DVD player routed to your TV, your satellite routed to your VCR, your Freeview box routed to your Video sender and another input routed to your Hi-Fi! Four of the input scarts support RGB, one is composite only and one is composite or s-video. The HSR1000 also supports digital audio (SPDIF) for three of the inputs. Finally, it can be set to switch automatically or operated manually via the front panel or with the supplied IR remote. All in all it s pretty amazing! Feature summary: 6 Input SCART router With 3 outputs RGB & composite video support SPDIF digital audio for 3 inputs Route any input signal to any output socket Automatic or manual switching via remote control (Included) Watch one source and record another at the same time Supported connections: Input VCR: SCART CVBS & s-video + stereo audio DVD: SCART + 1 phono (RCA) SPDIF CVBS & RGB +stereo audio + SPDIF SAT 1 (Digital): SCART + 1 phono (RCA) SPDIF CVBS & RGB +stereo audio + SPDIF SAT 1 (Analogue): SCART CVBS + stereo audio Digital Terrestrial: SCART + 1 phono (RCA) SPDIF CVBS & RGB +stereo audio + SPDIF Games (AUX): SCART CVBS & RGB +stereo audio Camera/Games 3 x phono (RCA) on front panel: CVBS + stereo audio Output TV SCART: + 1 phono (RCA) SPDIF CVBS & RGB +stereo audio + SPDIF VCR SCART: CVBS + stereo audio Video Sender / Modulator 3 x phono (RCA) CVBS + stereo audio Hi-Fi 2 x phono (RCA) stereo audio SPDIF - Digital Audio 1 x phono (RCA) SPDIF Specifications Case finish: Silver, dimensions: 355(W) x 208(D) x 25(H) mm Power: V AC captive mains cable fitted with UK 3 pin plug Order code [HSR1000] Supports Pin 8 widescreen switching Keene SCART COMMANDER The Keene Scart Commander switch box is a high quality audio/video switcher designed to allow the connection of multiple sources to one display, all via SCART connections. Particular attention has been given to the signal processing to ensure that all video formats and picture information are preserved. The Scart Commander is capable of switching component video, s-video, RGB (in all its forms including RGBs, RGsB, RGBS or RGBHV) and composite video. Because each video channel is correctly routed it can even be used to switch digital audio (with the correctly configured cable). Each input can be selected manually or automatically via auto signal detect. A single switchbox can be used to switch four inputs to one output, or two units may be used together in a Master/Slave arrangement providing switching for seven units to one output. It utilises very high quality high bandwidth ICs throughout to ensure that there is no discernable signal degradation. Key Features: * Four input to one output switching (single unit) * Seven input to one output switching (two units used in master/slave combination) * The Slave unit can be located up to 10m from the Master * Each input will auto-switch upon signal detection and fall back to the last selected when the input signal is no longer present. * Switching comprises * Four analogue video channels (which may be used for RGB, Component video, Progressive Component, "S" video or composite video) * 2 digital channels (TTL) which can be used for Separate sync, mixed sync or digital audio * 2 control channels for AV system control (pin 8 for AV active and widescreen / normal, Pin 16 for RGB or not RGB selection) * 2 analogue audio channels for Left and Right stereo audio pins * Two buffered outputs available, one on a scart socket and one on an "SVGA" connector (control signals are not present on "SVGA" style socket). This allows the unit to switch RGBHV signals from a PC. * Full remote control. IR remote control and add in "Pronto" CCF both supplied. * Manual Push button control * Visual LED indication of the selected output * Programmable default input that is selected automatically on power up. * Separate mains adaptor for improved mains isolation * Solid metal case for enhanced screening. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power requirements: By external supply to DC input socket, (2.1mm centre positive) 12 18V 200mA or greater. Consumption 60mA standby 100mA video signal present Video Video bandwidth 50MHz at 3db Level - Composite / Luminance 1v pp, Chrominance 0.3v peak to peak. Distortion components < 50db up to 10MHz Open circuit voltage gain is X2 (unity gain when correctly terminated) Back terminated series 75R outputs for reflection free performance Slew rate up to 500v/uS Audio buffered audio outputs Distortion <0.1% Bandwidth 20Hz - 30KHz Output impedance, <1K ohms each output Input impedance >10K ohms Unity gain Channels 2 audio channels 4 video channels 2 digital channels 2 control channels (pin 8 & 16) [KSC] Twin pack for master/slave 7:1 switching [KSCT] Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year 92

95 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 COMPONENT VIDEO SWITCHBOX The AVT5842 is a 4 input by 2 output switcher that can be used to route either YPbPr Progressive Scan Video or YCbCr Component Video, plus Stereo Audio. It has two outputs and the selected input is simultaneously routed to both outputs. Input selection can be made by the front panel push buttons or by the supplied IR Remote Control. Specifications 4 Component Video Inputs via RCA connectors 4 Stereo Audio Inputs via RCA connectors 2 Identical Component Video Outputs via RCA connectors 2 Identical Stereo Audio Outputs via RCA connectors Works with Progressive Scan YPbPr 480p, 576p, 720p or 1080 component video Works with Interlaced Scan YCbCr Component Video IR Remote or Manual Control Video Bandwidth: 100MHz Channel Separation: >50dB Noise Reduction: >50dB NTSC and PAL compatible Size: 1.9" High x 9" Wide x 5.7" Deep (48 x 230 x 145mm) Weight: 2 lbs (920g) 185mA Power Consumption (220/240V AC power adaptor Included [AVT5842] COMPONENT VIDEO MATRIX SWITCHBOX The AVT5842MX differs from the switchbox above in that it is a matrix switcher. Any of the four inputs can be routed to any of the two independent outputs. Selection can be made by the front panel push buttons or by the IR Remote Control. Other specifications as per AVT5842 above. [AV5842MX] x 4 AV MATRIX SWITCHER The AVT5744 is a 4x4 composite video and stereo audio router. This is a true matrix switcher so any of the 4 inputs can be assigned to any of the 4 outputs or any input can go to all the outputs. This eliminates the need to use a lot of audio and video patch cords to feed video and audio source signals to destination devices, such as VCR's, TV Sets, etc. The signal selection can be achieved via the front panel pushbuttons or by the Infrared Remote Control. The front panel LEDs clearly show which input signal is assigned to each output channel. Specifications 4 Composite Video Inputs via Phono connectors 4 Stereo Audio Inputs via Phono connectors (R/L) 4 Composite Video Outputs via Phono Connectors 4 Stereo Audio Outputs via Phono connectors (R/L) Video Bandwidth: 10MHz (-3db) Audio Frequency Response: 20K (-3db) Differential Gain <2%, Differential Phase 2 NTSC and PAL compatible Rugged Metal Case Size: 1.75" High x 11.75" Wide x 6.25" Deep (44.5mm x 298mm x 158mm) Weight: 4 lbs (1.8kg) External 115V-240 AC to 1A Power Supply Included [AVT5744] See page 92 Visitors are welcome at our showroom/warehouse. We have full demonstration facilities why not try before you buy? Monday Friday 9.00am 5.30pm, Saturday 9.00am 5.00pm Adaptors Switchboxes & system connectors Security & surveillance 93

96 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Security and surveillance DIY Board Cameras Very small high quality board cameras that can be built into bird boxes, rabbit hutches or anywhere else you like! (as long as they're kept dry). The board cameras come with short cables to bare wire ends for you to connect to - they just require 12V DC to give you a composite video signal. Alternatively, if you also order an audio board then the camera will have a plug-'n'veiw compatible RJ45 socket in place so they can be used with any of the plug'n'view range of accessories.. Specifications Mono Board camera Colour Board camera Overall size Approx 32 x 32mm. Depth 18mm Approx 32 x 32mm. Depth 18mm Image sensor 1/3 CCD 1/3 CCD Lens 3.6mm pinhole 3.6mm pinhole Resolution 380 TV lines 330 TV lines Sensitivity 0.1 lux 1.0 lux Supply voltage 12V DC ±10% 12V DC ±10% Code & price [MBCAM] [CBCAM] Board cameras 94 Plug n View CCTV cameras 94 Plug n View CCTV connection kits 95 Plug n View CCTV customising modules 95 Plug n View CCTV system controllers95 Specialist VCRs 96 More specialist video cameras 97 Audio board for Board Cam Audio board with very sensitive on-board microphone and Plug n View connections for Board Cams. [ABCAM] Plug n View CCTV products CCTV (closed circuit television) has tumbled in cost in recent years to the point where it is now an affordable option in the home as well as the workplace. The only downside to CCTV is that it has traditionally been complicated to set up often needing the services of a professional installer. The Plug n View range is designed for complete ease of installation with all necessary connections usually housed within one simple connector. As well as being simple to install, Plug n View is also fully expandable, allowing you to add extra cameras and devices at a later stage. Plug n View cameras The first and most important items to specify when building a CCTV installation are the type and style of cameras required. All PnV cameras are supplied either pre-wired and pre-plugged or complete with 20m ready to connect plug-plug cable. Unless otherwise stated, PnV cameras also have built in audio, with very sensitive microphones. Please note that the video out of these Plug n Go cameras is via RJ45 style connectors, so you will need an appropriate connector kit to interface the camera with the other components. Compact internal (indoor) cameras Mini eyeball type, can also be installed outside in protected location. Wall and ceiling mounts supplied. choice of black or white housing, mono (380TVL 0.1 lux) or colour (330TVL 5 lux) camera. Dimensions (mm): 62W x 70H x 70D Black, mono [CMB] *L White, mono [CMW] *L Black, colour [CCMB] *L Traditional dome cased camera with fully adjustable clear dome. Choice of mono (380TVL 0.1 lux) or high quality colour (330TVL 3 lux) cameras. Dimensions (mm): 80 DIA x 70H Mono [CDM] *L High quality colour [CCDM] *L Sealed external (outdoor) cameras Sealed external camera with high quality ABS shroud and bracket. Input for triggers from remotely sited PIR detector. Mono (380TVL 0.1 lux) and colour (330TVL 3 lux) options. Dimensions (mm): 58W x 80H x 59D. Mono [CLX] *L Colour [CCLX] *L External camera with built in 18m range PIR detector. Mono (380TVL 0.1 lux) model features infra-red LEDs for night vision. Colour (330TVL 3 lux) camera option. Dimensions (mm): 70W x 80H x 100D. Mono [CEYE] Colour [CCEYE] See also Home Automation section for X10 security products Specialist and covert cameras Covert camera mounted in standard working office clock. Totally hidden. Choice of mono (380TVL 0.1 lux) or colour (330TVL 5 lux) cameras. Mono [CCOVC] Colour [CCCOVC] Fully functional traditional alarm style PIR detector with built in pinhole camera. PnV trigger and relay output. Choice of mono (380TVL 0.1 lux) or colour (330TVL 5 lux) cameras. Mono [CCOVP] Colour [CCCOVP] Fully functional smoke detector (battery supplied) with built in pinhole camera. PnV trigger and relay output. Choice of mono (380TVL 0.1 lux) or colour (330TVL 5 lux) cameras. Mono [CCOVS] Colour [CCCOVS] Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year Plug'n'view cameras lens options The majority of the plug'n'view cameras use 1/3" CCDs and have a 3.6mm lens fitted as standard. This gives a relatively wide (72 degrees horizontal) field of view and is perfect for most security applications. Should you require, the cameras marked with an "*L" can be supplied with different lens options at follows: 6mm lens (giving 44 degree field of view horizontally) add mm lens (giving 34 degree field of view horizontally) add mm lens (giving 23 degree field of view horizontally) add (Please note these lenses cannot be retro fitted and must be specified at time of order) 94

97 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 PnV camera extension cables Socket to socket 5m [CABEXT5] m [CABEXT10] m [CABEXT20] 9.99 Can I use my existing cameras with these PNV modules? The Plug and View range uses RJ45 style connectors. There are other camera systems on the market that use the same connectors but we cannot guarantee that their wiring specification will match ours. The PNV connector pin-outs are listed as follows: Pin count from left to right when viewed from the front with the clip at the bottom 4 pin 6 pin Pin 1 = Video Pin 1 = 0V Pin 2 = 0VPin 2 = Audio Pin 3 = 12VPin 3 = Video Pin 4 = Audio Pin 4 Not used Pin 5 = 12V Pin 6 = Alarm Can I just buy a camera? Of course, but without one of the P n V modules such as the AV Connection Kit you ll have to configure your own power supply and interface to the camera as per the above pinouts. Plug n View connection kits It is important to decide what the chosen cameras are to be connected to, and how they are viewed. Plug n View offers a variety of connection products to make things very simple whether connecting to a CCTV monitor, time lapse VCR or even a standard TV and/or VCR, all methods and equipment are catered for. AV connection kit for connecting to CCTV monitor, TV or VCR. Contains phono, scart and BNC connectors for any combination of single camera and accessories, and power supply. [SKAV] Time/Date AV connection kit. As SKAV connection kit but additionally includes PnV interface for onscreen display of time and date. Ideal for evidence purposes. [SKAVTD] Connect to a TV/VCR aerial input UHF wide band TV modulator converts PnV video and audio signals from a camera or switcher output into a UHF signal for feed to TV/VCR via aerial (RF)input. Power is supplied via PnV cable when used with a switcher or controller. UHF output channels [KRFTW] Multi-camera system kits Basic 4 camera switcher kit. Extremely compact 4 camera switcher has auto, trigger and manual override modes. Switches video and audio. Supplied complete with full set of AV cables and 12V power supply [PNVSW4K] Intelligent 4 and 8 camera switchers The excellent Acam intelligent switchers have built in time and date display, camera ID, and simple set-up menus offering a host of selectable facilities including alarm clock. Also features alarm bleeper, and auto, manual and trigger modes. Phono, AV and PnV accessory inputs. Supplied complete with AV connecting cables and power supply. Picture: SW400K 4 camera switcher kit [SW400K] camera switcher kit [SW800K] Customise with Plug n View modules Plug n View allows almost any CCTV installation to be customised. PnV accessories can be easily added to single and multi camera installations. All products are supplied complete with a fixing kit containing screws, feet and adhesive pads, enabling the box to be mounted almost anywhere. Also included is a short PnV cable to enable connection to the next PnV product. No cable cutting or preparation is necessary as simple plug connections are used to distribute the required signals Time and date interface Provides on screen time and date to any PnV installation. Two independent AV outputs, 1 x phono and 1 x PnV. Scart, phono and BNC AV cables included. Ideal for use with SW4K switcher. [PNVTD] Also available as a universal (BNC video in/out) model [UNITD] Universal trigger interface Allows connection of any alarm device (such as PIR detector, IR beam device, contact switches etc) to PnV cameras and switchers. Also detects sound levels from a camera microphone, and a second remote microphone (included, complete with 5m cable) [PNVSONIC] Relay output module Converts a PnV alarm signal into usable Normally Open/Normally Closed relay contacts. The relay active time period is adjustable from 1º12 seconds. [PNVRELAY] VCR controller This VCR controller enables automatic recording of PnV PIR camera output on to any standard domestic VCR. Over 70 built in IR Record and Stop signals ensure compatibility with almost every VCR on the market. This clever device also bleeps when an alarm signal is detected. [PNVVCR] Audio monitor Audio amplifier module with built in loudspeaker. Listen to sounds from any camera microphone without having to switch the TV/monitor on. Features loud bleeper with separate volume control to ensure that on alarm no events are missed. [PNVAM] Smart scart switcher Not just another scart connector, this allows connection to a TV scart socket even if already used by a VCR/SAT. Comes complete with scartscart connecting cable. Will automatically select TV AV channel on which to display camera picture when alarm signal detected. [PNVSCART] Distribution amplifier Splits PnV video, audio and alarm signals three ways, allowing connection of up to three other PnV devices (such as modulator, Time & Date, Smart scart) to one source. Also provides 4th video/audio output on phono sockets. [PNVDA] Intruder alarm interface. Permits a standard intruder alarm to be fully integrated with the CS400K and CS800K controllers. Starts VCR recording if alarm is activated and, if internal PIR cameras are used, can be programmed to activate alarm. [CSALARM] Wireless remote control For SW400K/SW800K switchers, CS400K/CS800K controllers allows full control over all features from a remote location, using two buttons on a wireless key fob style remote. [CSRF] All prices are inclusive of VAT. AV switchboxes Security & surveillance Remote controls 95

98 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Security & surveillance Multi function system controllers These are quite simply the best multi-camera controllers available. They include features previously found only on professional equipment costing considerably more and requiring installation by fully trained CCTV technicians. Complete control of 4 or 8 cameras Automatic control of any domestic VCR Alarm activation with bleeper Time and date display Programmable camera ID Current status display Choice of operating modes Easy set-up menus with many options Simple to install and set up Accept all PnV cameras. These CS controllers have all the features of the SW400K/SW800K switchers, but additionally include an IR emitter system to control a standard VCRs Record and Stop functions. Any domestic VCR will, once set up, automatically record events when triggered by a PIR camera, and stop recording when the detection area has cleared. The system remembers and displays how many activations there have been since last checked. Picture: 4 camera kit. 4 camera controller kit [CS400K] camera controller kit [CS800K] Four channel DVR security recorder A hard disk based VCR designed specifically for security applications. The hard disk means thereís no need to change tapes or spend hours searching for incidents. It is simple VCR style operation makes it very easy to set up. You can choose the quality settings depending upon the number iof cameras an applications you have, but in it s longest mode you can record a signal simultaneously from four cameras for one month! Features: Simultaneous recording of up to four cameras Compact size (300 x 200 x 65mm) Proprietary non-pc based operating system Real time Quad display or full screen display On screen menus Choice of record quality settings Alarm input/output for even recording Schedule/timer function Password protection Reboot after power failure VCR style operation Playback in quad or full screen Can be used with any security cameras (video inputs = BNC) or with any PnV cameras (requires PNV to BNC kit [PNVBNC] 29.99) Specifications: Video system: PAL Approx Recording Days with 120GB HDD: Recording Mode Quality Setting 25 FPS 12 FPS 6 FPS 1 FPS High Quad Mode Normal Basic High Full Duplex Mux Mode Normal Basic [DVR400120] UV security pen Whenever the police recover stolen items, there s always some that can t be returned because the owner can t be traced. This pen helps solve that problem. Simply use it to write your house number and post code somewhere on your equipment. Once the ink is dry it is invisible in normal light, but will show up when viewed under UV light, enabling the police to swiftly return the marked items if recovered (and to solve any ownership disputes) [UVP] hr time-lapse VCR The CTR4024 is a highly reliable 24 hour VCR designed to provide quick installation and ease of operation. 24 hours recording on E180 cassette Series recording Alarm search facility Forward & reverse playback Timer recording Easy to use on screen menus Reliable continuous recording Alarm event recording even in standby Key lock facility Jog/shuttle playback control All programming is provided through simple and easy to navigate on screen menus. The unit can be configured to record continuous mode, providing 24 hour coverage in any system, or it can be switched to alarm/event mode allowing the system to only record when it is in alarm even when the VCR is placed in the standby mode. The units are also fitted with battery back up allowing the unit to store all programming, even during the event of a power failure. The menu display will also provide the last four such power failures with the power off time and power on time. The big display on the front of the VCR unit allows an update of the exact current settings and operation of the VCR. The rear push fit connectors on the VCR allow connections of such features as alarms in and out, series recording, malfunction warning, multiplexer switch pulse, low tape warning and 1 shot recording. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION TV System VHS PAL Audio recording Yes Back up clock 30 days Recording speed 3, 12, 24 Recording system 4 head, azimuth helical scanning system Signal to noise ratio >43dB Video input 1 x composite 1.0Vp-p, 75Ω BNC Video output 1 x composite 1.0Vp-p, 7Ω BNC Audio input 1 x line input -6.0dB, 47KΩ RCS Audio output 1 x line output -6.0dB, 47KΩ RCS Audio frequency range 200Hz 20kHz Resolution 300 TVL (colour) 350 TVL (b/w) Voltage input AC V 50-60Hz Power consumption 15W Operating conditions 5 to 40 C, relative air humidity 80% non condensing Storage conditions 0-50 C, relative air humidity 80% non condensing Rewind time 60 seconds (E180) Dimensions 360 x 94 x 270 (W x H x D) Weight 3.8Kg (approx) [CTR4024] Why not fax your order through?

99 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Keene Sports Camera Kit I'd like to be able to shoot some video whilst skydiving/mountain biking/ski-ing/bungee jumping/generally behaving dangerously... Although there are some very small camcorders available, trying to attach one directly to yourself or your bike/car/skis/etc is fairly tricky and the recording mechanism may be damaged by the vibration. A better solution is to use a small external camera together with a camcorder. This way the camcorder itself can be placed somewhere secure with only the camera exposed. Hence the Keene Sports Cameras, which is a robust miniature ëbulletí cameras sealed within a tough waterproof housing. The camcorder used with the a Keene Sports Camera must be one that has an analogue line input i.e. it can record in VTR mode. We successfully tested them Sports Camera with a Sony PC110 camcorder, but any camcorder with analogue (not just DV) video input will be fine. Also, most Sony Digital 8 models will (when DV-in enabled) record analogue line input. To control the camcorder we'd recommend using a Keene LANC remote control (this isn't essential but it saves unwrapping the camcorder every time). Assuming you have a suitable camcorder the next stage is fairly straightforward attach the camera to your helmet/bike/kayak etc and run the camera output to the camcorder line input. The camera body is cylindrical, approx 6cm long, 2cm diameter and weighs approximately 70 grams, and it can easily be zip-tied to say a helmet (see picture) or shoulder strap. Also supplied is a small screw mount bracket which could be attached to say the inside corner of a car dashboard. Next, connect the Sports Camera to a suitable power source. If using it in a vehicle then ideally tap into the cigar lighter feed and use this as a 12v power source. If youíre mobile then we supply our kit with a PP3 type 9V battery connector and an in-line on/off switch. You can use this with either a PP3 type battery or snap this onto the the supplied holder and use it with 8 x AA batteries. The camera will work MINIATURE WIRELESS SPY CAMERA KITS We can now offer two different wireless camera kits with amazing performance. The cameras are high resolution full colour and even have a built in microphone. The receivers output composite video and audio and can be connected to a TV, VCR or even camcorder with line input. The camera/receiver systems operate on either 2.4GHz (UK legal range up to 100m line of sight) or 1.2GHz (export model, range up to 300m line of sight). Each system is supplied as a complete ready to use kit with camera/transmitter, receiver, AV cables, mains power supplies and battery option. KC802A We can t emphasis enough just how tiny this unit is! The camera body measures just 20mm x 25mm x 20mm deep and can easily be built into a book, cigarette packet, briefcase, attached to a remote controlled toy, or just about anything else you like. The camera transmits full colour and audio to your receiver. The camera antenna is short (8cm) and flexible and the power lead is 9cm long with a line DC socket. The camera can be powered either by the supplied mains adaptor or for short periods by a 9V PP3 style battery via the battery cable (included). A fresh PP3 should power the camera for somewhere between 4 6 hours of continuous use. For longer periods of use away from mains power there is an optional lithium pack that will give several days use. Specifications Camera dimensions: 20 x 25 x 20mm (exc cables) Camera weight: 8g (exc cables) Frequency: 1.2GHz Radiated power: 50mW at 1.2GHz (not legal for use in UK) Camera power requirement: 8V DC Receiver dimensions: 125 x 80 x 21mm (exc antenna) Receiver power requirement: 12V DC (9V DC for 1.2GHz system) KC802A Kit contents: KC802A camera, receiver, battery and DC connector, mains supply for camera, mains supply for receiver, 2 phono to 2 phono cable (penny not included!) [KC802A] perfectly well for at least 90 minutes with a PP3 and up to 8 hours with 8 x AA. If you need really long running times then consider a DSM 12v battery belt, see page xx. Finally, wrap the camcorder in bubble wrap or similar and place it in a well padded backpack. or wherever will afford the best protection. Whilst we feel that this method of filming lessens the risk of harm to your camcorder, extreme movements can still cause damage. Please have fun, but if it all goes pear-shaped we don't want to see the repair bill! The Keene Sports Camera kits are is supplied ready to use with specially made camcorder friendly video & power cables. All in all a great accessory for anyone with a "line-in" camcorder. Two models available: Code [SPCAM] [SPCAM2] length: 60mm 75mm diameter: 20mm 23mm Weight: 70g 60g Resolution: 330 TVL 420 TVL Resolution - since the Sports Camera becomes the eye of your camcorder the maximum resolution is limited to 330 lines - a little down from some DV camcorders but still perfectly watchable. Audio. In standard trim there's no microphone with the Sports Camera so you'll be shooting silent footage, but if you're travelling at speed you'ld only be recording wind noise anyway, and it s pretty easy to overdub some music in post-production. If you really want audio it is possible, but bear in mind that in VCR mode your camcorder will only record sound from the audio line inputs the mic socket is not active. To solve this problem you need to use a microphone pre-amp. This turns the mic signal into line audio suitable for the camcorder. We can supply small battery powered mono or stereo pre-amps to order, either of which can be used with any mic you choose eg Vivanco EM216 tie clip (page 26). See AUDIO section for more details. Microphone pre-amp MONO [MB7] Microphone pre-amp STEREO [MB8] KC812 A high resolution camera in a compact yet tough metal case. The main camera body measures 43mm diameter and is 54mm long (exc bracket & cables). This camera also features a daylight sensor and when light levels fall it switches on a ring of Infra red emitters, giving you pictures even in total darkness! Great for security and wildlife applications. As with the other units it can be powered from the supplied adaptor or for short periods from the supplied PP3 battery. Specifications Camera dimensions: 43mm diameter x 54mm (exc cables) Frequency: 2.4GHz Radiated power: 10mW) Camera power requirement: 8V DC Weight: 205g (exc cables) Receiver dimensions: 125 x 80 x 21mm (exc antenna) Power: 12V DC (9V DC for 1.2GHz system) Box contents: KC812 camera, receiver, battery and DC connector, mains supply for camera, mains supply for receiver, 2 phono to 2 phono cable (*penny not included!) Order Code [KC812] KC8XX cameras additional technical data Video Input: 1.5vp-p(max) Power consumption: 150mA Audio input: 2vp-p(max) Effective range (line of sight): m Image sensor: 1/3 CMOS Total pixels: 628x582 Minimum illumination: 1 lux (0 lux 812 with IR on) Resolution: 380 TV lines White balance: Mode AWB (zero colour rolling) range K Gain control: AGC S/N ratio: 48dB (min) 60dB (typ)(agc off) Electronic shutter: 1/60 1/15000 sec Gamma correction: 0.45 Operating temp: C Operation Humidity: 85%RH AV switchboxes Security & surveillance Remote controls 97

100 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Remote controls & extenders IR remote system controllers 98 IR remote extenders 99, 101 Wired LANC camcorder remotes 103 SKYPREM Spare/replacement remote for Sky Plus systems [SKYPREM] Sky Navigator 500 SKY remote This is exactly the same remote as you get with a SKY digibox system. Why would you want another? Well, if you had extended control of your Sky system to other rooms using the Skylink remote extender, then you might not want to or remember to carry your single remote controller from room to room. Solution: have a remote wherever you might want to use one. Simple as that! [SKYREM] Universal remote control A multi-device remote control that can replace the IR remotes for up to seven other devices, It has a built in code library for all popular brands as well as a learning facility. Not only can it do all this, but it is also works as an X10 wireless (RF). transmitter When used with the TM12U transceiver module you can directly control up to 16 different X10 addresses with on/off, dim/bright, all on and all off commands (see Home Automation section for more detail. Powered by AAA batteries. Very simple and very useful. [UNIREM] Sky remote with flip up lid to reveal qwerty keyboard. Allows you to access , shopping and banking services plus other interactive features with just one remote control. Compatible with Sky digibox and Sky+. Easy to use. Batteries and instructions included. [SKY500] SKY GAMEPAD Pit your wits against your friends on multiplayer games or enjoy Sky Gamepad's enhanced features which give greater gaming flexibility and functionality. Single player starter kit (inc Gamepad and IR receiver) [SKY560] 'One For All' 2nd Generation Kameleon Remote Controls Guaranteed to work all brands of TV, DVD, VCR, SAT/CBL, AUDIO, etc. The One For All Kameleon universal remote controls contain the most extensive Infra-red code database in the world, offering total compatibility with all brands of audio/video devices in the market today. Easy to use: For remote controls with so many keys and functions the One For All Kameleon universal remote controls are very easy to use, because the intelligent Electro-Luminous (EL) display reveals only the keys you need for the device you have selected. Easy set-up by on screen menu: Setting up the new One For All Kameleon universal remote controls is easier than ever, thanks to the new on screen menu that is featured on the Kameleon 4, 6 and 10 remotes. Touch activated screen for convenience & energy savings: The One For All Kameleon universal remote controls only activates when it is touched, and display shows only the keys you need. Unique user feedback: The Electro-Luminous Display combines the flexibility of a touch-screen with the push button feel of a traditional remote control, so you get the best of both worlds! Hard keys for convenience: The new Kameleon has hard keys for most used functions like channel up/down, volume up/down and menu control, giving the user even easier control. Intuitive and fun to use: All Kameleon universal remote controls use intuitive screen animations for highlighting mode indications and various remote operations, adding a fun element during operation. Screen brightness adjustment for extra usage comfort: The One For All Kameleon EL-display brightness can be adjusted to suit daylight and night-time viewing. Macro functionality enables any sequence of commands to be performed from a single button for the ultimate in one touch convenience Includes learning feature to add extra functions from original remote Special features include: menu, teletext, fastext, surround sound control, adjustable screen timeout Ergonomic and stylish design with gloss black display and high brightness green keys Two player starter kit (two Gamepads & IR receiver) [SKY570] Additional Gamepad (Gamepad only) [SKY550] Kameleon URC8204 Operates up to four devices of any brand, including TV, VCR, DVD, SAT/Cable (including Freeview boxes) and audio control [URC8204] Kameleon URC8206 Operates up to six devices of any brand, including TV, VCR, DVD, SAT/Cable (including Freeview Boxes) and Audio control Built-in modem keeps the Kameleon 6 future-proof by enabling it to be upgraded with the latest codes, upgrading can be done by phone or Internet download [URC8206] Please remember to quote product order codes when placing your order 98

101 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 PHILIPS PRONTO NEO Very similar in specification and operation to the Marantz RC3200, the Philips version is an elegant design with a large touchscreen display combined with direct-access buttons. It's very easy to add, delete and label new devices, buttons or menus and can be customised to your exact needs. Its ready to use with Philips/Marantz equipment plus it has a built-in IR database and learning capability. Supplied with PC link cable and edit software. Specifications: Two power-leds on front for sending and learning infrared codes Operating distance up to 10m Learning frequency up to 56 khz and 455 khz (including B&O). Learning distance: average 10 cm. Macro, Beep and Timer Function. LCD Resolution 160x100, 4 grey scales Backlight Colour Blue EL. Memory: 1MB. Battery Life: Approx 3-4 months (Less if used heavily). Weight (incl. batteries) 236g. Dimensions 177 x 74 x 33mm Power source 3 x AA Batteries (included) [NEO] NEW! Philips Pronto RU950 Ever since the launch of the original 1MB Pronto it's been a firm favourite with serious Home Cinema owners everywhere. This latest 4MB model continues to improve and expand the range with many new features. It has an improved display (320x240 pixel with 16 grey scales) for even more realistic buttons and pictures. An automatic blue backlight for the LCD and all hard buttons ensures easy operation in dimmed lighting. The backlight has an adjustable time-out setting after which the light slowly fades off. In addition to the touch screen there are 19 physical for common functions, most of which can be assigned as you wish. The RU950 also contains a built in RF transmitter for use with the optional LI900 RF extender. Another useful improvement is that PC transfer is now by USB giving much faster transfer than the previous serial cable method. It will import the traditional CCF files but new configurations are now saved as PCF format files for use with the latest ProntoEdit 5 software. [RU950] Optional docking station [RU951] Optional RF extender [LI900] RU950 plus docking station [RU950KIT] RU950 plus docking station plus RF extender [RU950PRO] RF EXTENDER for PRONTO PRO or Pronto RU950 The amazing Pronto Pro already contains a built in RF transmitter. All you need to do is place this RF extender unit such that its IR emitter can 'see' your equipment and you'll be able to use your Pronto Pro from any room in the house! It comes complete with a mounting plate such that it could be attached to say the underside of a coffee table. It is also supplied with four 2.5m cables each of which contains two discreet IR emitters that can be attached directly to equipment fascia panels to control items inside cabinets and around corners. It is also uniquely addressable so that one Pronto Pro can be separately (or collectively) used with up to 16 RF extenders! Specifications: 4 outputs for IR emitters Dimensions: x 81.2 x 26.8mm IR frequency range: 36kHz - 550kHz RF frequency: 433mHz Dual IR emitters: up to 8 (2 x 4) 3.5mm mono mini-plug cable length: 2.5m [LI900] Or buy together with the Pronto Pro as a compete package [PPDEAL] Or buy together with the RU950 plus docking station as a package [RU950PRO] Marantz RC3200 The Marantz RC3200 is the successor to the hugely popular RC2000 controller. It is a great design, combining a Pronto style touchscreen (with blue backlight!) together with conventional tactile buttons. The buttons and devices can easily be configured to cope with more or less anything you'd need for complete Home Cinema control. Specifications: Pre-programmed with Marantz/Philips IR codes (learning capability for others) 1 MB Non-Volatile Flash Memory 3-Wire (RS232) Serial Port Connector Learning Frequency up to 56kHz, 455kHz Macro, Beep and Timer Functions PC configurable Easy set up right out of the box, or using the downloadable RC3200 PC Set-up Software Number of programmable hard buttons: 14 LCD Resolution: 160x100, 4 grey scales Backlight Colour: Blue EL IR operating distance: 10 metres Learning distance: 1-4 inches Power source: 3 x AA Batteries (included); Battery Life: Approx 3-4 months (Less if used heavily) Weight (incl. batteries): 236g Dimensions: 177 x 74 x 33mm [MRC3200] MARANTZ RC5400 An updated version of the RC5200 the RC5400 has enhanced display and memory functions. Key new features include: High contrast 3.8" LCD large fully customizable touch with improved readability and touch sensitivity 16 Greyscales allows you to create much more realistic buttons and pictures 2-Way IR provides a status feedback possibility when used in combination with high-end Marantz receivers 15 Programmable Direct-Access Buttons using the pre-programmed hard keys will provide fast access to IR commands without window scrolling Improved Touch Screen Setup software offers more easy to use with a multitude of extra possibilities to ensure maximum personalization of every screen on your remote 8 Mb of non-volatile flash memory with unlimited design possibilities through large internal memory IR/RF Transmission Capability is very flexible; RF even makes it possible to transmit through a wall (note the RX77 RF extender is an optional extra at order code [RX77]) Full screen editability with fully customisable graphical remote layout let you adapt the remote to each individual system setup USB connectivity will be easy to connect to any PC with true plugand play editability [RC5400] RC5400 plus RX-77 RF extender bundle RC5400KIT RX-77 RF extender for MARANTZ RC5400 The Marantz RC5400 already contains a built in RF transmitter. All you need to do is place the this RF extender unit such that its IR emitter can "see" your equipment and you'll be able to use your RC5400 Pro from any room in the house! It comes complete with a mounting plate such that it could be attached to say the underside of a coffee table. It's also supplied with four 2.5m cables each of which contains two discreet IR emitters that can be attached directly to equipment fascia panels to control items inside cabinets and around corners. It's also uniquely addressable so that one RC5400 can be separately (or collectively) used with up to 16 RX-77! [RX77] RC5400 plus RX-77 RF extender bundle [RC5400KIT] We aim to be competitive on price for these items if you ve seen them cheaper elsewhere please let us know. Security & surveillance Remote controls Home automation 99

102 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Remote controls (continued) Philips ipronto RU1000 wireless home control panel A truly amazing new remote from Philips, the ipronto. This really is the ultimate home cinema toy - it's hard to think of anything it won't do!. As you would expect from a Pronto you get an extremely powerful remote control with a touch sensitive colour screen. What s different is that the ipronto adds wireless LAN functionality (802.11b). When connected to your home network you can receive a personalised electronic program guide (EPG) straight to where you need it, and of course surf the internet for other content as well. The design is very striking, with a slim (240 x 178 x 23mm) case and a VGA resolution full colour screen. Features: One universal interface to replace all remote controls in your household. Learn any infrared code (inc B&O) or use the on-board 500 brand database Personalise your own remote control buttons and screens EPG means one touch will select the show you want No need to wait for your PC to boot-up to quickly access information you want to find, such as weather, news, sports, etc Manage your digital home and lifestyle through an all integrated, always-on, convenient and intuitively simple interface. From any part of your house, with one touch, access your entertainment devices or find out what TV program you want to watch or go to a website to instantly access the information you are looking for. The dashboard for the digital home! [IPRONTO] Full brochure available on request or please check for further details MARANTZ RC9500 Updated replacement for the RC9200 Features: High contrast, fully customizable 3.8" TFT LCD touch screen enables vastly improved readability due to an increased contrast ratio, without smearing and mottling of solid colours colour on full colour display makes all your graphics come alive in close to real life colours. 16 Mb of non-volatile flash memory for a large internal memory allows unlimited design and program possibilities. 2-Way IR provides a status feedback possibility when, used in combination with high-end Marantz receiver. 15 Programmable Direct-Access buttons using these preprogrammed hard keys allows fast access to IR commands without window scrolling. New Wizz-it 9 software more easy to use with a multitude of extra possibilities to ensure maximum personalization of every screen on your remote. IR/RF transmission capability is very flexible, RF makes it possible to transmit even through a wall. Full screen editability with fully customisable graphical remote layout lets you adapt the remote to each individual system setup. Specifications: LCD Screen dimensions (W x H) 56x 93mm; resolution 320 x 240 pixels; colours Back light display and hard buttons both time adjustable. Memory 16MB; SRAM Memory 512kB. IR operating distance 10m. RF operating distance 30m; frequency range 434 MHz. Colour: black metallic. Dimensions WxHxL 90 x 153 x 33.5mm; weight (with batteries) 249 g [RC9500] Philips RU980 PRONTO PRO update The new, next generation Pronto Pro from Philips. The outgoing RU970 model was very good, but the RU980 features a 65 thousand colour screen for razor sharp graphics and increases the on board memory to 16MB. for virtually limitless device control. Thereís a massive built in IR code database for quick set-up, plus learning capability. It also transmits RF as well as IR so you can use the (optional) LI900 RF extender you get multi-room functionality. Specifications: 3.8" TFT colour LCD with 320x240 pixels 65,536 colours High sensitivity touch screen Backlight for both display and hard buttons 16/32 MB* of non-volatile flash memory Free programmable cursor plus 13 hard buttons Real time clock and calendar 20 free programmable timers USB 1.1 port for PC-link Pick up sensor NiMH rechargeable battery pack Automatic power off (time out programmable) [PPRO] Optional RF extender for multi-room use [LI900] Buy PPRO together with the LI900 RF extender as a compete package [PPDEAL] Keene IR Gizmo Operate almost any Windows programme WinAmp, DVD player, Powerpoint, TV card etc. etc by IR remote. Keene Electronics IR GIZMO allows you to operate your WinAmp, DVD player, Powerpoint programme, TV card (in fact almost any Windows application that supports keyboard shortcuts) by IR remote control. All you have to do is connect the IR Gizmo receiver to your PCs serial (com) port, load & configure the software and, with a suitable IR remote, you are ready to go. There are two parts to the IR Gizmo package. The software. This is set up ready to operate many of the programmes or devices you might want to control remotely, for example WinAmp, ATI TV, Miro studio TV, Hauppauge TV, Creative DVD players DXR2 and DXR3, Hollywood magic DVD player etc. You can also configure it to control other programmes (typical IR GIZMO set-up screens pictured right). If you would like to know more about what the IR Gizmo can do before you buy, the software is available to download for installation and evaluation at The receiver. This is a small IR receiver (picture left) powered from the PC. It sits on top of or alongside the PC and converts the signal from an IR remote control* (not included) into a PC signal. System requirements 586 or better PC running at 133MHz or faster; 4MB free hard drive space; 8MB RAM; Windows 95/98/ME/2000 operating system; 1 x free serial port. Note: The IR Gizmo is NOT an IRDA device. IR GIZMO as shipped contains IR receiver, serial connecting cable, Windows software (CD ROM) and full instructions. IR Gizmo [IRG] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product *Requires Sony compatible IR remote (not included) to operate. The IR Gizmo is designed to work with any remote control that can send Sony code, for example the One for All URC8204 (page 98) KE 100

103 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Remote extenders Keene IR Distribution Amplifier Put your remote back in control and route IR commands to wherever they are needed even round corners and inside cabinets. Multiple input/output options (see diagram and components list below for more details) can provide a solution to almost any IR control problem. BASIC KIT This kit, comprising the Keene IR Distribution Amplifier, 240V UK mains power adaptor, 1 x low power emitter wand (see output component [IRLPW] below), 1 x high power emitter wand (see output component [IRHPW] below) and instruction leaflet. Requires input device (not included). [IRBKIT] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product INPUT COMPONENTS Standard IR Receiver 40kHz suitable for most domestic equipment. [IRSR] 7.99 Wide Band IR Receiver Up to 100kHz for more esoteric equipment. [IRWBR] Powermid IR lead To feed a Powermid RF receiver output directly to the IR Distribution Amp input (3.5mm stereo jack plug to 3.5mm stereo jack plug 1.2m long) [KLDE6] 5.99 Wavecom IR lead To feed a Wavecom RF receiver output directly to the IR Distribution Amp input (2.5mm stereo jack plug to 3.5mm stereo jack plug 1.5m long). [KLDE10] 8.99 Input splitter 1 x 3.5mm stereo jack plug to 2 x 3.5mm stereo jack sockets adaptor. Allows the IR Distribution Amp input to be fed by both a cabled feed (from say a Powermid RF receiver) and an inroom IR receiver. [KA109] 1.89 OUTPUT COMPONENTS Low Power Wand. Can be attached directly to the equipment facia or will work up to 4 metres away. Even when attached directly the equipment will still respond to external IR signals. Only to be used in the IR Distribution Amp low power output sockets. [IRLPW] 5.99 High Power Wand. Will operate equipment from up to 10 meters away. Can also be used in the IR Distribution Amp low power output sockets if required, but will then only perform as a low power emitter. Not suitable for one-to-one operation. [IRHPW] 7.99 Side Firing Wand. A short range emitter for direct attachment to the equipment fascia. [IRSFW] 7.99 EXTENSION Extension leads, 3.5mm stereo jack plug to 3.5mm stereo socket to be used on input or output as required. We've tested the input up to 10m and the output to 20m. 3m extension [KLD40] m extension [KLD405] m extension [KLD Coupling cable Standard grade phono phono cable [SG82xx] price dependent on length. Keene IR Commander The ultimate solution for controlling equipment by IR remote, even when the equipment is out of sight, inside cabinets or in remote locations! The IR commander builds on the proven technology of the Keene IR Distribution amplifier to provide a greatly expanded number of inputs and outputs. Use of optional expansion modules allow up control of equipment up to 50m away, providing a solution for even the most demanding and complex installations. A fully connected unit provides a maximum of 10 IR receiver inputs and 13 IR emitter outputs. The Commander can even be coupled to another unit to provide 20 x 26 if desired. Features: On board wideband IR receiver (may be disabled if required) 4 receiver input jacks 1 wand input jack (to take direct output from say Powermid or similar) 1 input module RJ45 socket. Allows an additional 4 input module to be connected via CAT5 cable at a distance of up to 50m 2 high power output jacks 3 standard power output jacks 2 output module RJ45 sockets. Use of optional expansion modules allows control of equipment up to 50m away. Couple point allows two IR Commanders to be linked to provide an even greater number of input/output options. LEDs indicate which input is active. When IR activity is detected on one input all other inputs are momentarily blanked to ensure the signal remains pure and is cleanly transmitted. (the LEDs may be disabled if required) Specifications*: Power: 12v 300mA (UK adaptor supplied, euro available on request) Receiver threshold : 1.5V zener protected at 5V max, input impedance 3kohm CAT5 cable should be normally wired EIA568B or natural pairing (NOT network cross-over cable) *New product preliminary spec only available at time of printing. For full details visit IR COMMANDER BASIC KIT Comprises: Keene IR Commander 240V UK mains power adaptor 1 x high power emitter wand [IRHPW] 1 x instruction leaflet. [IRC] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product INPUT COMPONENTS Same IR receivers and input adaptors as for the Keene IR Distribution Amplifier, plus IR Commander FOUR INPUT EXPANSION MODULE The module is connected to the Commander by CAT5 cable and may be located up to 50m away. 4 receivers may be connected to this module. [IRC4A] OUTPUT COMPONENTS Same output IR emitter wand options as for the Keene IR Distribution Amplifier, plus IR Commander FOUR OUTPUT EXPANSION MODULE Up to two of these modules may be connected to the Commander by CAT5 cable and may be located up to 50m away. 4 emitters may be connected to each module. [IRC4B] EXTENSION/COUPLING CABLES Same as for IR Distribution Amplifier Security & surveillance Remote controls Home automation 101

104 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Remote extenders (continued) Powermid XL remote extender The Powermid remote extender system allows remote control of IR operated equipment from anywhere in the house. Comprises one relay unit, one base unit, 2 power supplies and full instructions. Works with any IR remote control, Simply aim your remote at the relay unit, which converts the IR signal to a UHF signal and transmits it to the base unit.there, the signal is converted back to IR and operates your equipment just as if you were in the room. Quick and easy to install, DTI approved. [PMID] Additional receiver for Powermid system [PMIDR] Additional transmitter for Powermid system 433MHz for current model (see note below) [PMIDT] Note on Powermid frequencies: Current model Powermids use the 433MHz frequency whereas earlier models used 418MHz. There should be a sticker on the base of the unit to tell you which you have. 433MHz transmitters will not work with the 418MHz base unit. Powermid Dual Power Provides exactly the same function as the powermid XL although the receiver can be used either from the mains or from internal batteries (4 x C cells not supplied). Very handy if there s no spare mains outlet close by. The batteries will give up to 5000 hours use. [PMDP] Aerial splitter/combiner with DV pass through Suitable for use with Skylink and Triax IR control systems. Female/Male/Male [KA121DC] 3.99 Male/Female/Female [KA121DCF] 3.99 Please note that Pace 1000 and 2000 series digital cable boxes used by NTL & Telewest use an infra red system called IRDA. Unfortunately these IRDA codes cannot be learnt by learning remotes and are incompatible with IR extender systems such as the Powermid, TR2450 and GV70 etc Remote switching of domestic electrical equipment see Home Automation section Skylink Have you got Sky digital? To view it on another television all you need to do is run an aerial cable from second RF output on the digibox to the other TV. Once you've done this you can the easily control the digibox from your second TV by adding on of these gadgets. Simply connect it in-line with the aerial by the remote TV, place the remote "eye" on top of the TV and you now have infra-red control of your digibox from the remote TV. Great. Works with any brand of Sky digibox but will not work with ondigital, ITVDigital or Sky analogue receivers [SKYLINK] Skylink + SKY remote bundle [SKYPACK] WAY RF DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER Takes the digibox aerial output and allows it to be fed to up to four televisions (all via the aerial cable) and allows for use of a Skylink remote controller with each. No external power supply is needed making for easy installation. [SL4] WAY RF DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER As above but caters for up to eight televisions. Pictured right, includes UK mains adaptor. [SL7] BYPASS KIT If you already have an RF distribution amplifier in between your digibox and the remote TV you'll need to use a Bypass kit to make the Skylink work properly. Note that it can only be used on one output to work with one Skylink. [SLBP] Triax multi room remote extender Another gadget that allows you to control your AV equipment from a distance, this ingenious Triax system makes use of your existing coax aerial cable to carry the commands. The IR receiver picks up your IR signal and sends it down the aerial cable to be reconverted into an IR signal where it's needed. Very effective where the normal radio type solutions don't have enough range or in cases where you want to keep any extra 'black boxes' to a minimum. Only useable on TVs that have a coaxial aerial feed from your main AV equipment. Triax IR/aerial link kit [TLK] Triax additional IR transmitter [TLKIR] Triax bypass kit (required if you need to bridge a distribution amp). [TLKB] 'F' plug to coax plug adaptor. The Triax kit uses 'F' connections for the aerial, so if your aerial connections are the conventional coax type you will need five of these to complete the assembly. Order [KA144F] 1.49 each Triax Link accessories IR-Link receiver [TIL702] Four way splitter [TFS7154] Powermid PMID X An intelligent combination of two products, this couples the RF receiver/ir transmitter part of the Powermid remote extender with an RF (and IR) remote control. Effectively you can control your equipment from any room in the house just by taking the remote with you. The remote will operate up to four different devices and is pre-programmed with most common manufacturers codes. It transmits IR for normal direct use and also RF for the Powermid receiver/transmitter unit. The remote will also operate X10 equipment via RF (to a transceiver module). The remote requires 2 x AAA Batteries (not included). The Powermid base unit is mains powered. [PMIDX] Powermid Plus As Powermid X but with 8 way remote. The remote will operate up to eight different devices and is pre-programmed with most common manufacturers codes (plus a learning facility). It transmits IR (for normal direct use) and also RF for the Powermid rec/trans unit. Given that we sell this remote on its own (code UNIREM) at this kit represents something of a bargain The remote requires 2 x AAA batteries (not included). The Powermid unit is mains powered. [PMIDP] Browse and buy online at our complete range including new products not listed in this catalogue, and the most up-to-date prices 102

105 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Wired LANC remotes CANON LANC REMOTE ZR-1000 The ZR-1000 is Compatible with any Canon 8mm/Hi8 or DV camcorder equipped with a LANC terminal, the ZR-1000 mounts on the pan tilt lever or a tripod leg to give extended control of Focus, Stop/Start, Standby, On Screen, Record Search, Variable and fixed speed zoom. Choose from 5 fixed zoom speeds or a variable setting that makes the zoom controller pressure sensitive. A standby mode conserves battery power between shots, and when connected to a TV monitor turns the operating status display on or off. Activate Record Search to move forward or backward on the tape while in record pause to confirm pre-recorded shots and determine the point where recording will resume. Altogether very handy and an ideal accompaniment to an XL1 or XM1. [ZR1000] Camcorder/camera tripod with built in LANC remote see Gamma 80 tripod, Supports section pagee 65 Wired LANC camcorder remote Hard wired remote control for use with any LANC equipped camcorder. Simply plugs into the LANC socket and gives push button control for zoom in, zoom out and rec start/stop. LED indication of record status. Neat case design permits easy fixing to tripod pan handle or leg. Great for one handed tripod operation with minimum camera shake. [LR] Please note - the cable supplied is only 450mm long so you may want to consider a LANC extension lead [KLDE1X] 9.99 Keene LANC Master Controller The ultimate LANC controller! This unit allows you to perform timed, time-lapse or triggered recording with any LANC equipped VCR or camcorder. The unit uses a built in real time clock to keep track of years months days hours minutes and seconds. Two independent timer circuits allow you to program the unit to record whatever you want, whenever you want as often as you want. A repeat record can be set to record for or 30 minutes every hour, day, week, or month until either tape end or timer finish. In addition to the timer options, two separate trigger inputs can be used with a range of external modules, for example motion sensor PIRís or door contacts or you can even build your own trigger. Thereís even a slave output that can be used to interface to other controllers for multiple recordings. Example applications: Nature trigger recording when creatures move; Nature time lapse e.g. flowers opening; Industrial monitor construction progress over days weeks or months; Security trigger recording with motion sensors. Features: Time lapse recording Timer recording Triggered recording Large backlit LCD for easy set up Real time clock PC interface Slave output will interface with other controllers 12v operation Specifications: Dimensions: 187x134x39mm Power: 12v DC 50mA (exc external modules) [LMC] (inc UK mains adaptor) call [LMCE] (inc Euro two pin mains adaptor) call *New product preliminary details only and no picture available at print. For full details visit Keene LANC REMOTE From Keene's own workshops, a remote control to work with with any Canon/Sony LANC equipped camcorder. It supports two modes of operation; VCR MODE - controls power up/power down, pause, record, stop and CAMERA MODE - controls power up/power down, stop/start (rec/pause), zoom in, zoom out. Can also be used with DV Walkmans, whereas the Hama LANC remote will work with camcorders only. Dimensions 74mm x 43mm x 19mm Cable length 900mm. Order [KLR] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product Keene Extreme Sports Camcorder Remote A LANC remote designed for extreme sports. Extremely simple to use, there's just one button that changes your camcorders from "suspend mode" (software power off) to "record" mode. An LED lets you know what's happening (Off=Off, Flash=not recording, On=Recording). For more details please call or check Order [LANCX] BULK PRICING (50+) and OEM AVAILABLE on this product These LANC remotes are especially useful when used with a tripod-mounted camcorder (except the extreme sports model!) KEENE KLRP1 LANC PIR CONTROLLER This product combines a LANC microcontroller within a high quality sensitive PIR housing to provide motion triggered recording on any LANC equipped video recorder or camcorder - ideal for security or wildlife filming applications. Once triggered the microcontroller will hold the recorder in record mode for one of four preset times; 20 seconds, 80 seconds, 160 seconds or 240 seconds. Any re-trigger during the record time will reset the record timer to the selected timeout. The controller can be set to either power down ( SLEEP ) the recorder, or, for cameras that return to a default mode when powered down, it can be changed to set the recorder to STOP. It is supplied complete with 2m LANC cable and (UK) 12V mains adaptor. The power can also be provided by an alarm system (12V power) if required. Order Code [KLRP1] Also available as a circuit board only for those who want to use other PIRs or configure their own trigger [KLRP1PCB] Full instructions for both items are available for download from Please note: the PIR housing used for the KLRP1 was originally classified as weatherproof, but the additional machining for the LANC control & power cable mean that it can no longer be classed as such. If used externally it should only be used in sheltered locations. Security & surveillance Remote controls Home automation 103

106 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Wired LANC remotes (continued) Manfrotto Lanc Remote Control Great film-making should be about finding the right frame, not finding the right button. The more features you come to expect from your video equipment (be it camera or support), the more controls you find yourself having to manage simultaneously. And if, like the rest of us, you only have two hands, your working life isn t getting any simpler framing the perfect shot, taking a test still, starting your recording, panning, tilting and tracking the subject across differently lit areas, zooming in and bringing up the focus then wrapping up the take without wasting precious tape has needed you to have the virtuoso fingertip sensitivity of a concert pianist. But devote your life to developing the level of manual dexterity you need, and where do you find the time to keep your visual skills as high as they need to be? Manfrotto s solution is the 522 LANC video camera remote control, which is mounted directly on the pan bar of your existing video head. At last you really can do it all with one hand tied behind your back, but both eyes on your subject. The 522 puts all the essential recording functions of your video camera within easy reach and well inside your sightline on the handle of the video head so you can pan, tilt, zoom and focus all at once: now you only have to worry about what to wear to the Oscars. There are four models of Manfrotto LANC remote control available at present: The 522 and 522A are compatible with the following SONY LANC-enabled video cameras: DSR-250P, DCR- PC120E, DCR-PC110E, DCR-PC101E, DSR-PD150, DSR-PD100, DSR-PDX10, DCR-XV2000E, DCR-TRV950E and control the following camera functions: STBY, REC, ZOOM, FADER, FOCUS (manual/auto), PHOTO. * The following SONY cameras can also be controlled by the 522 and 522A, but with slightly reduced functions:dcr-vx100e (Backlight and Manual/Auto focus functions not available, limited Photo/Capture function), CCD-TR918E (Manual/Auto focus not available), DCR-TRV530 (Manual/Auto focus not available), DSR-200AP - DVCAM (Backlight and Manual/Auto focus functions not available, limited Photo/Capture function) The 522C and 522CA are compatible with the following Canon LANC-enabled video cameras: XL-1, XL-1S, XL-1SE, GL-1, GL-2, XM-1, XM-2 and control the following camera functions: STBY, REC, ZOOM, DISPLAY ON/OFF, REC SEARCH - and REC SEARCH + The 522A SONY & 522CA CANON remotes fit video heads with 13mm diameter pan handle (eg Manfrotto 700RC2, 128RC) The 522 SONY & 522C CANON remotes fit video heads with 19mm diameter pan handle (eg Manfrotto 501, 503, 505, 510, MK3, & Vinten PRO-9, PRO-5, PRO-130) Sony 19mm [MN522] Sony 13mm [MN522A] Canon 19mm [MN522C] Canon 13mm [MN522CA] JESSOPS LANC REMOTE CAM CONTROLLER A simple way to control your equipment whilst using a tripod.compatible with any LANC equipped camcorder, this controller cuts out 'handling noise' which can be sensed by the camcorder's onboard microphone and can ruin the audio. Similarly, using this for focus and zoom will prevent any accidental jarring of the camcorder, which can sometimes happen when you re pressing the camcorders own controls whilst filming. It is also useful for lefthanded people as most camcorders on-board controls are designed for right-handed operation. It provides controls for auto focus on/off, photo mode, record start/stop. Power on/off, zoom in/zoom out, search backward/search forward. Note, this unit does not support VTR mode if you need a LANC controller that does have a look at the Keene Lanc Remote [JLR] What to expect when you telephone us Here at Keene Towers we now make use of one those wonderful automated telephone systems. We know these systems can sometimes be quite irritating so we've done all we can to keep our menu options as straightforward as possible. As ever, your feedback on its (our) efficiency is always welcome. The options you hear will change depending upon what time you actually call us. If you call during our normal opening hours (9.00am pm Mon-Fri, 9.00am pm Saturday) you'll hear this: "thank-you for calling Keene Electronics". (obligatory really) then.. "If you know the extension number of the person you wish to call please press 1" As it says, direct dial to the extension you want. We keep our personal extension numbers so secret that you'll rarely get to try this. "If you wish to place an order and you have the product code to hand please press 2" This routes you to the nearest available person in the sales office, eager as ever to separate you from some money. The assumption here is that you already know which product(s) you'd like and just want to place a straightforward order. The person that answers this call may not be able to help you with any technical queries. "For technical queries please press 3" We'll do our best to connect you to one of our resident boffins, although occasionally this line can get quite busy. If you do get queued we'll do our best to amuse you with on-hold music and yes we do take requests. "If you would like to request a catalogue and don't mind talking to an answering machine please press 4" This routes you to an answerphone where you can leave your name and address details. We check it regularly and catalogues are dispatched by the next available post. "Alternatively, for all other enquires please hold and one of our staff will be with you shortly" Just continue to hold and we'll connect you to someone able to help with any general enquiries. If you call us outside of our opening hours the options are more limited; "If you wish to request a catalogue please press one" "thank-you for calling Keene Electronics". then.. "If you wish to request a catalogue please press one" As before, this routes you to the answerphone where you can leave your name and address details. "If you wish to place an order and you have the product code to hand please press 2" This routes you through to our 24hr message handling company. Here you can talk to real people 24hrs a day every day. They are happy to take orders, catalogue requests and messages, but please be aware that they are not able to answer any technical queries, check stock or order progress for you. This can only be done when our trusty Sinclair Spectrum (sorry, mainframe) wheezes into life and our office staff have imbibed huge amounts of caffeine. 104

107 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Home automation Recent changes in DTI legislation have opened up new opportunities for remote control systems. It is now possible to automate your house to a level which would have been in the realms of science fiction just a few years ago. What Is Home Automation? In its most basic form home automation (or home control) is the controlled, automatic switching on or off of an electrical device within your house your house, garage or garden. Why would I want to do this? For years people have dreamed of operating everything in the house by remote control. Indeed it was in the early 1970's when Stirling Moss unveiled his 'House of the Future' where even the bath could be run from the bedroom. All these facilities have been readily available to the rich and famous but until recently have remained out of the reach and pocket of most people. Depending on which system of control you decide upon (and yes, you can mix and match) then the possibilities are only limited by your imagination. Here are a just a few examples of possible applications: Waking Up There's no need to always be woken up by an ordinary alarm, why not your Hi-Fi, or the television? You can have lights to come on throughout the house, and perhaps switch on heaters before you even set foot out of bed. In fact (as long as you remembered to fill it the night before), you can even boil the kettle before you get to the kitchen! Leaving home in the morning How many times have you left home wondering if you have turned off all the things you know you should have turned off, but can't remember if you have? One solution is to use an Easy Life Kit and a separate wireless wall switch fixed near the front door of your house. On leaving, just one press of a button can switch all your appliance modules off. Coming Home in the evening If you always get home at the same time you could pre-program lights, heaters, even music to greet you when you return. With RF remote controls you can automate your garage door to open as you pull on the drive and switch on external lights to escort you into the house. If you want to get really carried away you can even use an X10 telephone transponder, "call" your house and switch things on at whatever time suits you. In Your Absence You can pre-program lights and radios to switch on and off around your house to give the "lived in" look, and with the right equipment you can even automate curtain opening and closing. You can even hook into your burglar alarm system so that all that house lights flash on and off when an alarm is triggered. Child Control One customer has used an X10 "Free Time" put an appliance module on the socket in his kids' bedroom. They have a four-way distribution panel plugged into the appliance module into which is plugged the TV, stereo and the games console. At 9 pm the appliance module turns off, and the noise ends. Interestingly, whilst the kids could unplug the distribution board from the appliance module and plug it into the socket (to which their father can retaliate by fitting a DIN-rail switch) in fact, they don't. He meanwhile, isn't faced with having to go in to their rooms and tell them to turn everything off and the nightly showdown that would ensue. What price silence? All he needed was a Free Time Kit. These are just a few examples, although the possibilities are really endless. OK, What Do I Need? There are three main types of control method used in Home automation products: Timer Control Wireless (RF) control X10 Control Further explanation of each is given in the appropriate product section Home automation Timer control Timer control is the simplest of home automation control systems. Basically, timer control consists of inserting a programmable on-off switch into the power supply line of the appliance to be controlled. The appliance or unit is switched on or off according to the timer settings. All of the control devices listed below can be programmed for up to 10 on/off switches per day, and provide for different settings for each day of the week if required. All feature a large LCD for ease of programming, and have an instant manual override function. Please note that although the programmable controllers and 13A outlets can be fitted in minutes, installation does require some basic DIY electrical skills. Remote telephone switch Want to switch on a light before you get home? Water the lawn whilst you re away? Here s an easy way to control any mains with your telephone. Simply dial in, enter your personal code and the device will switch on for a predetermined time (1 to 99 hours). You can even check the status by phone. It works in parallel with other telephone devices so won t interfere with your answering machine. Touch telephone required. Max load 10A. [TSX] Browse and buy on-line at Timer control 105 Wireless (RF) control 106 X10 control 106 PLUG IN TIMER As simple as it gets, just plug this into any 13A socket and plug the device you want controlled into it. (13A max load). [7DT] LIGHT SWITCHES Easily convert any wall light switch into a programmable 7 day switch. The neat flush design fits on the left or right hand side and can be used with dimmers and fluorescent lights. Ideal for security (make your house look lived in) and for convenience (wake up/come home to a well lit house). It can also be used to automate a single or double mains outlet with a max load of 6A (only for use with flush mount switches and sockets) [R1] Special price when you buy two [R1PAIR] IMMERSION HEATER CONTROLLER Helps to save electricity with up to seven on/off settings per day plus a countdown (switch off after x minutes) feature. Easy change from summer to winter time (and yes-it IS more economical to switch the immersion than to leave it on all the time!). [R2] PROGRAMMABLE 13A SOCKETS Easily convert any UK 13A mains outlet into a 7 day programmable electronic timer. Use it to control any mains operated device (eg garden fountain, lights, etc). Contains fittings for single or double outlets (double outlet installation pictured). Max load 13A. [R3] Remote controls Home automation Video tapes & accessories 105

108 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Home automation Wireless (RF) control RF controlled automation put the tools away Ever wished your light switch was in a different place? Well, now there s an easy solution. Simply remove the light bulb, fit an RF module (standard bayonet or screw fit, and replace the light bulb. Next, decide where you want the switch to be and simply stick it on the wall. Job done! Or how about a door chime? Simply stick the switch on to the door and plug the chime into any mains socket in the house! It really couldn t be any easier. Light switch (on/off/dim) Lamp adaptor (bayonet fitting only, max current 200W) and wireless on/off/dim wall switch. [RF1098] Light switch (on/off) Lamp adaptor (bayonet fitting only, max current 200W) and wireless on/off wall switch. [RF1087] Door chime Mains powered plug-in chime module and wireless push button type actuator. [RF1010] Home automation X10 control X10 transmitters/controllers (things that directly send X10 commands) Transceiver module The transceiver module catches the radio signals emitted by any X10 compatible transmitter (eg MS10E, HR10, UNIREM, KR22E, SS13E etc) and converts them into X10 signals for the mains wiring. It simply plugs into the mains wherever you find convenient and looks very much like an appliance module with a small aerial attached. The transceiver module also has an outlet socket and can be used like an appliance module although its address code cannot be altered from address code 1. It has an effective reception range of around 30 metres so normally one (centrally located) transceiver module is enough to ensure that an X10 remote will work more or less anywhere within the house. Max load 5A (resistive) 2A (inductive) [TM12U] Security light and controller A security light with a difference - this one can also control other X10 devices. In addition to turning on dual floodlights when the detector picks up motion, the Outdoor Motion Monitor can turn on up to four other X10 modules in or around your home. It also includes a light sensor which can switch up to four additional X10 modules at dusk and off again at dawn. It is completely weatherproof and can be used with incandescent or halogen bulbs up to 300W total. The floodlights can also be turned on manually from an X10 transmitter. When turned on manually, the floodlights stay on and the motion detector is temporarily disabled until the floodlights are turned off from an X10 transmitter. The hidden Control Panel allows you to configure all of the X10 settings. Supplied complete with 2 x 120W PAR38 screw type bulbs. Order code [OMM] Sundowner X10 controller A neat X10 controller with tactile switches for up to 8 X10 addresses, giving you on, off, dim, brighten plus a very useful "all units off" and "all lights on" button. This unit also features a light sensor such that up to four X10 addresses may be set to come on and dusk and off at dawn. A rotary sensitivity control allows you to fine tune the sensor to its location. Order code [SD7233] What is X10? X10 is a communication protocol for remote control of mains electrical devices. It works by passing control signals through your existing mains wiring. There are two essential parts to an X10 installation; a transmitter and a receiver. The transmitter generates the control signal ( switch on, switch off, brighten or dim ) and these signals are acted upon by receiver modules connected to the mains within the house. In essence, X10 allows you to assign a unique "address" to every electrical item you want controlled. Commands can then be sent to each particular address, allowing items to be turned on and off, (or dimmed) as required. There are a number of different ways to send a command to an "address", either by a timer, remote control, computer control, wall switch or even by telephone. You can have up to 256 unique addresses per house, and of course some devices can be set to the same address so that one command can switch them all on or all off at the same time. You can buy individual modules to build a system, or buy a starter kit to get you going. Because X10 uses your existing house wiring there are no extra cables to run and the beauty of the system is that you can expand it almost endlessly. Most of the X10 products require no DIY skills at all, you just plug the devices in and start using them. A few of the products (wall switches etc) do require some basic electrical DIY skills for safe installation and operation. (As ever, if you're in doubt please consult a qualified electrician.) Powerlash Universal Interface A really interesting product, this unit monitors a pair of normally open contacts and sends X10 commands when it detects a change. This can be triggered by closure of the contacts, or even a low voltage (6-18V AC, DC or speaker level audio). There are three modes of operation: Mode 1: it sends ALL LIGHTS ON to the house code plus and appliance ON to the same address the interface is set to. When the contacts are opened it sends an OFF command to the appliance but leaves the lights ON. Mode 2: it sends and ALL LIGHTS ON/OFF flashing command and leaves them ON after the contacts are opened. Mode 3: it sends an ON command to one address, and an OFF to the same address when the contacts are opened again. There are many uses for this device. For example; Connect it to your burglar alarm panel and have all your house lights flashing on and off in an alarm condition. Connect it to a magnetic switch to turn on lights when a door opens. Connect it to your doorbell to trigger lights, sirens or whatever you like. If you like to experiment with electronics you can cause trigger conditions using lights sensors, moisture sensors, microphones etc. [SM10E]

109 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Mini timer * As easy to program as an alarm clock * 4 timers with two schedules each per day * Manual 15 min delay feature * 8 device keypad with "All On" & "All Off" The mini timer resembles a conventional alarm clock with an LED time display and control buttons along the top, and enables you to send manual commands to X10 addresses 1 to 8. It can send two 'on' and two 'off' timed commands to each of unit addresses 1 to 4 or 5 to 8 which can either be set to precise times or to vary within 30 minutes of a set time. There is an alarm function on either address 1 or 5 which activates a buzzer as well as sending a command. There is a 'sleep' function which can be used to send 'on' or 'off' commands at any time from 15 minutes to over 8 hours ahead. An additional feature is a button which will send an immediate 'on' command to all lights set to the same house code (whether via a lamp module or a wall dimmer switch). There is also an 'all units off' function allowing a command to be sent instructing everything connected to the house code to switch to the 'off' position. The mini timer sends its own commands to modules and switches and there may also be other signalling devices which you may wish to use. As with all of the X10 equipment, the mini timer works with a house code and a unit code which can be easily changed at any time. More than one mini timer can be used through the use of the house code system. For example, there might be a circuit controlling, say, some lights and some appliances which could be designated as circuit A and controlled by remote controllers set to circuit A. Another completely separate circuit could operate within the home, controlling another grouping of devices. There will be no interference between those circuits and up to 16 circuits can exist at once. UK mains adaptor included. [MT7222] Computer interface Consists of the programmable X10 transmitter module and PC software. Use your PC to program the module with timed commands as required. The module then works stand-alone even when the PC is switched off. The module plugs into a 13 amp socket and will send and receive commands across the house circuit. Signals may be received from one or more commanders (i.e. transceiver modules, timers or any other combinations),and are sent to be dealt with by receiver modules (appliance or lamp switches, etc). The computer interface module can send complex commands to any module or switch. Unlike some of the other devices it can address items across all house and unit codes and so can control up to 256 different addresses. In addition command groups can be set which have sequences (i.e. A3 - turn on; B5 - go to half way; C6 - turn on and then turn off after two minutes) and which can be triggered via signals sent by a transceiver (actioned by a user pressing a remote control button) or by a timer, or actioned via a programmed sequence. Full functionality is programmed using the software supplied, allowing any address to receive a command at intervals of not less than one minute. The programme is downloaded to the computer interface module via a serial cable (included). The computer interface module has its own battery back-up power supply and will retain all of the programming indefinitely as long as the power socket is switched on, and for up to seven days in the event of a power failure or if the socket is switched off. Thus the computer interface module can be programmed and then taken to a different location for use (for example by an elderly relative who has no PC, or perhaps at a second home). The software is user friendly, operates under the Windows environment and is continually updated. (A MAC version is available, although not supplied). Note - the power socket into which it is plugged must always be switched on. [CM11U] IR Command Centre This unit lets you use an infra-red remote to control X10 modules. It is designed to be used with the universal X10 remote although of course you could also use this remote to "teach" any compatible learning remote such as the Pronto or Marantz RC5000 etc. As well as IR operation it also has its own keypad for direct push button control of up to eight devices. [IR7243] Telephone Base Station An improved and updated X10 telephone responder TR7251, the SC2800 now adds an excellent range of home security options in addition to telephone appliance control. Once configured you can dial into your house from anywhere in the world and switch on or off any X10 controlled appliance. Not only that, the SC2800 provides some serious capability for home security. It's capable of monitoring up to 16 wireless sensors, and, in the event of an alarm condition (ie a trigger on one of these sensors) it can be set to automatically dial out (on up to four different telephone numbers) and playback any message you've pre-recorded. The SC2800 contains a built in siren and can also trigger any other external X10 controlled lights and sirens. Since all the alarm sensors are wireless it makes for very easy installation yet provides a powerful and flexible alarm system with full X10 integration and telephone control. It also acts an X10 transceiver module (the base station on its own provides telephone control and X10 push button control), and is compatible with the DM210 thermostats. All in all a great X10 product. Order code [SC2800] Also available (with other components) as part of the MS9700 security kit. Wireless (RF) transmitters (things that send RF commands to be translated into X10) To be used in conjunction with the TM12U transceiver module,sc2800 Telephone Base Station etc which converts the RF into X10 commands RF transmitter modules for use with the SC2800 Telephone Base Station See SC2800 details above Also available (with other components) as part of the MS9700 security kit. KR21E Key Fob remote (for easy arm/disarm) [KR21E] SM600 remote control (for full remote system control) [SM600] GB10E glass break sensor [GB10E] DS10E Door/window sensor [DS10E] MS10E PIR motion sensor [MS10E] Remote controls Home automation Video tapes & accessories 107

110 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Universal remote control A multi-device remote control that can replace the IR remotes for up to seven other devices, It has a built in code library for all popular brands as well as a learning facility. Not only can it do all this, but it is also works as an X10 wireless (RF). transmitter When used with the TM12U transceiver module you can directly control up to 16 different X10 addresses with on/off and dim/bright. There's also an "all lights on" button which sends an immediate 'on' command to all lights set to the same house code (whether via a lamp module or a wall dimmer switch), particularly useful if there is a suspected intruder or one of those annoying 'bumps in the night'. There is also an 'all units off' function instructing everything connected to the house code to switch to the 'off' position. Powered by AAA batteries. Very simple and very useful. Note, for X10 use TM12U transceiver module required [UNIREM] Hawkeye PIR occupancy detector This is a PIR (passive infra-red) sensor which can send signals to a transceiver module via radio. The device is powered by AAA batteries and may be used internally or externally. When the infra-red sensor detects movement a signal can be sent to any of unit addresses 1 to 15 within the house code to which the occupancy sensor is set. An additional dusk/dawn detection can send a signal to a unit code address one number higher than that sent by the infra-red detection. The infrared and dusk/dawn facilities can be programmed via 'if/then' events to make this unit a complex addition to a Home Automation system. For instance it could be used in a typical room setting such that if it is dark then a person entering would automatically trigger a sequence turning on lights whereas that sequence would not be triggered if it were light. It is of particular value when used in conjunction with a computer interface module. If needed, it can also send a reversing signal if there is no further triggering within a period which can be set from 1 to 128 minutes. There are many uses for this device - for example you wouldn't need to remind the children to turn off the lights when they've left their room, it would happen automatically. End the search for a light switch in the dark, or use it to trigger all the house lights to come on if you get an unexpected visitor at night. Key applications *Save energy by turning off lights and appliances when you're not in the room *Protect your home by early warning of unexpected visitors *Activate lighting sequences Note: TM12U transceiver module required [MS13E] XCAM HOMEVISION An interesting product, the XCAM Homevision provides internet video monitoring for a remarkably low price. The package contains a USB video adaptor and some very clever XRAY Vision software. Use the video adaptor to connect any camera source (composite connection) say a camcorder, security camera or XCAM to your PC and install the supplied server software. Once installed the software automatically uploads images to a password protected XRAY server site. You, (or anyone else you provide the password to), can then view these images from anywhere in the world. The software provides some amazing flexibility: Choose how often to grab an image from every 5 seconds to every 10 minutes Upload the images to the XRAY server site at pre-determined intervals Optionally send the images to several pre-selected addresses Or you can watch at any time what your camera captures Use the ftp facility to automatically upload new images to your own web-cam web site Use the security mode to an image whenever motion is detected Save the images to your database with several user definable preferences - based on fixed times, delay, motion or when you ask it Use it for peace of mind and remote monitoring of home or work when you're not there, or to provide a regularly updated image for your website. [XCAMHV] Remote control An easy to use remote control, about the size of a cigarette packet. Can be used hand held, or attached to a wall. It can send an 'on' or an 'off' command to each of addresses 1 to 8 or 9 to 16 on a particular house code. In addition it allows a dim up or down to be carried out (which will be interpreted by a module or switch with dimming capability and will not affect any other item). RF signalling means that it does not have to be pointed at the unit to be controlled, but must be used in conjunction with the TM12U transceiver module, set to the same house code. The effective range is up to 30 metres., usually enough for the remote to address any item connected to the system form anywhere in the house. A small LED (which also acts as a battery indicator) illuminates when a signal is sent. Powered by AAA batteries. The combination of a remote control and transceiver being used to activate command groups set up by a computer interface model is extremely powerful and allows the user to take a high degree of control over electrical items in the home. More than one remote control can be used to send signals to a transceiver module and in practise many users find that one upstairs and one downstairs is often a sensible configuration. Note: TM12U transceiver module required [HR10] SUPER SLIM 4 CHANNEL REMOTE KR22 KEY Features: 4 Channel RF remote for controlling up to 4 X10 modules ON / OFF functions + DIM/BRIGHT Very slim design Batteries: 2x CR2016, 3V lithium (included) RF frequency: MHz RF operating range: m (open field) Default settings for house code A, unit code 1-4 (can be altered if desired) [KR22E] TM12U transceiver module required EASYTOUCH 35 X10 REMOTE CONTROL A new touchscreen remote control that supports X10 commands plus up to 7 other AV devices. When a device is selected, only the keys relevant to that device are displayed making operation very simple. The remote transmits both IR and RF (radio) signals. This means that in X10 mode it can send commands to a Transceiver module (TM12/TM13) and also control your other Av devices from around the house via an (optional) Powermid receiver. The remote comes with a built in extensive library of IR codes for all common makes & models and also has a learning mode. (note it does not support IRDA as used by some digital cable boxes or high frequency IR as used by B & O equipment). The RF range is 30 metres (line of sight) or up to 20 metres through walls. Easy control: only the functions for the device selected are shown on screen Universal remote control for 8 devices (TVs, VCRs, CD players, satellite receivers, decoders, DVD players, audio systems and X-10 Home Automation) Easy setup: Preprogrammed for nearly every brand and model Touchscreen can be configured to your individual needs Home Theatre Macro function: Set all your devices with one press of a button Backlit Screen for use in the dark Supports ShowView, VideoPlus, menu control and timer access to program your VCR Flashing LED and sound signal (can be disabled) to acknowledge commands. Prepared for the future: extensive learning memory for future devices All Power Off: Switch off all your devices in one go Specification: Power: 4x AAA batteries (not included) IR range: up to 8 metres RF transmission frequency: 433MHz RF range: up to 20 meters through walls and ceilings Learning memory: Maximum of 320 commands, 40 keys per mode Macros: 9 Macro keys, 20 commands per Macro key User manual: Four languages: English, Dutch,German and French Dimensions remote control: 185 x 60 x 25mm (h x w x d) Dimensions box: 305 x 185 x 45 mm (h x w x d) Order code [ET35]

111 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Wireless (RF) transmitters (continued) Wireless wall switch A wireless switch that can be stuck or screwed to the wall and gives you control of two X10 addresses. Ideal for controlling appliance modules and appliance wall switches (note no dim/brighten facility). This is radio based so you must have an TM12U transceiver somewhere in your X10 system. Requires 4 x AAA batteries (not included) [RW8184] Slimline stick-on wireless wall switch A really thin (less than 5mm thick) light-weight switch that can be attached to any wall in seconds, giving you instant convenient control of up to three X10 addresses. It sends commands to a transceiver module by radio frequency to any consecutive group of 3 unit codes within the same house circuit setting and also has the dim up and dim down facility. It is of particular use where a user may wish to be able to control lighting or appliances in a room from a static location and where the existing wiring is insufficient to support a wall dimmer switch or a wall appliance switch. It can also be of great benefit when much more functionality is required in a home and where the expense of a conventional wiring alternative would be prohibitive. Like all other Home Control products it can be used to activate sequences managed by a computer interface module. Because it is battery operated, it may be used safely where conventional wiring may be hazardous, for example in close proximity to water. (note: unit itself not water resistant) [SS13E] DIGIMAX 210 X10 THERMOSTAT The Digimax 210 is a wireless room thermostat that communicates with the SC2800 base station. Simply stick it on the wall, set it to the desired temperature and it will communicate with the base station, triggering an X10 on or off command as the temperature rises or falls. Use it with any heater plugged into an appliance module, or with a bit of ingenuity (and probably some help from a heating engineer) you could achieve X10 control of your gas central heating system. Using the telephone integration features of the SC2800 you could even call ahead and have your house brought up to temperature ready for when you arrive. (note that the Digimax 210 can only communicate via an SC it does not issue X10 commands directly) TECHNICAL DATA Size : 80 x 80 x 25mm Operating temperature range: 5 C to 35 C in 1 steps Differential: <1 C at 4 C per hour Ambient temp range: 0 C to 45 C Power supply: 2 x AA batteries (not supplied) Battery life: 2 years typical RF frequency: MHz RF range: 30 metres (free air) Approval: CE approved [DM210] Visitors are welcome at our showroom/warehouse. We have full demonstration facilities why not try before you buy? Monday Friday 9.00am 5.30pm, Saturday 9.00am 5.00pm X10 receivers (things that act on receiving an X10 command) New X10 MicroModules A great addition to the X10 range, these are very tiny modules that are designed to be concealed behind existing wall sockets and switches. AW12 MicroModule A miniature appliance module that can be concealed behind an existing wall socket to turn it into an X10 controlled wall socket. It can also be wired to an external switch (momentary or latching) for direct control. A neutral wire is required for operation. When used with a momentary switch the relay will operate each time the switch is pressed. When used with a latching switch the relay will operate on both the closure and release. This means two-way switching is possible if 2 changeover latching switches are connected in series. Technical data: Supply voltage: 230V +10% -15% 50Hz, Supply current: <20 ma capacitive. Max capacity: 2000W (incandescent lamp), 3A (motors), 16A (resistive [AW12] AWM2 MicroModule A miniature X10 transmitter for two addresses with built in 16A appliance module. It can be used to turn a conventional switch (momentary or latching) into an X10 transmitter. If for example the 1st switch is set to address A10 then the relay will respond to an incoming command for A10. If the switch is used it will switch the relay and also send an X10 command to any other modules set to A10. Switch 2 only transmits an ON/OFF command for the configured address plus one in our example A11. The module dimensions are just 46 x 46 x 16mm. [AWM2] TMA4 MicroModule A miniature X10 Transmitter for 4 addresses and the commands ON and OFF. The TMA4 connects up to four conventional (latching) switches by wire leads and transmits up to four sequential X10 ON/OFF addresses. MicroModules use two-way X- 10 communication. Marmitek MicroModules are designed to fit in the rear of European junction boxes, behind any installed switch or outlet. The module dimensions are just 46 x 46 x 16mm. [TMA4] TMD4 MicroModule Essentially the same as the TMA4 although it also sends DIM/BRIGHTEN X10 commands, and can be used with momentary action switches only. The dimensions are the same at just 46 x 46 x 16mm [TMD4] SW10 Shutter Switch Switch for sun blinds, roman blinds, curtains and other window coverings using a 230V motor. Intelligent switch with memory for window size and present position. Remote control using the X10 protocol. With X10 control the blinds can be set in any position. Manual control is also possible. The X10 Shutter Switch can be built into a standard 50mm Shuko back box. The switch can be controlled remotely via the mains using X10 signals. This means the Marmitek X-10 system can be built into the installation and is totally invisible. The switch can also be controlled manually as a momentary switch. The blinds can be set in any position manually. When installing the switch, the size of the window is set. This information is stored in memory and will be retained even in the event of a power failure. This also applies to the actual position of the sun blind. The blinds can be remotely controlled using the following X10 Commands: Fully open in response to the command On Fully closed in response to the command Off Any desired setting in response to the command Dim. Phase and neutral have to be available before the module can be installed. [SW10] Data sheets available on request or from as pdfs Remote controls Home automation Video tapes & accessories 109

112 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 X10 receivers (things that act on receiving an X10 command) Appliance module Simplicity itself, just unplug the device you want controlled, plug this into the socket then plug the device back in. Set the X10 address as needed and you now have instant X10 control. The module can switch on or off an appliance of up to 13 amps, ideal for kettles, fans, heaters, lamps, etc. The appliance module has an added feature in that if the item connected to it is desired to be manually controlled without having to send a signal to it, the appliance module will switch to the 'on' position by a simple turning 'off' and 'on' of the appliance. The module itself will only turn off if a signal is sent to it.max load 16A (resistive) 1A (inductive). [AM12U] Multi-buy deal on 5 appliance modules Wired appliance module Essentially an AM12 appliance module with the plug part chopped off. This version is more compact allowing for direct connection to your chosen appliance. Ideal for discreet (built) in applications where you'd rather not have the AM12 module in the wall socket, and also for appliances that are hard wired. [AM12W] Appliance wall switch The wall appliance switch is the same size and fits in the same way as a standard UK single gang appliance switch. It is designed to replace existing appliance switches and to offer control over those appliances through our signalling system (for instance, control a washing machine that at present is plugged into a switched wall socket). The wall appliance switch is also a suitable command tool for fluorescent lights, which the wall dimmer switch can not handle. It can control appliances of up to 10 amps and is specifically designed to be a double pole single throw switch, that is, it switches both the live and the neutral. (Most light switches have only the live or neutral present but not both and so our switch cannot be used under those circumstances - if in doubt you should consult an electrician.) More than one appliance may be connected to a wall appliance switch but they can not be controlled independently. The wall appliance switch receives signals via the electricity supply whether the switch itself is on or off and has a light to indicate whether it is on or off. However, if the appliance has a switch then it must be in the 'on' position for our wall appliance switch to be able to control it. As with all X10 equipment, the wall appliance switch can be simply programmed with an address so that when signals are sent to it, it can react. Once the switch is fitted, the address can be changed without removing the switch. Max load 10A (resistive) 3A (inductive). [AW10U] Lamp module Gives you instant X10 control of any plug in lamp. Plugs into a 13 amp socket and will switch on/off lamps plugged into the module's standard 3 pin socket. In addition it can dim/brighten (standard tungsten or halogen filament bulbs only, NOT fluorescent). More than one lamp may be connected to a lamp module but can not be controlled independently. If a lamp connected to the module is desired to be manually rather than X10 controlled, the lamp module will switch to the 'on' position by a simple turning 'off' and 'on' of the lamp switch. The module itself will only turn off if a signal is sent to it. In some cases, where lights have transformers or their own dimmer systems, there may be a conflict with X10 dimmer commands in which case an appliance module would be more appropriate. Load 40W (minimum) 300W (max) incandescent lamps only. [LM12U] Multi-buy deal on 5 lamp modules Wired lamp module Essentially an LM12 lamp module with the plug part chopped off. This version is more compact allowing for direct connection to your lights and can be built into ceilings and partitioned walls etc. Identical to the LM12U in specification and operation [LM12W] X10 bayonet lamp module Probably the easiest way to achieve X10 control of a lamp - simply remove the bulb, plug in the module and then replace the bulb - that's it! The lamp will now respond to on/off X10 commands (not dim or brighten) and can still be operated with your conventional light switch. Very nifty. Note, the light switch must be left "on" before X10 can assume control. 150W max incandescent tungsten lamps only. 70mm long. [LM15EB] Multi-buy deal on 5 bayonet fit lamp modules Wall dimmer switch Just replace your standard wall light switch with this wall dimmer switch for instant X10 control. It is the same size and fits in the same way as a standard UK single gang light switch, and is designed to provide control over the lights through X10 signalling. In addition to turning 'on' and 'off', it can dim down or up. The wall dimmer switch receives signals via the electricity supply whether the switch itself is on or off. However, if the light fitting has a switch then it must be in the 'on' position. As with all X10 equipment, the wall dimmer switch can be simply programmed with an address so that when signals are sent to it, it can react to appropriate commands. Once the switch is fitted, the address can be changed without having to remove the switch. Notes: For use only with standard tungsten or halogen lamps, NOT fluorescent. Does not support two-way switching. More than one light may be connected to a wall dimmer switch but multiple lights will not be independently controllable. Please see our notes on low voltage lighting. Load 60W (minimum) 300W (max) incandescent lamps only. [LW10U] X10 compatible low voltage transformer For those of you that would like to have X10 control of your existing low voltage (12V) halogen lighting we've sourced some high quality replacement transformers. They're fully compatible with X10 and once fitted you can use an LD10 or LW10 for X10 on off and dim/brighten commands. The transformers are very well made with low operating noise and are self resetting with inbuilt short circuit and overload protection. For ease of connection each unit has two pairs of input terminals and two pairs of output terminals. Output rating 105VA (say 5 x 20W bulbs) [P105] Plug in filter If a particular appliance causes interference that affects your X10 commands, simply unplug it and plug in again via this filter. It prevents any unwanted "noise" from the appliance entering the ring main. [FM10] Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year 110

113 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 X10 receivers (continued) Universal relay module Another interesting gadget, this unit contains an X10 controlled beeper and a pair of normally open isolated contacts. It can be set to operate as a beeper only, a contact relay only, or both. The isolated contacts can be set for momentary or sustained closure and can switch up to 5A at 24v DC (30v AC at 5A). When set for momentary operation the contacts, close and then open again after about two seconds. In this mode, OFF commands are ignored. In continuous mode it closes the contacts on receipt of an ON signal and opens them again when it receives an OFF (or ALL OFF) signal. Think of it as an X10 controlled heavy duty switch, ideal for use in electronic projects eg door/window openers, watering systems, thermostats, etc. [UM7206] X10 addressable power supply Plugs into a standard (UK) 240V 13A mains outlet, provides an X10 on/off switchable DC power supply (12V 100mA) via a 2m cable. The device is intelligent in that it automatically switches off whenever it detects an "on" command for any other address on the same X10 circuit [XM11U] Also available as part of the XCAM2 wireless video camera surveillance kits USING X10 WITH LOW VOLTAGE & ENERGY SAVING LIGHTING There are a few important points to remember here Low voltage lighting 12V halogen lighting systems usually use one of two different type of transformer; a lightweight electronic (switch-mode) unit, or a heavier conventional transformer. The heavy transformer type can be safely operated and dimmed with an X10 module (LD10 or LM12U). The smaller switch-mode type cannot be dimmed by X10 and it may result in damage if you try. The only solution (if you require X10 dimming) is to change the transformer for a conventional type. If you only require on/off control without the dimming option then an AD10, AW10 or AM12U will be fine. X10 Product quick compatibility checklist [LD10] DIN RAIL DIMMER: OK for conventional incandescent lights (60-700W, and mains voltage halogen lights. Can also be used with low voltage halogen provided the transformer is NOT switch-mode type. Requires momentary action switch. [AD10] DIN RAIL SWITCHER: OK for on/off control of almost any type of light or appliance up to 3kW. [AW10U] WALL APPLIANCE SWITCH: OK for on/off control of almost any type of light or appliance up to 2kW. (requires neutral connection) [LW10U] WALL LIGHT SWITCH: Replaces conventional light switch for on/off and dim/brighten control. Cannot be used with energy saver type lamps or low voltage halogen systems. Does not require a neutral connection so will replace existing light switches easily. Minimum (yes minimum!) rating 60W, max 300W [LM12U] PLUG IN LAMP MODULE: On/off and dim/brighten control of conventional lamps only (max 300W) - not for use with energy saver or low voltage lighting. [AM12U] PLUG IN APPLIANCE MODULE: OK for on/off control of almost any type of light or appliance up to 13A. [LM15] BAYONET FIT X10 MODULE: For use with conventional (100W max) filament bulbs only, not for use with energy saver or fluorescent bulbs. Provides on/off only (not dimmable). What on earth is an "inductive" or "resistive" load? A resistive load is, as you'd expect, purely resistive and has nothing else that affects its power requirements. For example appliances with resistive loads include; toasters, electric fires, electric ovens, kettles, conventional filament type lamps, etc. In electrical terms an "inductor" is a number of turns of wire wrapped around a core and "inductance" is the ability of this coil to store energy. It follows that an inductive load is something which contains coils, usually in the form of motors, solenoids or relays. Inductive loads usually require more power when they first start up than they do to continue running. For example, appliances with inductive loads include; power tools, washing machines, spin dryers, high powered amplifiers, arc welders, fridge/freezers and anything else likely to have lots of coils in it... X10 Siren X10 PROFESSIONAL RANGE The majority of X10 home automation products are designed to be easy to install "plug and play" types that anyone can set-up and use. There are however a few devices classed as "professional" because they require installation by someone competent with domestic house wiring. Given that they need a bit more difficult to fit, they do offer an extra degree of flexibility. Classed as "DIN rail" products (because they fit directly onto the DIN rail within most modern consumer units), they can also be fitted into their own special housing adjacent to your consumer unit. AD10 DIN RAIL SWITCH Basically a remote controlled relay, this can be directly controlled either by switches (momentary or latching) or by any other X10 controller. This makes it useful for say hallway lighting applications, and also with its 16A load capability its great for items like immersion heaters. Very useful. [AD10] LD10 (LD11) DIN RAIL DIMMER These are designed to fit into a std DIN rail consumer unit or similar enclosure and give you all the benefits of X10 direct from the fusebox. The LD10 supports on/off and dim/brighten. Additionally they support a 'soft start'. In effect when you operate your light switch your lights will start from zero and gradually brighten until they reach the last remembered level. Then If you press and hold the light switch they will gradually cycle through to maximum brightness and then back to dim. Whenever you release the switch this sets the remembered level of brightness for the next 'on' command. Very ease to install and use, they can be controlled by any X10 controller and also by a momentary action (non-latching) switch. Max load W. [LD10] DIN rail module enclosures Ideal for housing the X10 DIN rail Appliance and Dimmer modules; these are ideal if you re tight for space within your existing consumer unit, or you wish to site them elsewhere. INTERNAL ENCLOSURE for 3 standard size DIN modules, or 1 LD10 or AD10. Enclosure features a hinged clear lid. DIN rail length 100mm, overall dimensions 157 x 70 x 64mm. [DRE3] 6.99 INTERNAL/EXTERNAL ENCLOSURE for up to 3 standard size DIN modules, or 1 LD10 or AD10. Features hinged clear lid with weatherproof seal. DIN rail length 100mm, overall dimensions 131 x 73 x 91mm. [DRE3E] DIN rail filter A very loud (105db) siren. Simply plug in and set to the appropriate X10 address. Great for adding security functions to items like the MS13E Hawkeye sensor. [PH7208] Can be used as a coupler, to allow X10 signals to be passed between phases in a multi-phase installation, and can also be used as a filter. In filter mode it can be used to prevent X10 signals from entering or leaving the building (in the case of interference from a neighbour), or to filter a specific load from the consumer unit. Suitable for heavy duty loads up to 63A. [FD10] Remote controls Home automation Video tape 111

114 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 X10 kits XCAM2 X10 WIRELESS VIDEO CAMERA surveillance kits The XCAM2 (top) is a tiny colour video camera (with audio) that transmits its AV output as an RF signal to a receiver (bottom) up to 30m away. The easy way to add camera surveillance to your home or office. Simply fasten the camera to the wall and connect to any suitable power supply. Then connect the video and audio outputs from the receiver to your VCR or TV, switch on and watch! Great for security, baby monitoring etc. Where does the "X10" bit come in? You don't have to have X10 to make use of the camera, it works perfectly well straight out of the box, but if you do have X10 it makes it easier to control additional cameras. The special X10 controllable camera power supply (XM11U) can be set to a specific X10 address, meaning you could have several cameras in different locations, each with its own unique X10 address and then switch them on and off as required with an X10 controller. The supply is also intelligent in that it automatically switches off whenever it detects an "on" command for any other address on the same x10 circuit. This means you can easily scan via X10 by simply switching the "on" command for the camera you want without worrying about first switching any of the others off. Can the camera be located outside? Yes, although ideally it should be sheltered, eg inside a porch or under the soffits. The camera base can be screwed to a wall or mounted on a tripod. The X10 supply cable supply is 2m long, coupling to a further 2m cable on the camera itself. SPECIFICATIONS: CAMERA: Single chip CMOS, 1/3" format with 307k active pixels. On chip auto exposure, automatic gain control, auto white balance. Moulding in plastic, splash proof to IP53 Viewing angle 40 degrees; Light sensitivity 100 lux; Power 12v DC; Transmitter frequency 4 channel selectable 2.411GHz, 2.434GHZ, 2.453GHz, 2.473GHz; RF range up to 30m RECEIVER: Power 12v DC; Frequency 4 channel selectable as per camera; AV output 1 x RCA phono composite video 1v p-p, 1 x RCA phono audio 1v p-p; Dimensions 153 x 100 x 140mm Starter kit consists of one camera, one XM11U X10 controllable power supply, one receiver with mains supply, scart and phono cables. [XCAM2] Additional camera and XM11U X10 controllable power supply as included in XCAM2 starter kit [XCAM2C] Kit consisting of one XCAM2 plus two additional cameras (three cameras in total). Choose this option if you want multiple cameras and already own some X10 equipment to switch with. Save over individual prices. [XCAMKIT] Extended kit consists of the XCAMKIT above plus 1 x TM12U transceiver Module plus 1 x HR10 remote control. Choose this option if you want multiple cameras and don't already own any X10 equipment. Save over individual prices. [XCAMKIT2] Pan & tilt base for XCAM2 An ideal accessory for your XCam2, the Robocam is a motorised platform that allows you to sweep your Xcam2 left to right and up or down, (240 x 130 ). With the remote control you can position the camera to monitor whatever you want and store up to 4 positions to "sweep" in memory. The system is expandable as the single remote lets you control up to 4 Robocams or scan each of them so as to display the image from each camera in turn on your TV. PLEASE NOTE! The Robocam base contains a radio receiver so that it can respond to the included remote control, but to control multiple cameras you will need an ADDITIONAL transceiver module TM12U set to the same house code. Please also note that the RoboCam does NOT include an XCam2 camera, you must buy this separately. [ROBOCAM] LK15 starter kit An X10 kit consisting of 1 x LM15 bayonet lamp module, 1 TM13 Transceiver module (which also acts as a 1KW appliance module) and 1 x KR22 slim keychain remote control. The remote supports up to four different addresses making it easy to expand the system with extra light or appliance modules. [LK15] Pronto/RC5000 X10 STARTER PACK When used in conjunction with an X10 receiver, the Pronto/RC5000 can be used to turn electrical appliances on and off and even dim/brighten* the lights throughout your house! Now you can have complete control of your home as well as your Home Theatre. All you need is: A Pronto or RC5000 remote control An IR Commander (that turns the IR signal into X10 commands) A lamp/appliance module (that responds to the X10 commands) The X10 Infra red codes (provided by Keene as a CCF file on CD) How does it all work? It s easy - just unplug a lamp from the wall, plug in a lamp module then plug the lamp back in. Plug the IR commander in wherever its convenient (within line of sight of your favourite armchair!) and then use your remote to switch your lamp on/off and make it dim* or brighten* at will. With this system you can control an unlimited number of lamps and other appliances. Additional modules and X10 controllers can easily be added at any stage in the future. *Any type of lamp can be turned on and off (as can any mains appliance) but the dim/brighten command can only be used on lamps with conventional tungsten bulbs. Fluorescent energy saver type bulbs and low voltage halogen bulbs cannot be dimmed with this system. How much is it? The normal prices are: IR Command centre [IR7243] 39.99, Lamp Module [LM12U] each, Appliance module [AM12U] each. However, buy this special X10 remote starter package for all Pronto/RC5000 users for just ( ex VAT) Order code [X10RP] Security kit components: RF transmitter modules for use with the SC2800 Telephone Base Station KR21E Key Fob remote (for easy arm/disarm) [KR21E] GB10E glass break sensor [GB10E] X10 Security kits MS9700 security kit Contains (price if bought separately save s!) 1 x SC2800 Telephone Base Station 1 x KR21E Key Fob remote 2 x DS10E door/window sensor 1 x MS10E motion sensor 1 x SM600 remote control 1 x LM12U lamp module Order Code [MS9700] Total kit price SM600 remote control (for full remote system control) [SM600] DS10E Door/window sensor [DS10E] MS10E PIR motion sensor [MS10E]

115 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Video tapes & tape accessories Blank video tapes 113 Blank video tapes VHS S-VHS VHS-C S-VHS-C Fuji E180 SXG VHS master tape, 180 minute with hard case Code Price [E180SXG] Fuji E60 SHG Super high grade 60 min tape Code Price [E60] Fuji E30 HQ High grade 30 min tape Code Price [E30HQ] Fuji E240 SHG Pro Code Price [E240SHG] Fuji SE120 PRO S-VHS mastertape, 120 minute Code Price [SE120P] Fuji SE180 PRO 180 min version Code Price [SE180P] Fuji SE240 PRO 240 min version Code Price [SE240P] Fuji SHG Super high grade 45 min tape Code Price [VHSCFUJIS] Fuji SE-C45 Double coated S-VHS pro, 45mins Code Price [SHG45] Tape storage systems see Bags & Media Storage section Tape head cleaners see Cleaning & Maintenance section Hand held tape eraser see Books and Miscellaneous section Digital VHS 8mm Panasonic DF300 JVC branded Digital VHS cassette (for use in D-VHS format machines only) 300 mins PAL format. Fuji P minute slim double coated tape 8mm High Grade Hi-8 Code Price [DF300] Code Price [P590] Fuji P590SHG 90 min Code Price [P590SHG] Sony P590HMP High durability 90 min metal particle Hi-8 tape Code Price [P590HMP] Fuji P590ME Hi8 ME position tape 90 min Code Price [P590ME] Digital - Mini-DV Panasonic DV60 Code Price [PDVM60] Panasonic DV80 Code Price [PDVM80] Digital - Full size DV Panasonic DV180 Code Price [DV180] Only high grade tapes stocked. All Sony tapes are genuine Sony sourced, not copies or grey imports. Pre-recorded tape 113 Tape rewinders & repairs 114 Video tape (pre-recorded) Camcorder Captions Give your videos a more professional look by using these computer generated captions when editing. 114 different captions covering weddings, anniversaries, birthdays, holidays, parties, school plays etc. VHS format, high quality with full numbered list in inside cover.camcorder User Gold award product, highly recommended. VHS format [CCVHS] S-VHS format [CCSVHS] MiniDV format [CCMDV] Camcorder Backgrounds Used in conjunction with your video titler to provides a wide selection of quality video graphics, live backgrounds and themes to add that professional touch to your editing. 100 different themed backgrounds, animated on-screen time 30 secs, stills 15 secs, total run time approx 45 mins. VHS format [CBVHS] S-VHS format [CBSVHS] MiniDV format [CBMDV] Wedding titles A unique collection of 100 fully animated 3D titles and graphics for editing into wedding videos. Created by AMT Multimedia on powerful computers these will transform the average wedding video into something special VHS format [CWVHS] S-VHS format [CWSVHS] MiniDV format [CWMDV] Camcorder Backgrounds 2 Following up the very popular first 'Camcorder Backgrounds' tape, this title contains 100 themed backgrounds which can be either edited into your videos as-is or used in conjunction with a titler. Some backgrounds are animated, others static. Total running time approx 38 minutes of very high image quality material VHS format [CB2VHS] S-VHS format [CB2SVHS] MiniDV format [CB2MDV] Our telephone order hotline is Order any time no answering machines, talk to real people 24 hours a day, 365 days a year Home automation Video tapes & tape accessories Cleaning & maintenance 113

116 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Video tape accessories VHS-C cassette adaptor Enables playback of any VHS-C cassette on a conventional VHS player. Motorised loading mechanism [VHSCMAD] mm tape rewinder Rewinds a 90 minute tape in about two minutes, saving wear and tear on your camcorder Full auto stop of both REW and FF. Mains adaptor included, will also work from batteries for field use. [CAM8] Mini DV tape rewinder Rewind or FF with an auto stop facility. Significantly reduces wear and tear on your mini-dv camcorder. Compact design powered by 4 x AA batteries (not included) or by (optional) DC adaptor. [MDVRW] DC adaptor [ADP50R] 8.99 Video/audio tape repair kit Snapped that tape with those priceless memories on it? Fear not this precision made kit will help you repair it. Complete with clamp, blades and three rolls of splicing tape [VE20] 9.99 Quick guide to splicing video tape Trim away all damaged/crinkled tape and discard If the tape has snapped near to one end, trim out all the damaged tape and make the join to the leader. Clamp the tape ends in place so that they overlap and make a 45 degree cut For video tape put the joining tape on the side that faces towards the tape housing only and very carefully trim away any excess with the blade Carefully wind it back into the housing, play it once only (to make a copy) and then discard it Remember that this is a risky process as video heads are very fragile! Telephone orders hours. We accept payment by Visa, Mastercard, Switch, Solo and Delta Ordering from Keene Electronics Ltd You can order from Keene Electronics By post: Keene Electronics Ltd, Unit 9, Old Hall Mills Business Park, Little Eaton, Derbyshire DE21 5DN, UK By telephone: +44 (0) (24 hours) By Fax: +44 (0) By sales@keene.co.uk On line through our web site Whichever way you choose to order, there is certain information we require to enable us to process your order quickly and correctly. Please make sure that the following details about you and your order are included if ordering by post, fax or , or to hand if ordering by telephone: Your name Your address (if you want to pay by credit card, this must be the card billing address) The delivery address if different from above Your day-time telephone number especially if you want us to call you to get your credit card details The product(s) you want to order, with order codes and quantities for each The make and model of your camcorder (if applicable) Chosen delivery option Standard (by Royal Mail 2nd class post, any UK 2.50), Fast (by Royal Mail 1st class post, any UK 4.50), next working day 8.00 (UK mainland only, remote areas may take longer or cost more) or overseas (airmail charged at cost) Payment, or details of how you want to pay. With orders by post you can enclose a cheque (payable to Keene Electronics Ltd). We also accept payment by the following credit/debit cards: Visa, Mastercard, Delta, Solo and Switch. If you want to pay by one of these, then you can either include the details with your order, or we can telephone you to get the details. In either case we will need to know: The type of card we accept Visa, Mastercard, Delta, Switch and Solo cards) The card number The card Valid from date The card expiry date The card Issue no (if applicable) The card Verification no (the last block of 3 or 4 digits of the code printed above the signature strip) The name of the card issuing bank Please follow these simple procedures, and you will help us deal with your requirements effectively. 114

117 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Cleaning and maintenance VHS/S-VHS head cleaning cassette Removes deposits from sound and picture heads. Complete with fluid. Will last approx 50 cleans. [VRC01] 9.99 VHS-C/S-VHS-C cleaning cassette Hi-tech brush system for perfect cleaning. Washable brush reaches even the tiniest head drum grooves. With cleaning fluid [VRC107] 7.99 MINI DV HEAD CLEANING CASSETTE Safely removes deposits from heads and tape guides, this dry head cleaning cassette can be reused approx 50 times [49679] mm/Hi-8mm cleaning cassette 8mm version of VRC01. Hi-tech brush system for perfect cleaning. Washable brush reaches even the tiniest head drum grooves. With cleaning fluid [VRC108] mm/Hi-8 cleaning cassette Sony original dry cleaner [8mmSC] Audio cleaning cassette Removes deposits from the tape head. C/w fluid [ARC21] 2.99 Video & audio tape head cleaners 115 CD, DVD, MiniDisc etc cleaning & care 115 Cleaning cloths & brushes 116 Other cleaning and maintenance products 116 Tools 116 DVD lens cleaner Just pop this into your DVD player, select your language and watch a short film. Once it s finished your DVD lens will be as clean as a very clean thing. (OK, it s not really a film, just a few animated spaceships and some numbers whizzing around, but it definitely does clean the lens.) [BIB37N] 9.99 Minidisc lens cleaner Provides gentle dry cleaning of the laser assembly in Minidisc players/recorders. Background images and music display on the MD whilst cleaning is in progress. Complete with storage box [MDC] 8.99 ARC100 audio cassette cleaner Hi-tech brush system [ARC100] 8.99 CD cleaner By Vivanco, rotating cleaning cushion effectively cleans CDs. C/w fluid [ACD24] 9.99 CD restorer polish This does exactly what it says on the label it s a polish that restores your CDs. You get a bottle of fluid and a super-soft cloth. Each pack will treat up to 200 CDs and it cleans and polishes away light scratches and marks to help prevent music CDs skipping or CDROMs mis-reading in your PC. [BIB635N] 4.99 Wet or dry? Use a dry clean first this usually shifts the deposits. If it doesn t, use a wet clean, but allow at least 5 minutes drying time with the tape door open before trying a tape. See page 59 AV Distribution Amplifier Video tapes & accessories Cleaning & maintenance GPS KDA1 AV Distribution Amplifier Front Rear Gives four identical AV outputs from one input RCA phono and S connections for video, RCA phono for audio Very wide bandwidth very low distortion design, using state of the art professional ICs DC coupled and fully buffered on both audio and video (Chroma AC coupled) Works with both composite and S video Line drive feature gives improved results when driving long cable lengths (drive video up to 100m) Mains adaptor included Made in England Keene Electronics, Unit 9, Old Hall Mills Business Park, Little Eaton, Derbys DE21 5DN UK Tel Fax KDA1 115

118 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Cleaning brushes Record brush Carbon fibre anti-static cleaning brush for records [ACB25] 3.99 Lipstick brush Durable brush with soft, dense bristles that are extended and retracted by twisting the lipstick style case. With protective cap [LIP] 4.99 Lens brush Versatile cleaning tool with an extra soft brush at one end and a chamois leather lens cleaning tip at the other. Both ends have protective caps, one with pocket clip [LB] 9.99 Blower brush Gently removes dust and small particles from between control buttons etc [BB] 2.99 Battery contact cleaner Poor battery performance can sometimes be caused by dirt or oxidation on the terminals. These can be cleaned effectively with this special pen which has a tip of small glass fibre strands [CC] 4.99 Cleaning set Consists of blower brush, lens tissue, lint-free cloth, cleaning fluid and some cotton buds for those delicate little places [CS] 3.99 Pro Optic lens wipes Lint free tissue wipes ideal for lenses. Five packs with 30 wipes per pack [PO] 3.99 Microfibre high-tech cleaning cloth Excellent cleaning cloth made from a special high-shrinkage blend of ultrafine soft polyester and nylon fibres. Gentle but very effective material for cleaning camcorder lenses, sunglasses, spectacles, crystal, TV and monitor screens and similar. Just hand wash when dirty, retains its unique properties even after repeated washing. [CLOTH] 4.99 Aerosol cleaning products ANTI-STATIC FOAM CLEANER Ideal for cleaning all office equipment including computers, keyboards, fax machines etc. 400ml can. [SFC] 3.99 LABEL REMOVER For quick and easy removal of all types of sticky labels. Simply spray onto the label, wait five minutes then peel away. 200ml can. [SLR] 5.99 MULTI-SURFACE POLISH Contains wax and silicone to give a high gloss shine on domestic equipment. Ideal for Hi-Fi, office equipment, etc. 400ml can. [SMSP] 3.99 GLASS CLEANER Ideal for technical applications, eg scanners, photocopiers, monitor screens etc as well as general applications. 400ml can. [SGC] 3.99 CHEWING GUM REMOVER Does exactly what it says on the tin; gets the horrible sticky stuff off carpets, fabrics, upholstery etc. 400ml can. [SGR] TAPE HEAD CLEANER A quick drying tape and video head cleaner that removes oxides, dust and dirt quickly and safely. 200ml can. [SHC] 3.99 COMPACT DISC CLEANER Specially formulated for CDs., DVDs and multimedia discs it quickly removes dust dirt and fingerprints. 200ml can. [SCDC] 4.99 AIR DUSTER A quick and easy way to clean dust and dirt from inaccessible places (eg viewfinders) 200ml can. [SAD] 6.99 Mini super cleaner Miniature vacuum cleaner. Suitable for removing dust from Camcorders, lenses, computer keyboards etc. Powered by 4 x AA size batteries (not supplied) [MINIVAC] 9.99 PROFESSIONAL PC TOOLKIT A 24 piece toolkit ideal for the assembly, maintenance and upgrade of computers and peripherals. Consists of screwdrivers, tweezers, long nose pliers, side cutters, IC extractor, torch, ratchet set with assortment of bits and three pronged screw retriever. Really handy. [PCTK] Precision screwdriver set Really nice set of 6 slimline screwdrivers with colour coded end caps. 3 flatblade and 3 crosspoint varieties. [PSS] 6.99 Multimeter Compact low cost multimeter for quick checking of voltage, polarity, continuity etc. Measures DC voltage (0 50, 0 250, V), AC voltage (0 50, 0 250, V), DC current (0 50, 0 250mA). Uses 1 x AA battery (not included). [MM] DIGITAL MULTIMETER A compact low cost digital multimeter ideal for the hobbyist. DC voltage 200mV to 1000V, AC 200V 750V, DC current 2mA to 10A, resistance 200 ohm to 2Mohm plus diode test and continuity buzzer. [DMM] Silica gel A well proven method of preventing moisture from the air harming valuable equipment. It s well worth keeping one moisture absorbing sachet in your gadget bag at all times 3 x 10g sachets [SG] 2.99 Soldering iron Low cost 30W soldering iron, ideal for assembling and repairing leads and cables (left). 230V mains operated, cable length 1.3m. [SI] 7.99 Solder Pack (right) of 1.2mm diameter multicore electrical solder in handy dispenser. Nett 10g [RS] 2.99 Nett 40g [RS40]

119 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 GPS Keene Electronics are pleased to bring you the MERIDAN series of hand held GPS. Meridian is now the premier hand held navigation products from Magellan. They've taken all of the good points from their hugely popular 300 series models and added a whole stack of new features, not least being the ability to load street level data! All feature 2 or 16MB database of European cities, motorways, waterways and airports Expandable memory capacity for downloading street level map detail 20 route, 500 waypoint and 200 trackpoint memory Large backlit LCD display Rugged rubber armour case with easy to use buttons Waterproof (and they float!) Technical information (all models) Size 165 x 74 x 33mm Weight 227g Display size 44.5 x 55.9mm Resolution 120 x 160 pixels Horizontal accuracy 3 metres Power source 2 x AA batteries Battery life 14hrs continuous (exc. backlight) High impact housing with rubber armour MERIDAN This is the entry level model with a 2MB built in map detailing European motorways, major waterways and cities. Choose from seven user friendly nav screens including speed and odometer display. [MRN] MERIDAN GOLD This is identical to the MRN but features a larger 16MB internal map to provide greater detail on major roads and waterways and cities MERIDAN PLATINUM Features as the Meridian Gold but with a built in electronic compass (additional to the GPS derived bearing) and an atmospheric pressure sensor to provide barometer and altimeter functions. MERIDAN MARINE Features as per the Meridian Gold but the 16MB built in map is biased towards marine use with detail on fixed navigational aids including buoys and lighthouses etc. [MRNG] [MRNP] [MRNM] MERIDIAN COLOUR A new level in navigation that combines Meridian expandability with a brilliant 16 Colour LCD Screen. Meridian Color is the top of the Magellan Meridian line of superior, rugged GPS receivers. Meridian Colour shows you where you are on the industry's first full colour screen in a handheld GPS. Plus, it comes preprogrammed with an extensive 16 MB map, including highways, major roads, parks, navaids, waterways, airports and more. See where you are going in vivid colour on the new 120 x 160 pixel display Superior tracking even in dense foliage and urban environments 16MB built-in European maps and navaids Rugged design, and it floats! Infinitely expandable via industry-standard Secure Digital memory cards Attractive Champagne Metallic colour Up to 13 hours of continuous battery life Use our optional MapSend CD- ROMs to map out your next fishing, hunting or business trip. High-impact housing with wraparound rubber casing 2 year warranty On the Ocean: From above or below deck, track your direction, bearing to destination, speed and distance. On the Trail: Set up camp with user-friendly navigation screens featuring customizable parameters. On the Lake: Find your way back to great hot spots and calculate best fishing and hunting times. On the road: Monitor your progress and look ahead on a built-in map. Meridian Color Specifications Operational Characteristics Position Update Rate: 1 per second Time To First Fix: Cold - < 2 minutes Warm - < 1 minute Hot - 15 seconds Maximum Velocity: km/h Physical Characteristics Size: 16.5 cm x 7.36 cm x 3.05 cm Weight: 241 grams Display Size: 4.44 cm x 5.59 cm Display Resolution: 120 x 160 pixels, 16 color Antenna: Quadrifilar helix, provision for external antenna Backlit Display: Yes Backlit Keypad: Yes Construction: Rugged, extensive rubber armouring Electrical Characteristics Batteries: 2 AA Battery Life: Up to 13 hours Receiver: 12 parallel channels, WAAS and EGNOS enabled Uploadable Memory: Optional SD cards (8, 16, 32 or 64MB) User Data Backup: Indefinite - stored in non-volatile flash memory. No backup battery required. Position Accuracy Horizontal Accuracy: <7 meters, 95% 2D RMS w/waas < 3 meters, 95% 2D RMS Vertical Accuracy: 10 meters RMS Velocity: 0.1 knots RMS Environmental Characteristics Waterproof: IEC-529 IPX7, floats Operating Temp.: -10 C to 60 C Altitude (operating): Up to 60,000 ft. Software Characteristics Waypoints: 500 Routes: 20 Track Points: 2000 Grids: Lat/Long, UTM, OSGB, MGRS, Swiss, Irish, Finnish, German, Swedish, French Datums: 76 Datums plus 1 userdefined Data In/Out: RTCM 104 (in) / NMEA 0183 V1.5 & 2.1 (out) DGPS ready Languages: English, French, German, Swedish, Finnish, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, Dutch Configuration Ships With: PC Cable User Manual Lanyard (carrying strap) Base Map: 16MB database motorways, major roads, parks, waterways, airports, and cities. Also includes marine navaids and obstructions. Navigation Screens: 7 userconfigurable (Map, Compass, Large Data, Position, Road, Speedometer, Strip Compass) Keys: NAV, MENU, GOTO, Power/Light, Zoom in, Zoom out, ENTER, ESC Special Features Save Track to Route Satellite Status display Built-in Help NorthFinder with Sun/Moon Positions Sunrise/Sunset Calculations Best Fish & Game Calculator Address Search (*) (* requires any version of MapSend software) [MRNC]

120 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Meridian accessories Carry Case A padded durable nylon case which holds a Meridian GPS receiver plus 4 spare AA batteries. Zip top access with belt loop. (Black). [MNC 9.99 Bike mount bracket Clamps to your bicycle/motorcycle handlebars and provides a secure mount for your Meridian. [MBMB Swivel mount bracket A secure cradle with a flat base that can be used for boats or more permanent in car installations. Swivels and tilts to provide the correct viewing position. [MSMB Vehicle mount bracket Fit your Meridian quickly and easily to more or less any vehicle with this bracket. It can be tilted and swivelled to the correct viewing position and secure windscreen suction cups means there's no drilling involved. [MVMB PC cable (serial) Connects the Meridian to a PC via the serial port. (n.b. one of these is supplied as standard with any Meridian). [MMSC PC cable with power adaptor Connects your Meridian to a PC via the serial port and also allows it to be powered from any external 12v (cigar) power source. [MMSCEP External power/data cable (bare wires) Provides power to your Meridian from any external 9-16v DC power source and also allows the receiver to be connected to a differential beacon or other device. [MMEPD External power cable Power your Meridian directly from any 12v (cigar socket) source. [MMEPC GPS quick FAQ What is GPS? GPS stands for the "Global Positioning System" and is a network of 24 satellites which continuously broadcast data down to earth. GPS equipment is able to analyse this data and calculate your location anywhere on the earth with amazing precision. How does it actually work? Each satellite transmits data on a time schedule precisely controlled by an onboard atomic clock. The GPS receivers automatically select the three (or more, if possible) satellites most favourably located and relay their signals into a computer, which calculates the position of the receiver by solving three or more simultaneous algebraic equations. Easy when you know how... How accurate is it? GPS was originally developed by the US Military (as part of Reagan's "Star Wars" policy) and was designed to be accurate to within 10 metres. When they first went on sale the civilian products were subject to a deliberate and random error (know as "selective availability") to preserve some sort of military "edge". As of May 2000 this random error is no longer introduced so all products produce reliable results with quite incredible accuracy. Do I have to pay a licence to use it? Amazingly, no. Once you've bought your device there is nothing else to pay. Does it work anywhere? As long as the antennae has an unrestricted view of the sky (it needs to be able to "see" at least three satellites to get a position fix). Dense foliage can restrict its tracking and they won't work inside buildings. What information does it actually tell me? It depends upon the features of the model. All will give a you fix in latitude & longitude, and other reference systems inc Ordnance Survey and European map grid reference. Other features include altitude, bearing (compass), waypoint plotting (where you've been and where you want to go) and favourite landmark memory. Who uses GPS? They are very popular with the boating fraternity for obvious reasons, but the handheld models are becoming increasingly used for inland recreations such as walking, cycling, hot air ballooning, hiking, fishing etc and also increasingly for in-car navigation. MapSend WorldWide Basemap The Magellan WorldWide Basemap software enables you to create a basemap for any region of the world and upload it to your mapping Magellan GPS receiver. Adding WorldWide basemaps to your Magellan GPS receiver does not erase your built-in basemap -- it enables you to add basic reference map coverage for areas not covered by the built-in map. New basemaps can be loaded and saved via a PC to GPS cable from your PC to your Magellan Meridian series handheld (requires an optional Secure Digital (SD) memory card), directly to the SD card using a card reader/writer, or directly to the memory of your Magellan meridian or Each basemap region you define contains the essential basic map features such as cities, highways, waterways, railroads, national boundaries and shorelines. WorldWide Basemap also includes basic topography contours, which can help you stay oriented to your environment and find Points of Interest. In addition to the visual map presentation, the map features can be located using tabular search functions ñ on the GPS as well as in the PC application. Easily toggle between the built-in basemap and your new WorldWide Basemap. Your Magellan GPS receiver will automatically transition to a detailed map when the zoom scale is 0.4 miles or less and the majority of the displayed is covered by the map. [MMSW] The Magellan Meridian series GPS use Secure Digital memory cards for data storage see Digital Still Camera section for complete range Mapsend Europe software A CDROM containing a massive street level detail of Europe. Simply download the section of interest to your Meridian (dependent upon the size of your memory card). [MSE

121 Books, DJ & Home Party, Other items Books Full synopsis, publication details etc for each of these books visit Basics of Video Lighting A primer for anyone wishing to learn about lighting a video production. [BOOK23] DVD Production A Practical Resource for DVD Publishers Both a comprehensive introduction to DVD and a practical, realworld resource for bringing titles to market. [BOOK20] Introduction to Digital Video Covers the essential fundamentals of digital video: from video principles, to conversion, compression, coding, interfaces and output. [BOOK17] The Microphone Book Draws on the author's long experience of microphone technology and application to offer a comprehensive guide to recording and sound reinforcement for sound engineers of all levels of expertise. [BOOK25] BASICS OF THE VIDEO PRODUCTION DIARY [BOOK16] INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL VIDEO [BOOK17] SHOOTING DIGITAL VIDEO [BOOK18] VIDEO PRODUCTION HANDBOOK [BOOK19] 25 FILM DIRECTING FUNDAMENTALS [BOOK21] THE DIGIRAL VIDEOMAKER HANDBOOK [BOOK22] BASICS OF VIDEO LIGHTING [BOOK23] PRODUCING AND DIRECTING THE SHORT FILM [BOOK24] THE MICROPHONE BOOK [BOOK25] FILM & VIDEO LIGHTING TERMS & CONCEPTS [BOOK26] PICTURE COMPOSITION [BOOK28] AUDIO FOR SINGLE CAMERA OPERATION [BOOK29] ALONE IN A ROOM: SECRETS OF PROFESSIONAL SCREENWRITERS [BOOK31] THE MPEG HANDBOOK : SECOND EDITION [BOOK32] THE INSIDERS GUIDE TO FILM FINANCE [BOOK33] CHARACTER ANIMATION IN 3D [BOOK34] DIGITAL STORYTELLING : A CREATORS GUIDE [BOOK35] VISUAL EFFECTS FOR FILM AND TELEVISION [BOOK36] DREAM GEAR: COOL AND INOVATIVE TOOLS [BOOK37] FILM DIRECTING : CINEMATIC MOTION [BOOK38] DVD AUTHORING WITH ADOBE ENCORE DVD [BOOK39] DVD AUTHORING WITH DVD STUDIO PRO 2 [BOOK40] FOCAL EASY GUIDE TO PREMIER PRO [BOOK41] DIRECTING THE DOCUMENTARY [BOOK42] NUTS AND BOLTS FILMMAKING [BOOK43] Write and Sell the Hot Screenplay Elliot Grove uses a handson approach to screenwriting based on his many years experience teaching the subject for Raindance training. [BOOK15] Basics of the Video Production Diary This book will help you to: plan successful procedures for all stages of a video production [BOOK16] Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video Considered by many to be the definitive work on the subject, this book clearly illustrates all of the steps involved in preproduction, production, post production, and distribution. [BOOK24] Picture Composition Learn the secrets of successful composition Completely rewritten including compositional implications of widescreen, DV cameras. Teaches through varied examples of practical scenarios and problem-solving. [BOOK28] Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 Shooting Digital Video A guide to selecting the right equipment for the job and using it to produce professionallevel work. [BOOK18] Film Directing Fundamentals From Script to Screen Gives the novice director a set of specific techniques for developing the fundamental elements of this craft. [BOOK21] Audio for Single Camera Operation Practical advice allows you to apply techniques to the real world. Contains essential audio technology theory for a thorough grounding in the principles [BOOK29] Video Production Handbook This practical sourcebook has been specially prepared to give you an at-aglance guide to quality video program-making on a modest budget. [BOOK19] EDITING WITH FINAL PRO CUT 4 [BOOK44] THE BUDGET BOOK FOR FILM AND TELEVISION [BOOK45] LOS ANGELES INDEPENDANT FILM MAKERS MANUAL [BOOK46] FILMMAKERS AND FINANCING [BOOK47] QUICKTIME FOR FILMMAKERS [BOOK48] FOCAL EASY GUIDE TO FINAL CUT PRO 4 [BOOK49] MEDIA LAW FOR PRODUCERS [BOOK50] 27.5 DOCUMENTARY STORYTELLING FOR VIDEO AND FILMMAKERS [BOOK51] DIGITAL VIDEO EDITING WITH FINAL CUT EXPRESS [BOOK52] FIRST TIME DIRECTOR [BOOK53] DIGITAL CINEMA : HOLLYWOOD INSIDERS GUIDE [BOOK54] FOCAL EASY GUIDE TO FINAL CUT EXPRESS [BOOK55] CORPORATE MEDIA PRODUCTION [BOOK56] THE FILM DIRECTORS INTUITION [BOOK57] HOW TO MAKE GREAT SHORT FEATURE FILMS [BOOK58] SHAKING THE MONEY TREE [BOOK59] MAKE-UP HAIR AND COSTUME FOR FILM AND TV [BOOK60] PRACTICAL ART OF MOTION PICTURE SOUND [BOOK61] DIRECTING [BOOK62] 35 AVID EDITING [BOOK63] MAKING MEDIA : FOUNDATIONS OF SOUND AND IMAGE [BOOK64] HIGH DEFINITION AND 24P CINEMATOGRAPHY [BOOK65] CONTENT RIGHTS FOR CREATIVE PROFESSIONALS [BOOK66] CINEMATOGRAPHY [BOOK67] FILM PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 101 [BOOK68] GPS Books, DJ & Home Party, Other items Terms & Conditions, Index 119

122 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 THE ART OF FILM ACTING [BOOK69] PRACTICAL DV FILM MAKING [BOOK70] SINGLE CAMERA VIDEO PRODUCTION [BOOK71] THE ART OF VOICE ACTING [BOOK72] SOUND FOR FILM AND TELEVISION [BOOK73] UVA'S GUIDE TO CRANES DOLLIES AND REMOTE HEADS[BOOK74] DIRECTING AND PRODUCING FOR TELEVISION [BOOK75] RESEARCH FOR MEDIA PRODUCTION [BOOK76] DV CAM [BOOK77] PORTABLE VIDEO [BOOK78] COSTUME DESIGN 101 [BOOK79] UVA'S BASIC GRIP BOOK [BOOK80] STUDIO AND OUTSIDE BROADCAST CAMERA WORK [BOOK81] FILM AND VIDEO BUDGETS [BOOK82] INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA PRODUCTION [BOOK83] BASIC BETACAM CAMERAWORK [BOOK84] THE COMPLETE FILM DIRECTORS HANDBOOK [BOOK85] THE VISUAL STORY [BOOK86] DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY [BOOK87] THE CAMERA ASSISTANTS MANUAL [BOOK88] STEADICAM : TECHNIQUES AND AESTHETICS [BOOK89] MORE CONTEMPORY CINEMATOGRAPHERS ON THEIR ART [BOOK90] PRODUCTION SAFETY FOR FILM TELEVISION AND VIDEO [BOOK91] EVERY FRAME A REMBRANDT [BOOK92] UVA'S RIGGING GUIDE FOR STUDIO AND LOCATION [BOOK93] THE PRODUCER'S BUSINESS HANDBOOK [BOOK94] DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERAWORK [BOOK95] CONTINUITY SUPERVISOR [BOOK96] MULTISKILLING FOR TELEVISION PRODUCTION [BOOK97] DIGITAL FILMMAKING [BOOK98] BASIC TV TECHNOLOGY [BOOK99] SATELLITE NEWSGATHERING [BOOK100] STORYBOARDS [BOOK101] TV TECHNICAL OPERATIONS [BOOK102] INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY OF BROADCASTING AND FILM [BOOK103] VISUAL EFFECTS CINEMATOGRAPHY [BOOK104] PRACTICAL CINEMATOGRAPHY [BOOK105] THE MOTION PICTURE IMAGE [BOOK106] ARRIFLEX 35 BOOK [BOOK107] FILM PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT [BOOK108] ARRIFLEX 16SR BOOK [BOOK109] PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT FOR FILM AND VIDEO [BOOK110] LIGHTING FOR TV AND FILM [BOOK111] BASICS OF VIDEO SOUND [BOOK112] THE INDEPENDANT VIDEO PRODUCER [BOOK113] TELEVISION PRODUCTION [BOOK114] SCRIPT SUPERVISING AND FILM CONTINUITY [BOOK115] THE ART OF STORYBOARD [BOOK116] AUDIO POST PRODUCTION IN VIDEO AND FILM [BOOK117] ART DIRECTION FOR FILM AND VIDEO [BOOK118] BASIC STUDIO DIRECTING [BOOK119] THE INDEPENDANT FILM AND VIDEOMAKERS GUIDE [BOOK120] GRAMMAR OF THE SHOT [BOOK121] HANDS ON MANUAL FOR CINEMATOGRAPHERS [BOOK122] CONTEMPORY CINEMATOGRAPHERS ON THEIR ART [BOOK123] PANAFLEX USERS MANUAL [BOOK124] PREPRODUCTION PLANNING FOR VIDEO FILM AND MULTIMEDIA [BOOK125] THE CAMERA ASSISTANT [BOOK126] MOTION PICTURE AND VIDEO LIGHTING [BOOK127] THE TECHNIQUE OF THE PREFESSIONAL MAKE UP ARTIST [BOOK128] VIDEO CAMERA TECHNIQUES [BOOK130] LOCATION SCOUTING AND MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK [BOOK129] FILM PRODUCTION [BOOK131] EFFECTIVE TV PRODUCTION [BOOK132] THE PROFESSIONAL CAMERAMANS HANDBOOK [BOOK133] WIGS AND MAKEUP FOR THEATRE TV AND FILM [BOOK134] CAMERA TERMS AND CONCEPTS [BOOK135] SECRETS OF HOLLYWOOD SPECIAL EFFECTS [BOOK136] BASIC LIGHTING WORKTEXT FOR FILM AND VIDEO [BOOK137] LIGHTING FOR VIDEO [BOOK138] FILM DIRECTING SHOT BY SHOT [BOOK139] 25 SPECIAL MAKEUP EFFECTS [BOOK140] CREATIVE AFTER EFFECTS 6.5 [BOOK141] FOCAL EASY GUIDE TO DVD STUDIO PRO 3 [BOOK142] THE BROADCAST CENTURY AND BEYOND [BOOK143] AUDIO POST PRODUCTION FOR TELEVISION AND FILM [BOOK144] FOCAL EASY GUIDE TO DISCREET COMBUSTION 3 [BOOK145] DVD AUTHORING WITH ADOBE ENCORE DVD [BOOK146] DVD AUTHORING WITH DVD STUDIO PRO 2 [BOOK147] FOCAL EASY GUIDE TO PREMIER PRO [BOOK148] EDITING WITH FINAL CUT PRO 4 [BOOK149] FOCAL EASY GUIDE TO MAYA 5 [BOOK150] THE AVID HANDBOOK [BOOK151] VIDEO COLOUR CORRECTION FOR NON LINEAR EDITS [BOOK152] GUIDE TO POST PRODUCTION FOR TV AND FILM [BOOK153] THE TECHNIQUE OF FILM AND VIDEO EDITING [BOOK154] EASY GUIDE TO FINAL CUT PRO 3 [BOOK155] VIDEO EDITING [BOOK156] DIGITAL COMPOSITING FOR FILM AND VIDEO [BOOK157] VIDEO EDITING WITH AVID [BOOK158] CREATIVE AFTER EFFECT 5 [BOOK159] FILM TECHNOLOGY IN POST PRODUCTION [BOOK160] EDITING DIGITAL FILM [BOOK161] CREATING PC VIDEO [BOOK162] THE DIGITAL PRODUCER [BOOK163] NONLINEAR EDITING [BOOK164] TIMECODE A USERS GUIDE [BOOK165] VIDEO EDITING AND POST PRODUCTION [BOOK166] DIGITAL NONLINEAR EDITING [BOOK167] NONLINEAR EDITING BASICS [BOOK168] ON FILM EDITING [BOOK169] MM FILM CUTTING [BOOK170] TECHNIQUES OF FILM EDITING [BOOK171] DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHIC CAPTURE [BOOK172] PHOTOSHOP CS ESSENTIAL SKILLS [BOOK173] PHOTOJORNALISM [BOOK174] ADVANCED PHOTOSHOP ELEMENTS FOR DIGITAL [BOOK175] ADOBE PHOTOSHOP CS FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS [BOOK176] PHOTOGRAPHY FOUNDATIONS FOR ART AND DESIGN [BOOK177] HOW TO CHEAT IN PHOTOSHOP [BOOK179] THE HASSELBLAD MANUAL [BOOK178] PAINTSHOP PRO 8 [BOOK180] PAINTER 8 CREATIVITY [BOOK181] COPPER PLATE PHOTOGRAVURE [BOOK182] CONTENT RIGHTS FOR CREATIVE PROFESSIONALS [BOOK183] PROFESSIONAL INTERIOR PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK184] ADOBE PHOTOSHOP ELEMENTS 2 [BOOK185] DIGITAL CAMERA TECHNIQUES [BOOK186] DIGITAL IMAGING ESSENTIAL SKILLS [BOOK187] PHOTOSHOP 7 A TO Z [BOOK188] LOCATION PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK189] APPLIED PHOTOGRAPHIC OPTICS [BOOK190] 100 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING [BOOK191] PERCEPTION AND IMAGING [BOOK192] PRIMITIVE PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK193] PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTUAL PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK194] ADOBE PHOTOSHOP ELEMENTS [BOOK195] STUDIO PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK196] THE MEDIUM FORMAT ADVANTAGE [BOOK197] DIGITAL IMAGING FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS [BOOK198] PHOTOGRAPHIC POSSIBILITIES [BOOK199] PHOTOSHOP 6 A TO Z [BOOK200] ELEMENTS OF BLACK AND WHITE PRINTING [BOOK201] NEW DIMENSIONS IN PHOTO PROCESSES [BOOK202] CREATIVE CAMERA CONTROL [BOOK203] ADOBE PHOTOSHOP 6 FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS [BOOK204] POST EXPOSURE [BOOK205] MAX FERGUSONS DIGITAL DARKROOM MASTERCLASS [BOOK206] DARKROOM COOKBOOK [BOOK207] BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK208] MANUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK209] PICTURE EDITING [BOOK210] THE PHOTOGRAPHERS ASSISTANT HANDBOOK [BOOK211] BASIC PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIALS AND PROCESSES [BOOK212] PHOTOGRAPHY FOUNDATIONS FOR ART AND DESIGN [BOOK213] CLOSEUP PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK214] ADOBE PHOTOSHOP 5.5 FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS [BOOK215] PLATINUM AND PALLADIUM PRINTING [BOOK216] PINHOLE PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK217] STARTING PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK218] THE UNDERWATER PHOTOGRAPHER [BOOK219] GUMOIL PHOTOGRAPHIC PRINTING [BOOK220] SCIENTIFIC PHOTOGRAPHY AND APPLIED IMAGING [BOOK221] 95 VIEW CAMERA TECHNIQUE [BOOK222] PROFESSIONAL NATURE PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK223] THE FILM DEVELOPING COOKBOOK [BOOK224] THE PRACTICAL ZONE SYSTEM [BOOK225] BEYOND THE ZONE SYSTEM [BOOK226] BETTER AVAILABLE LIGHT PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK227] DIGITAL COLOUR IN GRAPHIC DESIGN [BOOK228] 29.9 TRAVEL PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK229] PROFESSIONAL PRESS EDITORIAL AND PR PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK230] DIGITAL IMAGING [BOOK231] ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK232] STORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK233] THE NEW DARKROOM HANDBOOK [BOOK234] DIGITAL IMAGING A TO Z [BOOK235] LIGHT SCIENCE AND MAGIC [BOOK236] VARIABLE CONTRAST PRINTING [BOOK237] ZONE SYSTEM FOR 35MM PHOTOGRAPHERS [BOOK238] DIGITAL GRAPHIC DESIGNER [BOOK239] FOCAL ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PHOTOGRAPHY [BOOK240] PHOTOGRAPHY AND THE PERFORMING ARTS [BOOK241]

123 Keene Electronics Catalogue 2005 DJ and Home Party lighting & effects SOUND ACTIVATED SPOT BANK Not to be confused with the plastic versions, this is a rugged totally self contained lighting system featuring manual or sound-activated lamp sequencing with three selectable pattern programs. Manufactured in coated steel complete with mounting brackets it provides colourful lighting effects without any connection to your sound system making it the perfect simple add-on to any disco. The coloured lamps are included it s ready to plug in and go. [NJ450M] WHITE LED MINI STROBE A versatile strobe effect incorporating long life high intensity LEDs. The flash rate can be altered by a simple rotary control on the rear panel. 50 x 80 x 120mm. Great value. [G011PE] BUBBLE MACHINES Automatic mains powered bubble blowers - just plug in and switch on! Great for parties, barbeques, stage events etc. There are two sorts available: MINI BUBBLE MACHINE Compact size with litre reservoir, will keep making bubbles for up to half an hour continuously. Dimensions 162 x 162 x 178mm [G002GL] BUBBLE MACHINE A powerful bubble machine with a 1 litre capacity, capable of making bubbles for up to 1 hour continuously. Dimensions 272 x 240 x 250mm [G002GK] BUBBLE FLUID 1 litre [G002GZA] 5.99 MIRROR BALLS The classic disco effect, just aim a spotlight at a slowly rotating mirror ball and project a sparkle onto all surfaces within range. Mirror Balls 100mm (4 ) diameter [G007AA] mm (6 ) diameter [G007AB] mm (8 ) diameter [G007A] mm (12 ) diameter [G007B] Mirror ball ROTATORS Battery operated, 1rpm, suitable for mirror balls up to 150mm. Requires 1 x D cell (not inc). [G007NA] 7.99 Mains operated, 1 rpm, suitable for all mirror balls [G007NB] 9.99 Mirror ball kit A complete mirror ball kit comprising a 200mm mirror ball, mains rotator, PAR36 spot lamp and 6 coloured filters. [G017K] Please remember to quote product order codes when placing your order FIREBALL An excellent miniature light dome effect, producing a stunning array of coloured light beams through coloured lenses (re, yellow, blue, green, purple & amber). The unit rotates at a constant speed and can be free standing or ceiling mounted. Dimensions: 150x200x200mm. [G017D] MINI SCANNER A multi-coloured mini flower effect with a moving head mirror. Sound activated through a built in mirror. Dimensions 432 x 127 x 127mm, weight 4kg [G017R] PARTYZONE KIT All you need to transform a room for a memorable party! The kit contains: 1 x high power smoke machine 1 x 200mm Mirror Ball 1 x Mirror ball rotator 1 x 30w pin spot light 5 x coloured pin spot filters 1 x 6m rope light with built in controller 1 x Vasto sound to light flower effect [GO17T] GPS Books, DJ & Home Party, Other items Terms & Conditions, Index 121